T68 Q1681 EIAReport

M/S RSPL LIMITED
EIA Report for Expansion of Optical Brightener Agent

(OBA) Plant in the Existing Manufacturing Facility at Plot
No. 42 to 59, Sector K, IIDC Growth Center, Sidhguwan
Village, Tehsil & District Sagar, Madhya Pradesh
MAY 2018
Kadam
Environmental Consultants
www.kadamenviro.com
Environment for Development
E: kadamenviro@kadamenviro.com; T:+912656131000
ACCREDITATION DETAILS
NABET Certificate No. NABET/EIA/1619/RA 0042, Issued on 28032017, Valid up to 26052019.
EIA REPORT FOR EXPANSION OF OPTICAL BRIGHTENER AGENT
RSPL LIMITED, SAGAR (OBA) PLANT IN THE EXISTING MANUFACTURING FACILITY QUALITY CONTROL
RSPL LIMITED
EIA Report for Expansion of Optical Brightener Agent

(OBA) Plant in the Existing Manufacturing Facility at Plot
No. 42 to 59, Sector K, IIDC Growth Center, Sidhguwan
Village, Tehsil & District Sagar, Madhya Pradesh
© Kadam Environmental Consultants (‘Kadam’), May, 2018
This report is released for the use of the M/s. RSPL Limited, Regulators and relevant stakeholders solely as part of
the subject project’s Environmental Clearance process. Information provided, unless attributed to referenced third
parties, is copyrighted and shall not be used for any other purpose without the written consent of Kadam.
QUALITY CONTROL
Name of EIA report for Expansion of Optical Brightener Agent (OBA) Plant in the Existing Manufacturing Facility at Plot
Publication No. 42 to 59, Sector K, IIDC Growth Center, Sidhguwan Village, Tehsil & District Sagar, Madhya Pradesh.
Project Number 1730542106 Issue No. 1 Revision No. 0 Released May, 2018
Description of images on the front page:
1. Admin Building at Project Site 2. Internal Road of Plant Premises

3. Proposed Expansion Area 4. Proposed Expansion Area adjacent to Exiting Plant
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS |MAY 2018 2

EIA REPORT FOR EXPANSION OF OPTICAL BRIGHTENER AGENT (OBA)
RSPL LIMITED, SAGAR PLANT IN THE EXISTING MANUFACTURING FACILITY TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 INTRODUCTION .................................................................................................................................. 29
1.1 Purpose of the Report ............................................................................................................................. 29
1.2 Identification of Project and Project Proponent ........................................................................................ 29
1.2.1 Identification of Project..................................................................................................................... 29
1.2.2 Project Proponent ............................................................................................................................. 29
1.2.3 Turnover .......................................................................................................................................... 30
1.2.4 Export .............................................................................................................................................. 30
1.3 Justification for Expansion in OBA Product............................................................................................... 30
1.4 Brief description of the Nature, Size, Location of the Project and its Importance to Country, Region ........ 30
1.4.1 Importance to Country and region .................................................................................................... 30
1.5 Scope of study ........................................................................................................................................ 31
2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION...................................................................................................................... 40
2.1 Type of Project ....................................................................................................................................... 40
2.2 Need for the project................................................................................................................................ 40
2.3 Location (maps showing general location, specific location, project boundary & project site layout) ......... 40
2.3.1 General Location of Project Site ........................................................................................................ 40
2.3.2 Specific Location of Site with Project Boundary ................................................................................. 40
2.3.3 Site History & Approach to the Project Site ....................................................................................... 47
2.4 Size or Magnitude of Operation ............................................................................................................... 47
2.4.1 Area Break up at Site ........................................................................................................................ 47
2.4.2 Production Details ............................................................................................................................. 49
2.4.3 Cost of the Project ............................................................................................................................ 49
2.5 Proposed Schedule for Approval and Implementation .............................................................................. 49
2.6 List of Major Industries in the Study Area ................................................................................................ 52
2.7 Technology and Process Description........................................................................................................ 52
2.7.1 Detergent Powder ............................................................................................................................. 52
2.7.2 Detergent Cake ................................................................................................................................ 54
2.7.3 Acid Slurry ........................................................................................................................................ 55
2.7.4 Linear Alkyl Benzene Sulphonate Acid (LABSA) .................................................................................. 57
2.7.5 Optical Brightener Agent (OBA)......................................................................................................... 59
2.8 Storage Details ....................................................................................................................................... 63
2.9 Properties of Raw Materials ..................................................................................................................... 65
2.10 Transportation Details....................................................................................................................... 67

2.11 Utilities ............................................................................................................................................. 67
2.11.1 Power Requirements ..................................................................................................................... 67
2.11.2 Fuel Requirements ........................................................................................................................ 68
2.11.3 Water Requirements ..................................................................................................................... 68
2.11.4 Manpower Requirement ................................................................................................................ 68
2.12 Proposed Infrastructure .................................................................................................................... 68
2.13 Water Consumption, Wastewater Generation, Treatment & Disposal Facility ...................................... 69
2.13.1 Source of Water Supply ................................................................................................................ 69
2.13.2 Water Consumption and Wastewater Generation........................................................................... 71
2.13.3 Wastewater Treatment Facility ...................................................................................................... 75
2.13.4 Details of Existing MEE Plant (110 KLD) ........................................................................................ 82
2.13.5 Capacities of Wastewater Treatment plants after Proposed Expansion ........................................... 84
2.13.6 Wastewater Disposal Facility ......................................................................................................... 86
2.13.7 Water Conservation Measures ....................................................................................................... 87
2.14 Air Emission ...................................................................................................................................... 87
2.14.1 Action Plan for control of Emissions to meet Standards ................................................................. 87
2.15 Solid and Hazardous Waste Identification, Quantification, Storage and Disposal ................................ 91
2.15.1 Identification of Waste .................................................................................................................. 91
2.15.2 Quantification, Classification, Collection, Transportation and Disposal of Solid / Hazardous Waste .. 92
2.15.3 Storage and Handling of Hazardous waste .................................................................................... 95
2.15.4 Transportation of Waste ............................................................................................................... 95
2.15.5 Safety System during Handling and Transportation of Waste ......................................................... 95
2.15.6 Other Solid Waste ......................................................................................................................... 95
3 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT .............................................................................................. 98
3.1 General .................................................................................................................................................. 98
3.2 Study Area.............................................................................................................................................. 98
3.3 Period ..................................................................................................................................................... 98
3.4 Component ............................................................................................................................................. 98
3.5 Methodology ........................................................................................................................................... 98
3.5.1 Primary Data Collection ..................................................................................................................... 98
3.5.2 Secondary Data Collection ................................................................................................................ 99
3.6 Long Term Meteorology ........................................................................................................................ 102
3.6.1 Temperature .................................................................................................................................. 102
3.6.2 Humidity......................................................................................................................................... 102
3.6.3 Rainfall ........................................................................................................................................... 102

3.6.4 Cloud Cover .................................................................................................................................... 102
3.6.5 Wind .............................................................................................................................................. 102
3.6.6 Average Long Term Meteorological Condition .................................................................................. 103
3.7 Site Specific Meteorology ...................................................................................................................... 103
3.7.1 Methodology for Collection of Meteorological Parameters ................................................................ 104
3.7.2 Collation of Site Specific Data with Secondary Data of IMD.............................................................. 107
3.8 Land Use .............................................................................................................................................. 107
3.8.1 Classification of Landuse / Landcover .............................................................................................. 107
3.8.2 Study Areaand Methodology Adopted .............................................................................................. 112
3.8.3 Ground Truth Studies / Field survey ................................................................................................ 112
3.8.4 Land use and Land cover Pattern of Study Area .............................................................................. 113
3.8.5 Class Wise Area Statistics................................................................................................................ 116
3.9 Proximity to Sea / Water Body .............................................................................................................. 117
3.9.1 Important Features within the Study Area ....................................................................................... 117
3.10 Ambient Air Quality ......................................................................................................................... 118
3.10.1 Methodology Adopted for AAQM Parameters ............................................................................... 118
3.10.2 Sampling Frequency ................................................................................................................... 118
3.10.3 AAQM Locations.......................................................................................................................... 118
3.10.4 AAQM Results ............................................................................................................................. 120
3.11 Traffic Survey ................................................................................................................................. 121
3.12 Noise Environment.......................................................................................................................... 121
3.12.1 Monitoring Methodology of Noise Level ....................................................................................... 121
3.12.2 Noise Level Monitoring Locations ................................................................................................ 122
3.12.3 Noise Level Results ..................................................................................................................... 123
3.13 Water Environment ......................................................................................................................... 124
3.13.1 Analysis Method Adopted for Surface and Ground Water ............................................................. 124
3.13.2 Surface Water Quality ................................................................................................................. 125
3.13.3 Ground Water Quality ................................................................................................................. 129
3.14 Hydrology & Geology ...................................................................................................................... 134
3.14.1 Hydrogeological Conditions ......................................................................................................... 134
3.14.2 Geology of Sagar District ............................................................................................................ 134
3.14.3 Geology within the radius of 10 km of proposed site ................................................................... 134
3.14.4 Topography ................................................................................................................................ 134
3.14.5 Drainage .................................................................................................................................... 135
3.15 Soil ................................................................................................................................................. 137

3.15.1 Introduction ............................................................................................................................... 137
3.15.2 Methodology Adopted for Soil Samples Collection and Analysis .................................................... 137
3.15.3 Soil Sampling Locations .............................................................................................................. 137
3.15.4 Soil Quality ................................................................................................................................. 140
3.16 Ecology & Biodiversity..................................................................................................................... 140
3.16.1 Scope, Aim & Objectives ............................................................................................................. 140
3.16.2 Study Area ................................................................................................................................. 140
3.16.3 Methodology............................................................................................................................... 141
3.16.4 Baseline Status of Biodiversity..................................................................................................... 142
3.16.5 Status of Threatened and Endemic Biodiversity ........................................................................... 156
3.17 Socio Economics ............................................................................................................................. 156
3.17.1 Social Profile ............................................................................................................................... 156
3.17.2 Economic profile ......................................................................................................................... 162
4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES ........................................ 165
4.1 Details of Investigated Environmental Impacts ...................................................................................... 165
4.1.1 Methodology of Impact Assessment ................................................................................................ 165
4.2 Land Environment ................................................................................................................................. 178
4.2.1 Identification of Impact .................................................................................................................. 178
4.2.2 Mitigation Measures ........................................................................................................................ 178
4.3 Air Environment .................................................................................................................................... 179
4.3.1 Emission Rates & Prediction of GLCs ............................................................................................... 182
4.3.2 Incremental Traffic ......................................................................................................................... 186
4.4 Noise Environment ................................................................................................................................ 188
4.4.1 Noise from Machinery ..................................................................................................................... 188
4.4.2 Noise from Vehicle /Traffic .............................................................................................................. 188
4.4.3 Noise from DG Set, Boiler, Cooling Tower, etc. ................................................................................ 188
4.4.4 Assessment of Noise using SoundPlan ............................................................................................. 191
4.5 Water environment ............................................................................................................................... 195
4.5.1 Ground Water ................................................................................................................................. 195
4.5.2 Surface Water ................................................................................................................................ 197
4.6 Solid and Hazardous waste Management............................................................................................... 198
4.7 Soil Environment ................................................................................................................................... 200
4.8 Ecology & Biodiversity ........................................................................................................................... 201

4.8.1 Determination of Ecological Components Likely Impacted ............................................................... 201
4.9 Occupational Health & Safety ................................................................................................................ 206
4.9.1 General Safety Measures ................................................................................................................ 206
4.10 Socio Economics ............................................................................................................................. 207
4.10.1 Current Scenario of Impact Zone Area and Summarization .......................................................... 208
4.10.2 Outcome of the Public Consultation............................................................................................. 209
4.10.3 Mitigation Measures & Social Management Plan (SMP) ................................................................ 209
5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (Technology & Site) ......................................................................... 211
5.1 Site Alternative ..................................................................................................................................... 211
5.1.1 The Site location has the following advantages ............................................................................... 211
5.2 Technology Alternative ......................................................................................................................... 211
6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM ................................................................................... 212
6.1 Introduction.......................................................................................................................................... 212
6.2 Objective of Monitoring ......................................................................................................................... 212
6.3 Environmental Monitoring Programme ................................................................................................... 212
6.4 Regulatory Framework .......................................................................................................................... 213
7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES ...................................................................................................................... 214
7.1 Public Consultation ............................................................................................................................... 214
7.2 Risk Assessment (Hazard Identification and Consequence Analysis, ERP / DMP) .................................... 214
7.2.1 Background .................................................................................................................................... 214
7.2.2 Key Definitions ............................................................................................................................... 214
7.2.3 Methodology for Risk Assessment ................................................................................................... 215
7.2.4 Hazard Identification ...................................................................................................................... 215
7.2.5 Selection of Maximum Credible Loss Scenarios (MCLs’).................................................................... 217
7.2.6 Simulation of Release and Development of Contours ....................................................................... 219
7.3 Treatment and Control .......................................................................................................................... 224
7.3.1 Precautions to be taken during Transportation of Chemicals ............................................................ 224
7.4 Disaster Management Plan .................................................................................................................... 225
7.4.1 Objective ........................................................................................................................................ 225
7.4.2 Mode of Emergencies ..................................................................................................................... 225
7.4.3 Fire & Explosion .............................................................................................................................. 226
7.4.4 Major Accident & Dangerous Occurrences ....................................................................................... 226
7.4.5 Identification of Hazardous Area ..................................................................................................... 227
7.4.6 Stages of an Emergency Plan .......................................................................................................... 227

7.4.7 Emergency Alert Codes ................................................................................................................... 230
7.4.8 Roles and Responsibilities during Emergency .................................................................................. 231
7.4.9 Emergency Action Plan ................................................................................................................... 232
7.4.10 Assembly Points.......................................................................................................................... 235
7.4.11 Codification of Sirens .................................................................................................................. 235
7.4.12 Training and Education ............................................................................................................... 236
7.4.13 Mock Drill ................................................................................................................................... 236
7.4.14 Updating the Plan ....................................................................................................................... 236
7.4.15 Emergency Organisation ............................................................................................................. 236
7.4.16 Emergency Control Centre .......................................................................................................... 237
7.4.17 About Fire System ...................................................................................................................... 238
7.4.18 Action at Site in case of Emergency ............................................................................................ 241
7.4.19 Offsite Emergency Services ......................................................................................................... 242
8 PROJECT BENEFITS ........................................................................................................................... 244
8.1 Improvements in the Physical Infrastructure ......................................................................................... 244
8.2 Improvements in the Social Infrastructure............................................................................................. 244
8.3 Employment Potential ........................................................................................................................... 244
9 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS................................................................................... 245
10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP) ................................................................................ 246
10.1 Purpose of Environmental Management Plan ................................................................................... 246
10.2 Air Quality ...................................................................................................................................... 247
10.3 Water Quality ................................................................................................................................. 248
10.3.1 Surface Water ............................................................................................................................ 248
10.3.2 Ground Water ............................................................................................................................. 249
10.4 Land and Soil Environment ............................................................................................................. 249
10.5 Noise Environment.......................................................................................................................... 250
10.6 Ecology and Biodiversity ................................................................................................................. 252
10.6.1 Green Belt Development ............................................................................................................. 252
10.6.2 Green Belt Designing .................................................................................................................. 252
10.6.3 Locations of Green Belt ............................................................................................................... 252
10.6.4 Budget Allocation........................................................................................................................ 256
10.6.5 Plantation Technique and Care.................................................................................................... 257
10.6.6 Biodiversity / Ecological Monitoring ............................................................................................. 257
10.7 Rain Water Harvesting .................................................................................................................... 257
10.7.1 Rain Water Collecting and Harvesting Scheme ............................................................................ 257

10.7.2 Inferences .................................................................................................................................. 258
10.8 Occupational Health Management Plan ........................................................................................... 260
10.8.1 Noise .......................................................................................................................................... 260
10.8.2 Heat ........................................................................................................................................... 260
10.8.3 Dust, other Chemicals being suspended in the Environment ........................................................ 260
10.8.4 Occupational Hazards Specific Preplacement and Periodic Monitoring ......................................... 260
10.8.5 Plan & Fund Allocation for Occupational Health & Safety ............................................................. 261
10.8.6 Details of Exposure Specific Health Evaluation of the Workers .................................................... 262
10.8.7 Details of Existing Occupational & Safety Chemical Hazards and Control Measures. ..................... 264
10.8.8 Details of Annual Report of Health Status of Workers .................................................................. 264
10.9 SocioEconomic Environment .......................................................................................................... 265
10.9.1 CSR Budgetary Provision ............................................................................................................. 265
10.10 Expenditure on Environmental Matter ............................................................................................. 266
10.11 Environmental Management Cell ..................................................................................................... 267
11 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS ........................................................................................................ 269
11.1 Introduction & Background of Project Proponent ............................................................................. 269
11.2 The Proposed Project ...................................................................................................................... 269
11.3 Regulatory Framework .................................................................................................................... 270
11.4 Importance of the Project ............................................................................................................... 270
11.5 Justification for Expansion in OBA Product ...................................................................................... 270
11.6 Project Details ................................................................................................................................ 270
11.6.1 Cost of the Project ...................................................................................................................... 270
11.6.2 Plot Area .................................................................................................................................... 270
11.6.3 Power Requirements ................................................................................................................... 270
11.6.4 Manpower Requirement .............................................................................................................. 271
11.6.5 Water Sources, Water Consumption and Wastewater Generation ................................................ 271
11.6.6 Wastewater Generation and Management ................................................................................... 271
11.6.7 Air Emission ................................................................................................................................ 272
11.6.8 Hazradous Waste Generation and Management .......................................................................... 272
11.7 Description of the Environment ....................................................................................................... 272
11.7.1 Study Period ............................................................................................................................... 272
11.7.2 Study Area ................................................................................................................................. 272
11.7.3 Landuse of the Study area .......................................................................................................... 272
11.7.4 Climatology ................................................................................................................................ 272
11.7.5 Ambient Air Qaulity ..................................................................................................................... 273

11.7.6 Traffic Survey ............................................................................................................................. 273
11.7.7 Noise .......................................................................................................................................... 273
11.7.8 Ground Water Quality ................................................................................................................. 274
11.7.9 Surface Water ............................................................................................................................ 274
11.7.10 Soil ............................................................................................................................................. 275
11.7.11 Biological Environment................................................................................................................ 275
11.7.12 Socio Economics ......................................................................................................................... 275
11.8 Environmental Impact Identification, Prediction and Mitigation Measures......................................... 276
11.8.1 Air Environment .......................................................................................................................... 276
11.8.2 Traffic ........................................................................................................................................ 276
11.8.3 Noise Environment...................................................................................................................... 276
11.8.4 Water Environment ..................................................................................................................... 277
11.8.5 Land Environment ...................................................................................................................... 277
11.8.6 Biological Environment................................................................................................................ 278
11.8.7 SocioEconomic Environment ...................................................................................................... 278
11.8.8 Hazard Identification and Consequence Analysis ......................................................................... 278
11.9 Project Benefits .............................................................................................................................. 279
11.10 Environmental Mangemnt Plan ........................................................................................................ 279
11.11 Environmental Monitoring Plan ........................................................................................................ 279
11.12 Conclusion ...................................................................................................................................... 280
12 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ...................................................................................................... 281
12.1 Brief Resume and Nature of Consultancy Rendered by Kadam Environmental Consultants ............... 281
12.2 EIA Team Members ........................................................................................................................ 282

LIST OF ANNEXURES
Annexure 1: Environmental Clearance for Existing Plant ...................................................................................... 284
Annexure 2: CTE and CTO Copy ......................................................................................................................... 291
Annexure 3: ToR Letter Received from SEAC, Bhopal .......................................................................................... 306
Annexure 4: Toposheet of the project site with Demarcation of Nearest Habitation in 1: 50000 Scale .................. 309
Annexure 5: Land Allotment Letter...................................................................................................................... 310
Annexure 6: Agreement Copy with Madhya Pradesh Waste Management Project (Ramky Group) for Hazardous
Waste Dispsoal ................................................................................................................................................... 343
Annexure 7: Gazatte Notofication from MoEF for Recognition of Laboratory under Environmental (Protection) Act,
1986 .................................................................................................................................................................. 357
Annexure 8: NABL Certificate of Kadam’s Laboratory........................................................................................... 359
Annexure 9: Long Term Meteorological Data (1981 – 2010) – IMD Sagar ............................................................ 361
Annexure 10: National Ambient Air Quality Standards from CPCB ........................................................................ 363
Annexure 11: Ambient Air Quanlity Monitoring Results ........................................................................................ 365
Annexure 12: Detailed Traffic Survey Sheets ....................................................................................................... 370
Annexure 13: Air Dispersion Modeling Results and Isopleths ............................................................................... 372
Annexure 14: Greenbelt Plan for Existing and Proposed Plant .............................................................................. 384
Annexure 15: Distance Certificate from Forest Department ................................................................................. 385
Annexure 16: Distance of Interstate Boundary .................................................................................................... 386
Annexure 17: Undertacking of Project Proponent on the Ownership of the Report ............................................... 387
Annexure 18: Undertaking by the Consultant – Kadam Environmental Consultants Regarding Compliance of
Prescribed TORs ................................................................................................................................................. 389
Annexure 19: Undertacking for Company has not commenced any Construction Work in Proposed Site ............... 390
Annexure 20: Undertacking for Location of RSPL Site is in Industrial Area ........................................................... 392
Annexure 21: Declaration by Project Proponent Regarding Informations Given in Report are True ....................... 394
Annexure 22: Certified Compliance of Existing EC ............................................................................................... 396
Annexure 23: Action Taken Report for Non Complied and Partly Complied Conditions of Existing EC .................... 436
Annexure 24: Compliance of Consent to Operate Issued by MPPCB ..................................................................... 442
Annexure 25: Helth Check up Report of Workers................................................................................................. 467
Annexure 26: List of Major Equipments and Machineries ..................................................................................... 475
Annexure 27: Environment Policy of RSPL ........................................................................................................... 476
Annexure 28: Accreditation Certificate Issued by NABET, QCI ............................................................................. 477

LIST OF TABLES
Table 11: Brief Description of Project ................................................................................................................... 30
Table 12: Compliance with the Terms of Reference ............................................................................................. 31
Table 21: Coordinates of Site Boundary .............................................................................................................. 40
Table 22: Area Break up at Site ........................................................................................................................... 47
Table 23: List of Products with Production Capacity ............................................................................................. 49
Table 24: Project Implementation Schedule ......................................................................................................... 50
Table 25: List of Major Industries in the Study Area ............................................................................................. 52
Table 26: Material Balance for Detergent Powder................................................................................................. 53
Table 27: Material Balance for Detergent Cake .................................................................................................... 54
Table 28: Material Balance for Acid Slurry ............................................................................................................ 56
Table 29: Material Balance for LABSA .................................................................................................................. 58
Table 210: Material balance for OBA .................................................................................................................... 62
Table 211: Storage Details of Raw Materials ........................................................................................................ 64
Table 212: Storage Details of Products ................................................................................................................ 65
Table 213: Properties of Raw Materials ................................................................................................................ 65
Table 214: Transportation Details of Raw Materials .............................................................................................. 67
Table 215: Details of Fuel Consumption ............................................................................................................... 68
Table 216: Details of Water Consumption from Existing and Proposed Unit .......................................................... 71
Table 217: Details of Wastewater Generation from Existing and Proposed Unit .................................................... 71
Table 218: Characteristics of MEE Feed Water ..................................................................................................... 75
Table 219: Design Inlet & Outlet Characteristics of ETP ....................................................................................... 75
Table 220: List of ETP Units for 100 KLD Design Capacity .................................................................................... 76
Table 221: Adequacy of ETP Units ....................................................................................................................... 76
Table 222: Technical Specifications of RO System ................................................................................................ 86
Table 223: Details of Flue Gas Stacks ................................................................................................................. 88
Table 224: Details of Process Vents .................................................................................................................... 88
Table 225: Details of Air Pollution Control Measures............................................................................................. 90
Table 226: Hazardous Waste Generation and Disposal Details .............................................................................. 92
Table 227: Details of Non Hazardous Solid Waste Generation .............................................................................. 95
Table 31: Predominant Wind Direction based on Longterm Data ....................................................................... 103
Table 32: Average Meteorological Condition based on Longterm Data ............................................................... 103
Table 33: Monitoring Methodology of Meteorological Data ................................................................................. 104
Table 34: Site Specific Mean Meteorological Data (Post Monsoon Season) .......................................................... 104

Table 35: Collation of Meteorological data – Post Monsoon Season .................................................................... 107
Table 36: Synopsis of Landuse/Landcover Classification Used for the Project ..................................................... 107
Table 37: GPS Readings within Study Area ........................................................................................................ 113
Table 38: Classification System .......................................................................................................................... 113
Table 39: Area Statistics for Land Use / Land Cover Categories in the Study Area .............................................. 116
Table 310: Proximity to Sea/Water Bodies ......................................................................................................... 117
Table 311: Important Features within the Study Area ........................................................................................ 117
Table 312: Methodology of Analyzing Ambient Air Monitoring Parameters .......................................................... 118
Table 313: AAQM Locations with Justification .................................................................................................... 118
Table 314: Ambient Air Monitoring Results......................................................................................................... 120
Table 315: Monitoring Methodology ................................................................................................................... 122
Table 316: Ambient Air Quality Standards in Respect of Noise for Different Areas/Zones .................................... 122
Table 317: Noise Level Monitoring Locations ...................................................................................................... 122
Table 318: Noise Level Results .......................................................................................................................... 123
Table 319: Analysis Methods Adopted for Water Samples .................................................................................. 124
Table 320: Details of Surface Water Sampling Locations .................................................................................... 125
Table 321: Analysis Results of Surface Water ..................................................................................................... 127
Table 322: Ground Water Sampling Locations .................................................................................................... 129
Table 323: Quality of Ground water ................................................................................................................... 131
Table 324: General Geological Succession and groundwater Yield in the District ................................................. 134
Table 325: Methodology for Soil Sample Collection and Analysis ........................................................................ 137
Table 326: Soil Sampling Locations .................................................................................................................... 137
Table 327: Soil Analysis Results ......................................................................................................................... 139
Table 328: Details of the Water Bodies in the Buffer Zone ................................................................................. 141
Table 329: Details of Forest in the Buffer Zone .................................................................................................. 141
Table 330: Sampling Methodology for Floral Components .................................................................................. 141
Table 331: Floral Species Reported from the Proposed Project Site / Core Zone ................................................. 142
Table 332: Floral Species Reported From the Buffer Zone .................................................................................. 143
Table 333: Phytosociological Study of Trees ..................................................................................................... 148
Table 334: Phytosociological Study of Shrubs ................................................................................................... 148
Table 335: Phytosociological Study of Herbs ..................................................................................................... 149
Table 336: Avifauna Reported from Core Zone / Project Site .............................................................................. 149
Table 337: Faunal Groups (Mammals and Birds) present in Buffer Zone of Proposed site.................................... 150
Table 338: Herpetofauna reported in the Study Area ......................................................................................... 155
Table 339: List of Villages, Population and Households in the Study Area ........................................................... 156

Table 340: Sex Ration in the Study Area ............................................................................................................ 158
Table 341: Table showing SC/ST population distribution in the study area ......................................................... 159
Table 342: No. of Villages having Educational Facilities in the Study Area........................................................... 159
Table 343: Literacy within the Study Area .......................................................................................................... 160
Table 344: No. of Villages having Health Facilities within the Study Area ............................................................ 161
Table 345: No. of Villages having Drinking Water Facilities within the Study Area ............................................... 161
Table 346: Occupational Pattern within the Study Area ...................................................................................... 163
Table 347: Transportation Facilities within the Study Area ................................................................................. 163
Table 348: No. of Villages having Communication Facilities within the Study Area .............................................. 164
Table 41: Overall Impact Scoring System due to Proposed Project – Consequence Assessment .......................... 167
Table 42: Probability of Occurrence ................................................................................................................... 172
Table 43: Environmental Impact Significance Criteria ......................................................................................... 172
Table 44: Environmental Risk Categorization ..................................................................................................... 173
Table 45: AspectImpact Identification from Proposed Project............................................................................ 174
Table 46: Impact ScoringLand Use ................................................................................................................... 178
Table 47: Impact Scoring for Air Environment .................................................................................................... 180
Table 48: Assumptions for Calculating Emission Estimate for Point Source ......................................................... 182
Table 49: Emission Estimates for Point Source Emissions ................................................................................... 183
Table 410: Summary of Air Dispersion Modeling for Proposed Stacks ................................................................. 185
Table 411: Incremental GLC from Proposed Project ........................................................................................... 185
Table 412: Hourly Average Traffic on SH 14 – Chanatoliya to Sidhguwan ........................................................... 187
Table 413: Hourly Average Traffic on SH 14 – Sidhguwan to Chanatoliya ........................................................... 187
Table 414: Environmental Impact Scoring for Noise Level .................................................................................. 189
Table 415: Sources of Noise with their Sound Pressure Levels ........................................................................... 191
Table 416: Noise Level at Receptor Locations .................................................................................................... 194
Table 417: Impact Scoring for Ground Water ..................................................................................................... 196
Table 418: Impact Scoring for Surface Water Quality ......................................................................................... 197
Table 419: Impact Scoring for Solid & Hazardous Waste Management ............................................................... 198
Table 420: Impact Scoring for Soil ..................................................................................................................... 200
Table 421: Aspect – Impact Identification, Impact Scoring and Mitigation Measures ........................................... 202
Table 422: Impact Scoring of Occupational Health, Community Health and Safety ............................................. 206
Table 423: Socioeconomic Impact Assessment ................................................................................................. 207
Table 61: Environment Monitoring Program ....................................................................................................... 212
Table 62: Applicable EHS Regulatory Requirements ........................................................................................... 213
Table 71: Important Hazardous Events .............................................................................................................. 215

Table 72: Damage due to Radiation Intensity .................................................................................................... 216
Table 73: Overpressure Damage ....................................................................................................................... 217
Table 74: Storage Details of Hazardous Material ................................................................................................ 218
Table 75: Scenario Selected for Simulation ........................................................................................................ 218
Table 76: Failure Frequency for Storage Tanks .................................................................................................. 219
Table 77: Broadly Accepted Frequency .............................................................................................................. 219
Table 78: Radiation Level and Effect Distance due to Release of Aniline ............................................................. 219
Table 79: Toxic Effect Distance due to Release of Aniline ................................................................................... 220
Table 710: Radiation Level and Effect Distance due to Release of Mono Ethanolamine ....................................... 222
Table 711: Distance to Equivalent Toxic Dose due to Release of Mono Ethanolamine ......................................... 222
Table 712: Event Consequences, Treatment and Control.................................................................................... 224
Table 713: List of DO’s & DON’Ts ...................................................................................................................... 233
Table 714: List of Fire Extinguishers .................................................................................................................. 238
Table 715: Summary of Fire Extinguishers ......................................................................................................... 240
Table 716: Sand Buckets ................................................................................................................................... 240
Table 717: List of PPEs ...................................................................................................................................... 241
Table 718: Details of First Aid Box ..................................................................................................................... 241
Table 101: Environmental Management Plan for Air Environment ....................................................................... 247
Table 102: Environment Management Plan for Surface Water ............................................................................ 248
Table 103: Environmental Management Plan for Ground Water .......................................................................... 249
Table 104: Environmental Management Plan for Hazardous Waste..................................................................... 249
Table 105: Environmental Management Plan – Soil Environment ........................................................................ 250
Table 106: Environmental Monitoing Plan – Soil Pollution ................................................................................... 250
Table 107: Environmental Monitoing Plan for Noise Environment ....................................................................... 250
Table 108: Details of Proposed Greenbelt Plantation around Project Site ............................................................ 253
Table 109: Details of Existing Greenbelt/Plantation at Project Site ...................................................................... 253
Table 1010: List of plant species to control Gas, Dust Emission and Noise Levels ............................................... 256
Table 1011: Budget for Greenbelt Development ................................................................................................. 256
Table 1012: Rain water harvesting Calculation ................................................................................................... 258
Table 1013: Plan and Fund Allocation for Occupational Health & Safety ............................................................. 261
Table 1014: Details of Occupational and Safety Hazards with Control Measures in Existing Unit.......................... 264
Table 1015: Additional Control Measures for Health & Safety of Workers ........................................................... 264
Table 1016: Budgetary provision for five years .................................................................................................. 265
Table 1017: Expenditure on Environmental Matters ........................................................................................... 266
Table 1018: Environmental Management Cell .................................................................................................... 267

Table 121: Team Member List ........................................................................................................................... 282

LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 21: General Location of Project Site .......................................................................................................... 41
Figure 22: Map Showing Project Site Boundary on Google.................................................................................... 42
Figure 23: Map Showing Project Site on Toposheet .............................................................................................. 43
Figure 24: Site Layout Map .................................................................................................................................. 44
Figure 25: Layout map of Industrial Area Showing Location of Proposed Unit ....................................................... 45
Figure 26: Pie Chart – Area Distribution at Site up ............................................................................................... 49
Figure 27: Project Implementation Schedule ........................................................................................................ 51
Figure 28: Assurance Letter form MPAKVN for Water Supply ................................................................................ 69
Figure 29: CGWA Application Receipt for Ground Water Abstraction ..................................................................... 70
Figure 210: Water Balance Diagram – Existing Unit.............................................................................................. 72
Figure 211: Water Balance DiagramProposed Unit .............................................................................................. 73
Figure 212: Combined Water Balance Diagram – After Proposed Expansion ......................................................... 74
Figure 213: Process Block Diagram of ETP cum STP............................................................................................. 79
Figure 214: Block Diagram Showing Streamwise Effluent Generation ................................................................... 80
Figure 215: P & ID Diagram of ETP – 100 KLD Capacity ....................................................................................... 81
Figure 216: Process Block Diagram of Existing MEE Plant ..................................................................................... 83
Figure 217: Equipment Layout for Proposed Stripper with Four Effect Evaporator System..................................... 85
Figure 218: Bag filter for Boiler ............................................................................................................................ 89
Figure 219: Bag Filter for Thermic Fluid Heaters .................................................................................................. 89
Figure 220: Scrubber System............................................................................................................................... 90
Figure 221: Invoice copy for Sale of Spent Acid ................................................................................................... 93
Figure 222: Acceptance Letter from Vendors for Purchase Fly Ash ....................................................................... 94
Figure 223: Certificate for EWaste Recycling ....................................................................................................... 97
Figure 31: Study Area Map – 10 km from Project Site ........................................................................................ 100
Figure 32: Sampling Location Map ..................................................................................................................... 101
Figure 33: Windrose Diagram for Post Monsoon Season, 20172018 .................................................................. 106
Figure 34: Landuse Map of the Study Area ........................................................................................................ 115
Figure 35: Pie Chart of Area Statistics for Land Use / Land Cover Categories in the Study Area .......................... 116
Figure 36: Drainage Map of the Study Area ....................................................................................................... 136
Figure 41: Data Flow in AERMOD Modelling System ........................................................................................... 184
Figure 42: Isopleths for Incremental Noise Generated During Daytime ............................................................... 192
Figure 43: Isopleths for Incremental Noise Generated During Nighttime ............................................................. 193
Figure 71: Late Pool Fire Consequence Contour of Aniline due to Catastrophic Rupture at Weather Condition 5.0/D
.......................................................................................................................................................................... 220

Figure 72:Toxic Consequence Contour of Aniline due to 10 mm leak at Weather Condition 2.0/B ....................... 221
Figure 73:Toxic Consequence Contour of Aniline due to 25 mm leak at Weather Condition 5.0/D ....................... 221
Figure 74:Toxic Consequence Contour of Aniline due to Catastrophic Rupture at Weather Condition 5.0/D ......... 221
Figure 75: Late Pool Fire Consequence Contour of Mono Ethanolamine due to 25mm Leak at Weather Condition
5.0/D.................................................................................................................................................................. 223
Figure 76: Toxic Consequence Contour of Mono Ethanolamine due to catastrophic rupture at Weather Condition
3.0/E .................................................................................................................................................................. 223
Figure 77: Types of Emergancies ....................................................................................................................... 225
Figure 78: Stages of an Emergency Plan ............................................................................................................ 229
Figure 79: Organization Chart ............................................................................................................................ 236
Figure 101: Rainwater Harvesting Design Pit ..................................................................................................... 259
Figure 102: Health Check up Format.................................................................................................................. 262
Figure 103: The Hierarchical System of the Company ........................................................................................ 268

LIST OF PHOTOGRAPHS
Photographs 21: Site Photographs ....................................................................................................................... 46
Photographs 22: Photographs of Hazardous Waste Storage Area ......................................................................... 95
Photographs 31: Photographs of Meteorological Station Setup ........................................................................... 104
Photographs 32: Photographs of during Field Survey ......................................................................................... 113
Photographs 33: Photographs of AAQ Sampling Stations .................................................................................... 119
Photographs 34: Photographs of Noise Level Monitoring Stations ....................................................................... 123
Photographs 35: Photographs of Surface Water Sampling .................................................................................. 126
Photographs 36: Photographs of Ground Water Sampling .................................................................................. 129
Photographs 37: Soil Sampling Photographs ...................................................................................................... 138
Photographs 38: Biodiversity Survey at Site and Surroundings ........................................................................... 142
Photographs 39: Educational Facilities in the Study Area .................................................................................... 160
Photographs 310: Source of Drinking Water ...................................................................................................... 162
Photographs 311: Mining Activities and Agricultural Practices in the Study Area ................................................. 162
Photographs 312: Places of religious importance in the study area ..................................................................... 164
Photographs 41: Photographs Showing Consultation with Local Peoples ............................................................. 209
Photographs 101: Existing Greenbelt/Plantation at Site ...................................................................................... 255

RSPL LIMITED, SAGAR PLANT IN THE EXISTING MANUFACTURING FACILITY ABBREVIATIONS & ACRONYMS
ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS

AAQM : Ambient Air Quality Monitoring
AERMOD : Atmospheric Dispersion Modelling System
AOS : Alfa olefin Sulphonate
ATFD : Agitated Thin Film Dryer
ACF : Activated Carbon Filter
AAS : Atomic Absorption Spectroscopy
APHA : American Public Health Association
APCM : Air Pollution Control Measures
BOD : Biological Oxygen Demand
CPCB : Central Pollution Control Board
COD : Chemical Oxygen Demand
CO : Carbon Monoxide
CTO : Consent to Operate
CTE : Consent to Establish
CBC : Complete Bllod Count
CSR : Corporate Social Responsibility
CGWA : Central Ground Water Authority
DISH : Department of Industrial Safety Health
DASDA : Diamino Stilbene Disulphonic Acid
DG : Diesel Generator
DMP : Disaster Management Plan
DPPL : Deepak Phenolics Private Limited
DAP : Diammonium Phosphate
EC : Environmental Clearance
EIA : Environmental Impact Assessment
EMP : Environmental Management Plan
ESMPs : Environmental and Social Management Plans
EHS : Environment, Health and Safety
EER : Evacuate, Escape and Rescue Plan
EPRG : Emergency Response Planning Guidelines
ECC : Emergency Control Center
ECG : Electro Cardiogram
ESR : Erythrocyte Sedimentation Rate
ESP : Exchangeable Sodium Percentage
EDTA : Ethylene Diamine Tetraacetic Acid
ETP : Effluent Treatment Plan
ESC : Enterprice Social Commitment
ETP : Effluent Treatment Plant
EPA : Environmental Protection Agency
ERP : Emergency Response Planning
FMECA : Failure Modes Effects and Criticality Analysis
GOI : Government of India
GLC : Ground Level Concentration
GPS : Global Positioning System
HAZOP : Hazard and Operability Study
HSD : High Speed Diesel
HDPE : Highdensity polyethylene

IAA : Impact Assessment Authority

IMD : Indian Meteorological Department
INR : Indian Rupee
ICUN : International Union for Conservation of Nature
IDLH : Immediately Dangerous to Life or Health
IIDC : Industrial Infrastructure Development Corporation
IWPA : Indian Wildlife (Protection) Act
IRC : Indian Roads Congress
IST : India Standard Time
KLD : Kilo Liters per Day
KVA : Kilo Vatt Ampere
KEC : Kadam Environmental Consultant
LDAR : Leak Detection And Repair
LFT : Liver Function Test
LEL : Lower Flammability Limits
LCLo : Lethal Concentration Low
LABSA : Liner Alkyl Benzene Sulphonic acid
LAB : Linear Alkyl Benzene
MSIHC : Manufacture, Storage, Import & Hazardous Chemical Rules
MEE : Multipal Effect Evaporator
MoEF & CC : Ministry of Environment, Forest & Climate Change
MCLs’ : Maximum Credible Loss Scenarios
MSDS : Material Safety Data Sheet
MT : Metric Tone
MP : Madhya Pradesh
MSL : Mean Sea Level
MPAKVN : Madhya Pradesh Audyogik Kendra Vikas Nigam
MPPKVVCL : Madhya Pradesh Paschim Kshetra Vidyut Vitaran Company Ltd
MPPCB : Madhya Pradesh Pollution Control Board
MSRL : Mild Steel Rubber Lined
MOU : Memorandum of Understanding
MOC : Materials of Construction
NOC : No Objection Certificate
NDT : Non Destructive Testing
NABET : National Accreditation Board for Education and Training
NIOSH : National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health
NOx : Oxides of Nitrogen
NH : National Highways
NAAQS : National Ambient Air Quality Standards
NGO : Nongovernmental Organizations,
OSHA : Occupational Safety and Health Administration
OBA : Optical Brightener Agent
PCU : Passenger Car Unit
PEL : Permissible Exposure Limits
PESO : Petroleum and Explosives Safety Organization
PM : Particulate Matter
PLC : Programmable Logic Controller
PPEs : Personnel Protective Equipment
PDCR : Plan, Do, Check, Act
PSF : Pressure Sand Filter

PHC : Primary Health Center

PLI : Public Liability Insurance
QCI : Quality Council of India
USEPA : United States Environmental Protection Agency
RO : Reverse Osmosis
RA : Risk Assessment
SAR : Sodium Adsorption Ratio
SEIAA : State Level Environmental Impact Assessment Authorities
SEAC : State Expert Appraisal Committee
SS : Suspended Solid
SOx : Oxides of Sulphur
SPL : Sound Pressure Level
SOP : Standard Operating Procedures
SH : State Highways
SMC : Site Main Controller
STEL : Short Time Exposure Limit
SPCB : State Pollution Control Board
STPP : Sodium tri Poly phosphate
SGOT : Serum Glutamic Oxaloacetic Transaminase
SGPT : Serum Glutamicpyruvic Transaminase
ToR : Terms of References
TCLo : Toxic Concentration Low
TLV : Threshold Limit Value
TDS : Total Dissolved Solid
TSDF : Treatment, Storage and Disposal Facility
TPD : Tonnes Per Day
TPH : Tonnes per Hour
TSH : Thyroid Stimulating Hormone
USEPA : United States Environment Protection Agency
UF : Ultra Filteration
UFL : Upper Flammable Limits
VOC : Volatile Organic Compound
WHC : Water Holding Capacity
ZSI : Zoological Survey of India
ZLD : Zero Liquid Discharge

RSPL LIMITED, SAGAR PLANT IN THE EXISTING MANUFACTURING FACILITY GLOSSARY OF TERMS
GLOSSARY OF TERMS USED

ACCIDENT: An accident may be defined as “an undesirable and unplanned event with or without or major or
minor damage consequence to life and/or property.”
AMBIENT: Ambient temperature is temperature of the surrounding area.
AN INCIDENT: An incident is emergent situation of any critical deviation in the process control or otherwise that
may lead to a major accident / potential emergency and disaster.
ANEMOMETER: A device used to measure speed of wind or any other moving gas.
ATMOSPHERIC STABILITY: Atmospheric Stability is defined in terms of vertical temperature gradient in the
atmosphere. It is usually described using the system of categories developed by Pasquill. The categories of stability
class are identified by the letter A to F (or sometimes AG)
Neutral stability occurs typically, when there is total cloud cover and is designed by category D (The temperature
gradient = adiabatic lapse rate) Unstable conditions occur when the sun is shining. The unstable conditions are
designated by the letters AC with A is the least stable condition stable conditions occur on clear, calm nights, when
the air near the ground is stratified and free from turbulence and are designated by the letter E &F. Sometimes an
additional category G is used for exceptionally stable conditions. Neutral conditions correspond to a rate of decrease
in temperature with height of about 1°C per meters, vertically. For the dispersion study D & C stability class has
been considered.
BLEVE (BOILING LIQUID EXPANDING VAPOUR CLOUD EXPLOSION): The event may have two folds, one;
flammable liquid under pressure rapidly spread in to the open area in form of vapour cloud, two; if this spreading
vapour cloud gets any source of ignition, then violently explosion took place produce missiles effect with secondary
fires and create heavy damages to the surrounding area. The phenomenon is called as BLEVE.
BUND/DYKE: Raised ground or a wall built around a tank or tank farm, to retain spills and prevent their spread,
thus reducing hazards.
BURNING RATE: The value is the rate (in millimeters per minute) at which the depth of a pool of liquid decreases
as the liquid burns.
CAS (CHEMICAL ABSTRACT SERVICE REGISTRY NUMBER): The unique identification number assigned each
compound/chemicals registered with the Chemical Abstract Service (CAS) is listed to aid in quick identification of
the compound.
DANGEROUS OCCURRENCE: Dangerous Occurrences include bursting of vessel collapse of crane, derrick, hoist,
explosion, fire, leakage, escape of any molten metal / hot liquid, explosion of receiver /container, collapse of
building/ structure, as specified under schedule of Rule 103 of GFR 1995 and provision under section 88A of the
Factories Act 1948, where in a factory any dangerous occurrence as specified occurs weather causing any bodily
injury or disability or not.
DENSITY: The mass of Unit Volume of a substance e.g. kg/m3
DISASTER:A disaster is catastrophic consequence of a major emergency / accident that leads to, not only
extensive damage to life and property but also disrupts all normal human activity for a pretty long time and
requires a major national and international effort for rescue and rehabilitation of those affected.
EMERGENCY: Emergency means a situation leading to a circumstance or set of circumstances in which there is
danger to the life or health of persons or which could result in big fire or explosion or pollution to the work and
outside environment, affecting the workers or neighborhood in a serious manner, demanding immediate action.
EVACUATION: Removal of residents and other persons from an area of danger.

FIRE BALL: The burning of a flammable gas cloud, the bulk of which is initially overrich i.e. (UFL). The whole
cloud appears to be on fire as combustion is taking place at eddy boundaries, when air is entrained.
FLASH FIRE: A burning of a flammable vapour cloud at very low flame propagation speed.
FLASH POINT: This is defined as the lowest temperature at which vapours above a combustible substance will
ignite in air when exposed to a flame.
Depending on the test method used, the values given are either Tag closed cup (C. C.) or Cleveland open cup (O,
C.) The values, along with those in 6.2 and 6.5 give an indication of the relative flammability of the chemical. In
general, the open cup value is about 10⁰ to 15⁰F higher than the closed cup value.
CROPPING INTENSITY: Cropping intensity is the number of times a crop is planted per year in a given
agricultural area.
HAZARD: Hazard may be defined as “the potential of an accident.” Hazard exists in man and the system of
materials and machines.
HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS: Any substance or material in a quantity or form which may be harmful to humans,
animals, crops, water systems, or other elements of the environment if accidentally released. Hazardous chemicals
include explosives, gases (compressed, liquefied or dissolved), flammable or combustible liquids, flammable solids
substance, toxic, corrosives, oxidizing substance, poisonous and insecticides substances.
“Hazardous Chemicals” means
 Any Chemical, which satisfies any of the criteria, laid down in Part I of Schedule I and is listed in column 2 of
Part II of the schedule.
 Any Chemical listed in Column 2 of Schedule 2.
 Any Chemical listed in Column 2 of Schedule 3, as per provisions given below;
 Rule 2(e) of MANUFACTURE, STORAGE AND IMPORT OF HAZARDOUS CHEMICAL RULES, 1989.
 Rule 2(b) of Chemical Accidents (Emergency Planning, Preparedness & Response) Rule, 1996.
IC (INCIDENT CONTROLLER): He has to tackle the situation of operations on process/storage/event/occurrence

by taking technical decisions to control the emergency by responding the requisite experienced persons.
IDLH (IMMEDIATELY DANGEROUS TO LIFE AND HEALTH): The level of concentration immediately
dangerous to life or health from which a worker could escape without any impairing symptoms or any irreversible
health effect (NIOSH/OSHA). The concentrations are reported either parts per million (ppm) or milligrams per cubic
meter (mg/m3).
LC50 (LETHAL CONCENTRATION): Lethal Concentration level for air Bourne toxic substance.
LD50 (LETHAL DOSE): The term LD50 signifies that about 50% of the animals given the specified dose by mouth
will die. Thus for a grade 4 chemical (below 50 mg/kg) the toxic dose for 50% of animals weighting 70 kg (150 lb)
is 70 50 = 3, 500 mg=3.5 gr or less than 1 tea spoonful, it might be as little as a few drops. For a Grade 1 chemical
(5 to 15 g/kg) the LD50 would be between a pint and a quart for a 150 lb man.
MAJOR ACCIDENT: Major Accident means an incident involving loss of the life inside or outside the site or ten or
more injuries inside and/or one or more injuries outside or release of toxic chemical or explosion or fire of spillage
of hazardous chemical result in ‘On Site’ or ‘Off Site’ emergencies or damage too equipment leading to stoppage of
process or adverse effects to the environment. (Rule 2(j) of Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous
Chemical Rules, 1989.; Rule 2(f) of Chemical Accidents (Emergency Planning, Preparedness & Response) Rule,
1996).
ODOUR THRESHOLD: The lowest concentration of an air contaminant that can be detected by smell.

OFF-SITE EMERGENCY PLAN: The objective of an Off Site Emergency Plan is to protect the life and property of
the neighborhood areas of the industrial unit. Off Site Emergency Plan shall be prepared by Government Authorities
as per Rule 14 of MSIHC Rules 1989 and follow the instruction under provision of CA (EPPR) Rules 1996.
ON SITE EMERGENCY PLAN: On Site Emergency Plan is to be prepared by occupier of industrial Units as per
Section 41(B)(4) of The Factories Act 1948, Schedule XI under Rule 13 of MSIHC Rules 1989, and Rule 5,7, & 9 of
CA(EPPR) Rules 1996.
OVER PRESSURE: Maximum pressure above atmosphere pressure experienced during the pressure of a blast
wave from an explosion.
PLUME: Hazardous gas / vapour / cloud resulting from a continuous source release.
POOL FIRE: A pool of flammable liquid burning with a stationary diffusion flame
RESPONSE: The efforts to minimize the risks created in an emergency by protecting the people, the environment
and the property, and the efforts to return the scene to normal preemergency conditions. Persons who perform
the various response functions are termed “RESPONDERS”.
RISK: Risk of an accident may be defined as “the chance or probability or likelihood of an accident being caused in
a given manmaterialmachine system.
SPILL: Spill is large liquid releases from a bulk storage tank/process vessel.
SMC (SITE MAIN CONTROLLER): He is overall responsible for directing operations & decides the actions,
consulting with incident controller &seniors, and handle &control the emergency.
SHORT – TERM INHALATION LIMIT (STEL): The parts of vapour (gas) per million parts of contaminated air by
volume at 25 Deg C (77OF) and at one atmosphere of pressure is given. The limits are given in milligrams per cubic
meter for chemical that form a fine mist or dust. The values given are the maximum permissible average exposures
for the time periods specified.
SPECIFIC GRAVITY: The specific Gravity of a chemicals is the ratio of the weight of the solid or liquid to the
weight of an equal volume of water at 4OC (or at some other specified temperature) If the specific gravity is less
than 1.0 (or less than 1.03 in sea water) the chemical will float, if higher it will sink.
TLV (THRESHOLD LIMIT VALUE): TLV refer to airborne concentration of substances. There are three categories
of TLV.
TLV – TWA – Time Weighted Average.
TLV – STEL – Short term Exposure limit.
TLV – For gases and vapour is usually expressed in PPM. (Part of the gas/vapour/million parts of air)
TOXIC CLOUD: Air borne mass of gases, vapours, fumes, dust or aerosols of toxic materials.
TOXICITY: The ability of a substance to cause damage to living tissue, impairment of the central nervous system,
serve illness or death when ingested, inhaled or absorbed by the skin.
VAPOUR CLOUD: Air borne dispersing hazardous vapours, which may or may not be visible as a “Cloud”

RSPL LIMITED, SAGAR (OBA) PLANT IN THE EXISTING MANUFACTURING FACILITY INTRODUCTION
1 INTRODUCTION
M/s. RSPL Limited intends to expand the optical brightener manufacturing plant from present production of
3000 MT/Year to 8400 MT/Year in the existing manufacturing unit located at Plot No. 42 to 59, Sector K, IIDC
growth center, Village Sidhguwan, District Sagar, Madhya Pradesh.
1.1 Purpose of the Report

Purpose of this report is to identify environmental aspects & impacts arising out from the proposed project and
propose mitigation measures in the form of an EIA Report as per the Terms of References (TORs) issued by SEAC,
Bhopal in their Letter No. 88/PSMS/MPPCB/SEACI/TOR/(307)2018, dated 15.03.18.
This report is prepared based on ‘General Structure of EIA’ given in Appendix III and IIIA of EIA Notification, 2006
as amended till date
1.2 Identification of Project and Project Proponent
1.2.1 Identification of Project
The manufacture of proposed products at the site location are covered under Project /activity, 5(f)B, namely
“Synthetic Organic Chemicals” (dyes & dyes intermediates; bulk drugs & intermediates excluding drug formulation;
synthetic rubbers; basic organic chemicals; other synthetic organic chemicals and chemical intermediates)”
requiring Environmental Clearance from State Level Environmental Impact Assessment Authorities (SEIAA), Bhopal,
since the project is located in Notified Industrial Area.
1.2.2 Project Proponent
RSPL Group is more than 5500 crore diversified conglomerate, which is committed to value for money propositions
& credited with several innovations over last 3 decades. The sagacity to weave its business around consumer needs
has conferred RSPL Group with a distinct value and identity. Efficient capital structure, cutting edge technology,
operational discipline and a widespread distribution network, have together attributed to enhance RSPL Group and
enabled the organization to deliver value to consumers.
Historical Background
Late Dayal Das with his sons Shri Murli Dhar Ji and Shri Bimal Kumar Ji initiated the group as a small family
business. It is said that knowledge and expertise comes from experience. It was their efforts and dedication that
laid the foundation on which the empire of “Ghari” group has been build up within a span of three decades.
Group of Companies mentioned under:-
 RSPL Limited Company does the manufacturing and marketing of detergents, toilet soaps, wind energy and
other FMCG products.
 Leayan Global Private Limited This Company is engaged in the manufacturing & marketing of Leather &
Leather Footwear.
 Nimmi Build Tech Private Limited (formerly known as Poonam Developers & Infrastructure India Private
Limited) This company is involved in the business of construction and real estate.
 Namaste India Foods Private Limited – This is the latest venture of the group into the dairy business. The
Company has set up number of milk collection centers at Shivrajpur, Kanpur for collection of milk from
villagers.

All the Companies are under the supervision and control of the single management thereby making its recognition
as the “GHARI GROUP”.
1.2.3 Turnover
The turnover of the company is Rs. 4584.51 Crore for the year of 20172018.
1.2.4 Export
The product of OBA is used for indigenous consumption in products of Detergent Power and Cake.
1.3 Justification for Expansion in OBA Product

The following are the justifications for Expansion of OBA Plant:
 The proposed product is a backward integration of RSPL’s existing production.

 It will allow RSPL to reduce outsourcing of materials, closer monitoring of quality and lead to reduced
inventories.
 Currently RSPL is purchasing OBA’s from other manufacturers. The proposed product unit size 3000 MT/A will
expand to 8400 MT/A which will allow RSPL to reduce dependency of getting the OBA from another plants and
utilize the same for production of other products / detergents.
 The production of OBA will be utilized for internal consumption by RSPL’s existing detergents plants to achieve
better cost savings and establish stronger control over final quality of the product.
 It will add to the economic output of the study area in the form of additional taxes, jobs and other ancillary
activities.
1.4 Brief description of the Nature, Size, Location of the Project and its Importance to Country,
Region
Brief description of the project is given inTable 1-1.
Table 1-1: Brief Description of Project

S. No. Details Description
1 Nature Synthetic Organic Chemicals
Total plot area: 62,000 sq.m.
2 Size of Project Expansion in Optical Brightener Agent (OBA) Plant from 3000 MTPA to 8400 MTPA in Existing
Premises. Details of existing and proposed products with Production capacity is presented in
Table 2-3.
Plot No. 42 to 59, Sector K, IIDC growth center, Village Sidhguwan, District Sagar, Madhya
3 Location
Pradesh.
4 Cost of the project ~ INR 58.12 Crore
1.4.1 Importance to Country and region
Investment
An investment of ~ INR 58.12 crores will be made in this project. This investment will go into the local economy.
Direct Jobs
Around 150 jobs will be directly created by the setting up of the project during its operational lifecycle.
Indirect Jobs
Approx. 100 jobs will be indirectly created for setting up of the project during its construction lifecycle.

Taxes and Levies
The project will add to the local and state tax collection, enlarging the base of the state exchequer. Also State and
National exchequer.
Skills Creation
Local persons will be given to upgrade their skills in chemical manufacturing sector.
1.5 Scope of study
Compliance of TOR points is as per the TOR letter issued by SEAC, Bhopal & Standard ToR conditions issued by
MoEF. This compliance includes:
 Collection of baseline data with respect to Air, Noise, Water, Land, Biological and SocioEconomic components
for one season.
 Identification and assessment of impacts on environment and suggesting mitigation measures.
 Preparation of Environment Monitoring, Management and RA/DMP Plan.
The copy of TOR letter issued by SEAC, Bhopal is as per Annexure 3. Pointwise compliance to TOR conditions are
presented in Table 1-2 as mentioned under different sections of the report.
Table 1-2: Compliance with the Terms of Reference

S. No. Proposed Terms of Reference Remarks
A Standard Terms of Reference as per MoEF & CC
1 Summary and Conclusions as presented at is
Executive Summary presented in Chapter 11, Page No 269 is the
Executive Summary of the EIA report.
2 Introduction
Certificate of Accreditation issued by the NABET,
i Details of the EIA Consultant including NABET accreditation
QCI is attached as Annexure 28, Page No 477
Information about the project proponent uis given in
ii Information about the project proponent
Chapter 1, Section 1.2.2, Page No. 29.
Importance and benefits of the project is given
iii Importance and benefits of the project
Chapter 1, Section 1.4.1, Page No. 30.
3 Project Description
Cost of project is given in Chapter 2,
Section2.4.3, Page No.49.
i Cost of project and time of completion.
Project Scheduling is given in Chapter 2,
Section2.5, Page No. 49.
Products with capacities for the proposed project is
ii Products with capacities for the proposed project.
given in Chapter 2, Section 2.4.2, Page No. 49.
Details of existing products with capacities is given
in Chapter 2, Section 2.4.2, Page No. 49.
If expansion project, details of existing products with capacities Adequate land is available for expansion in the
iii and whether adequate land is available for expansion, reference adjoining land of present plant premises. Details of
of earlier EC if any. existing and proposed area break up is given in
Chapter 2, Section2.4.1, Page No.47.
Copy of existing EC letter is given in Annexure 1.
List of raw materials required and their source along
List of raw materials required and their source along with mode
iv with mode of transportation is given in Chapter 2,
of transportation.
Section 2.10, Page No.67.
Other chemicals and materials required with quantities and List of raw materials with storage facilities is given in
v
storage capacities Chapter 2, Section2.8, Page No. 63.
Details of air emission and management plan is
Details of Emission, effluents, hazardous waste generation and
vi given in Chapter 2, Section2.14, Page No. 87.
their management.
Details of Effluent generation and its treatment


facility is given in Chapter 2, Section 2.13.2 &
2.13.3, Page No. 71 & 75.
Details of hazardous waste generation and its
management facility is given in Chapter 2, Section
2.15, Page No. 91.
vii Details of power and manpower requirements is
given in
Requirement of water, power, with source of supply, status of Chapter 2, Section 2.11.1 & 2.11.4, Page No
approval, water balance diagram, manpower requirement 67 & 68. Details of water source, water supply
(regular and contract) permission and water balance diagram is given in
Chapter 2, Section 2.13.1, Figure 2-8 & Figure
2-12, Page No.69 & 74.
viii Details of manufacturing process with process flow
Process description along with major equipments and diagrams are given Chapter 2, Section 2.7, Page
machineries, process flow sheet (quantative) from raw material No. 52.
to products to be provided. List of major equipments and machineries is given in
Annexure 26.
ix Details of Hazard identification is given in
Chapter7, Section7.2.4, Page No. 215.
List of Hazardous Chemicals with chemical
Hazard identification and details of proposed safety systems. properties is given in Chapter7, Table 7-4, Page
No. 218.
Proposed safety systems is given Chapter 4,
Section 4.9.1, Page No. 206
x Expansion/modernization proposals:
a Copy of all the Environmental Clearance(s) including Copy of the Environmental Clearance for Existing
Amendments thereto obtain for the project from MOEF/SEIAA Unit is given in Annexure 1.
shall be attached as an Annexure. A certified copy of the latest Certified compliance report of existing EC is given in
Monitoring Report of the Regional Office of the Ministry of Annexure 22.
Environment and Forests as per circular dated 30thMay, 2012 on
Action taken report for partly and non complied
the status of compliance of conditions stipulated in all the
conditions of existing EC is given in Annexure 23.
existing environmental clearances including Amendments shall
be provided. In addition, status of compliance of Consent to Status of compliance of Consent to Operate for the
Operate for the ongoing existing operation ongoing existing operation is given in Annexure
of the project from SPCB shall be attached with the EIAEMP 24.
report.
b In case the existing project has not obtained environmental Environmental Clearance for existing unit is already
clearance, reasons for not taking EC under the provisions of the taken.
EIA Notification 1994 and/or EIA Notification 2006 shall be Copy of the Environmental Clearance for Existing
provided. Copies of Consent to Establish/No Objection Unit is given in Annexure 1
Certificate and Consent to Operate (in case of units operating
Copy of Proposed CTE & Existing CTO is given in
prior to EIA Notification 2006, CTE and
Annexure 2.
CTO of FY 20052006) obtained from the SPCB shall be
submitted. Further, compliance report to the conditions of Compliance of Consent to Operate for the ongoing
consents from the SPCB shall be submitted. existing operation is given in Annexure 24.
4 Site Details
i General location map of project site is given in
Location of the project site covering village, Taluka/Tehsil, Chapter 2, Figure 2-1, Page No. 41.
District and State, Justification for selecting the site, whether
other sites were considered. Justification for selecting the site is given in
Chapter 5, Section 5.1.1, Page No. 211
ii A toposheet of the study area of radius of 10km and site Toposheet of the study area of radius of 10km and
location on 1:50,000/1:25,000 scale on an A3/A2 sheet. site location on 1:50,000 scale on an A3 sheet is
(including all ecosensitive areas and environmentally sensitive given in Annexure 4.
places)
iii Details for selecting of site is given in Chapter 5,
Details w.r.t. option analysis for selection of site
Section 5.1.1, Page No. 211
iv Google map showing site boundary with Co
Coordinates (latlong) of all four corners of the site. ordinates (latlong) of all four corners of the site is
given in Figure 2-2, Page No. 42


v Google mapEarth downloaded of the project site is
Google mapEarth downloaded of the project site.
given in Figure 2-2, Page No. 42.
vi Layout maps indicating existing unit as well as
Layout maps indicating existing unit as well as proposed unit proposed unit indicating storage area, plant area,
indicating storage area, plant area, greenbelt area, utilities etc. greenbelt area, utilities etc is given in Figure 2-4,
If located within an Industrial area/Estate/Complex, layout of Page No. 44.
Industrial Area indicating location of unit within the Industrial Layout of Industrial Area indicating location of unit
area/Estate. within the Industrial area/Estate is given in Figure
2-5, Page No. 45
vii Photographs of the proposed and existing (if applicable) plant Photographs of the existing and proposed plant site
site. If existing, show photographs of plantation/greenbelt, in along with greenbelt at existing site is given in
particular. Photographs 2-1, Page No. 46
viii Landuse breakup of total land of the project site (identified and Landuse/Area breakup of total land including
acquired), government/private agricultural, forest, wasteland, existing and proposed project site is given in Table
water bodies, settlements, etc shall be included. (not required 2-2, Page No. 47
for industrial area)
ix A list of major industries with name and type within study area A list of major industries with name and type within
(10 km radius) shall be incorporated. Land use details of the study area is given in Table 2-5, Page No. 52
study area
x Geological features and Geohydrological status of
Geological features and Geohydrological status of the study
the study area is given in Chapter 3, Section
area shall be included.
3.14, Page No. 134
xi Details of Drainage of the project upto 5km radius of study Drainage details is given in Chapter 3, Section
area. If the site is within 1 km radius of any major river, peak 3.14.5, Page No. 135.
and lean season river discharge as well as flood occurrence There is no major rivers within 1 km of project site.
frequency based on peak rainfall data of the past 30 years.
Details of Flood Level of the project site and maximum Flood
Level of the river shall also be provided. (mega green field
projects)
xii Status of acquisition of land. If acquisition is not complete, Land documents is given in Annexure 5
stage of the acquisition process and expected time of complete
possession of the land.
xiii R&R details in respect of land in line with state Government The proposed project is in Industrial area.
policy.
5 Forest and wildlife related issues (if applicable):
i Permission and approval for the use of forest land (forestry Forest land is not used in proposed project.
clearance), if any, and recommendations of the State Forest
Department. (if applicable)
ii Landuse map of the study area is presented in
Landuse map based on High resolution satellite imagery (GPS) Figure 3-4, Page No.41.
of the proposed site delineating the forestland (in case of No forest land involved in the project. Distance
projects involving forest land more than 40 ha) certificate from forest department is given in
Annexure 15, Page No.385
iii Status of Application submitted for obtaining the stage I Not applicable
forestry clearance along with latest status shall be submitted.
iv The projects to be located within 10 km of the National Parks, There is no National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere
Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Migratory Corridors of Wild Reserves, Migratory Corridors of Wild Animals are
Animals, the project proponent shall submit the map duly present in the study area.
authenticated by Chief Wildlife Warden showing these features
visàvis the project location and the recommendations or Distance certificate from forest department is given
comments of the Chief Wildlife Wardenthereon. in Annexure 15, Page No.385
V Wildlife Conservation Plan duly authenticated by the Chief

Wildlife Warden of the State Government for conservation of Not Applicable
Schedule I fauna, if any exists in the study area.
vi Copy of application submitted for clearance under the Wildlife
(Protection) Act, 1972, to the Standing Committee of the Not Applicable
National Board for Wildlife.
6 Environmental Status


i Determination of atmospheric inversion level at the project site Sitespecific micro meteorological data is given in
and sitespecific micro meteorological data using temperature, Chapter 3, Section 3.7, Page No 103.
relative humidity, hourly wind speed and and rainfall.direction
ii AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations for PM10, PM2.5, AAQ data (for PostMonsoon, 2017 – from 20th
SO2, NOX, CO and other parameters relevant to the project October, 2017 to 19th January, 2018) at 8 locations
shall be collected. The monitoring stations shall be based CPCB for project specific parameters is given in Chapter
guidelines and take into account the predominant wind 3 , Section 3.10, Page No.118.
direction, population zone
and sensitive receptors including reserved forests.
iii Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks of all stations Detailed AAQ data for 8 locations is provided in
as per frequency given in the NAQQM Notification of Nov. 2009 Annexure 11, Page No.365. Raw data is very
along with min., max., average and 98% values for each of voluminious and hence not possible to report the
the AAQ parameters from data of all AAQ stations should be the EIA report. However the data is available in our
provided as an annexure to the EIA Report. records and can be provided if required by SEAC.
iv Surface water quality of nearby River (100m upstream and Surface water quality is given in Chapter 3,
downstream of discharge point) and other surface drains at Section 3.13.2, Page No.125.
eight locations as per CPCB / MoEF&CC guidelines.
v Whether the site falls near to polluted stretch of river identified No. site doest not fall near to polluted stretch of
by the CPCB/MoEF&CC, if yes give details. river.
vi Ground Water Monitoring at 8 locations with quality
Ground Water Monitoring at minimum 8 locations shall be
of ground water is given in Chapter 3,
included
Section3.13.3, Page No.129.
vii Noise level monitoring at 8 locations is given in
Noise level monitoring at 8 locations within the study area
Chapter 3, Section 3.12 Page No.121.
viii Soil monitoring at 8 locations with soil characteristics
Soil characteristics as per CPCB guidelines is given in Chapter 3, Section 3.15.4, Page No.
140
ix Traffic survey details is given in Chapter 3,
Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles, frequency of vehicles Section 3.11, Page No.121
for transportation of materials, additional traffic due to
proposed project, parking arrangement etc. Impact due to additional traffic is given in Chapter
4, Section 4.3.2, Page No. 186
x Detailed description of flora and fauna (terrestrial and aquatic) Detailed description of flora and fauna (terrestrial
existing in the study area shall be given with special reference and aquatic) existing in the study area is given in
to rare, endemic and endangered species. If ScheduleI fauna Chapter 3, Section 3.16.4, Page No.142
are found within the study area, a Wildlife Conservation Plan No ScheduleI species were reported from the
shall be prepared and furnished. project study area of 10 km radius.
xi Socioeconomic status of the study area Chapter 3,
Socioeconomic status of the study area
Section 3.17, Page No.156
7 Impact and Environmental management Plan
i Assessment of ground level concentration of pollutants from the Ground level concentration of pollutants due to
stack emission based on sitespecific meteorological features. In proposed project is given in Chapter 4, Section
case the project is located on a hilly terrain, the AQIP Modelling 4.3.1, Page No.182
shall be done using inputs of the specific terrain characteristics
for Cumulative impact of all sources of emissions on
determining the potential impacts of the project on the AAQ. baseline AAQ is given in Chapter 4, Section 4.3.1,
Cumulative impact of all sources of emissions (including Page No.182
transportation) on the AAQ of the area shall be assessed. Air quality contours for project specific parameters is
Details of the model used and the input data used for modelling given in Annexure 13, Page No. 372
shall also be provided. The air quality contours shall be plotted
on a location map showing the location of project site,
habitation nearby, sensitive receptors, if any.
ii Not applicable as project will not discharge any
Water Quality modeling incase of discharge in water body
wastewater outside the site premises.
iii Impact of the transport of the raw materials and end products Most of the raw materials are brought from a reach
on the surrounding environment hall be assessed and provided. of around 200 Km from the site and hence does not
In this regard, options for transport of raw materials and have any significant impact on environment due to
finished products and wastes (large quantities) by rail or rail transport of materials. No of raw materials such as
cum road transport or conveyorcumrail transport shall be Acid Slurry, OBA and Salt are manufactured by RSPL
examined. Group only and are easily available in our Depots at


very short distances from the site.
iv Proposed project will provide Zero Liquid Discharge
A note on treatment of wastewater from different plant Facility
operations, extent recycled and reused for different purposes A note on treatment of wastewater from different
shall be included. Complete scheme of effluent treatment. plant operations with complete scheme of ETP,
Characteristics of untreated and treated effluent to meet the recycling and reuse option, Characteristics of
prescribed standards of discharge under E(P) Rules. untreated and treated effluent is given in Chapter
v Details of stack emission and action plan for control
Details of stack emission and action plan for control of
of emissions is given in Chapter 2, Section 2.14,
emissions to meet standards.
Table 2-23 & Table 2-24 on Page No. 88
vi For Fugitive emission and control, Water Sprinkling
is regularly done during loading and unloading
operations. Inside the plant dust extraction system
Measures for fugitive emission control along with Bag Filter has been installed to control
the fugitive emissions within the plant.
Measures for fugitive emission control is given in
Chapter 2, Section2.14.1, Page No. 87
vii Details of hazardous waste generation and their
storage, utilization and management is given in
Chapter 2, Section 2.15, Page No. 91
Agrrement with Madhya Pradesh Waste
Details of hazardous waste generation and their storage, Management Project (Ramky) for hazardous waste
utilization and management. Copies of MOU regarding disposal is given in Annexure 6, Page No. 343
utilization of solid and hazardous waste in cement plant shall
Invoice copy for sale of spent acid management is
also be included. EMP shall include the concept of waste
given in Chapter 2, Figure 2-21, Page No. 93
minimization, recycle/reuse/recover techniques, Energy
conservation, and natural resource conservation. Assurance letter from vendors for purchase of Fly
ash is given in Chapter 2, Figure 2-22 Page No.
94,
EMP for solid & hazardous waste management is
given in Chapter 10, Table 10-4, Page No. 249
viii Fly ash generation is around 4 tonnes per day and is
not a sizable quantity for which an agreement can
be done with Cement Plant. Hence it is sent to Local
Proper utilization of fly ash shall be ensured as per Fly Ash Brick Manufacturers and is utilized for Brick making
Notification, 2009. A detailed plan of action shall be provided. by local manufacturers.
Acceptance letter from vendors for purchase fly ash
is given in Chapter 2, Figure 2-22, Page No. 94
ix Action plan for the green belt development plan in 33 % area Details of existing and proposed greenbelt is given
i.e. land with not less than 1,500 trees per ha. Giving details of in Chapter 10, Section 10.6, Page No. 252
species, width of plantation, planning schedule etc. shall be Greenbelt development plan for existing and
included. The green belt shall be around the project boundary proposed unit is given in Annexure 14, Page No.
and a scheme for greening of the roads used for the project 384
shall also be incorporated.
x Action plan for rainwater harvesting measures at plant site shall Details of rain water harvesting is given in Chapter
be submitted to harvest rainwater from the roof tops and storm 10, Section 10.7, Page No. 257
water drains to recharge the ground water and also to use for
the various activities at the project site to conserve fresh water
and reduce the water requirement from other sources.
xi Total capital cost and recurring cost/annum for
Total capital cost and recurring cost/annum for environmental
environmental pollution control measures is given in
pollution control measures shall be included.
Chapter 10, Section 10.10, Page No. 266.
xii Action plan for postproject environmental monitoring shall be Postproject environmental monitoring plan is given
submitted. in Chapter 6, Section 6.3, Page No. 212
xiii Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural and Manmade) Onsite and offsite disaster management plan is
Preparedness and Emergency Management Plan including Risk given in Chapter 7, Section 7.4, Page No. 225.
Assessment and damage control. Disaster management plan Risk Assessment and damage control is given in
should be linked with District Disaster Management Plan. Chapter 7, Section 7.2 & 7.3, Page No. 214 &


224
8 Occupational Health
i Plan and fund allocation for occupational health &
Plan and fund allocation to ensure the occupational health &
safety of all contract and casual workers are given in
safety of all contract and casual workers
Chapter 10, Section 10.8.5, Page No. 261
ii Details of exposure specific health status evaluation of worker. Details of preemployment and regular medical
If the workers' health is being evaluated by pre designed checkup and tests carried out are given in Chapter
format, chest x rays, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing 10, Section 10.8.4, Page No. 260.
(Far Helth Check up reports of workers are given in
& Near vision, colour vision and any other ocular defect) ECG, Annexure 25, page No. 467
during pre placement and periodical examinations give the
Details of exposure specific health status evaluation
details of the same. Details regarding last month analyzed data
of worker are given in Chapter 10, Section
of above mentioned parameters as per age, sex, duration of
10.8.6, Page No. 262.
exposure and department wise.
iii Action Plan for Occupational & Safety Hazard survey
Details of existing Occupational & Safety Hazards. What are the will be made for construction and operational phase
exposure levels of hazards and whether they are within of proposed expansion and will be implemented
Permissible Exposure level (PEL). If these are not within PEL, during the expansion project.
what measures the company has adopted to keep them within Details of existing occupational & safety hazards
PEL so that health of the workers can be preserved, along with control measures is given in Chapter
iv Annual report of heath status of workers with special reference Health Check up reports of workers are given in
to Occupational Health and Safety. Annexure 25, Page No. 467
9 Corporate Environment Policy
i Does the company have a well laid down Environment Policy Environment Policy of RSPL is given in Annexure
approved by its Board of Directors? If so, it may be detailed in 27
the EIA report.
ii As per Environmental Policy of the RSPL group, the
compliance of Consent Conditions and
Environmental Clearance conditions is the main
objective. For fulfilling this compliance we are
regularly submitting quarterly compliance reports to
Does the Environment Policy prescribe for standard operating
SPCB and Six Monthly compliance report to MOEF.
process / procedures to bring into focus any infringement /
This ensures that when ever there are non
deviation / violation of the environmental or forest norms /
compliances it is immediately brought to our notice
conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA.
and it is ensured that the, non compliances if any,
are rectified and compliend during submission of
next compliance report to MOEF/SPCB. There is a
clear procedure to ensure that any non compliance
is detected and turned into compliance
iii What is the hierarchical system or Administrative order of the
Environmental Management cell with hierarchical
company to deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring
systemof the company is given in Chapter 10,
compliance with the environmental clearance conditions?
Section 10.11, Figure 10-3, Page No. 267
Details of this system may be given.
iv The company has such a reporting mechanism,
under which, the non compliance report goes to
board of director through a Legal Department.
Does the company have system of reporting of non compliances
There is a Legal Cell in RSPL group which reports
/ violations of environmental norms to the Board of Directors of
directly to the Managing Director of the Company
the company and / or shareholders or stakeholders at large?
and this Legal Cell in turn gets updations from the
This reporting mechanism shall be detailed in the EIA report
various departments including Environmental
Management Cell regarding the compliance of
Environmental Laws
10 Adequate Infrastucture Facilities such as Canteen,
Details regarding infrastructure facilities such as sanitation, fuel, Rest Room, Toillet Facilities, Drinking water facilities
restroom etc. to be provided to the labour force during will be provided during Construction phase as per
construction as well as to the casual workers including truck site conditions. RSPL site has already provided the
drivers during operation phase. drinking water, rest room, sanitation and canteen
facility to Truck Drivers in the existing premises.
11 Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC) Details of Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC) is
i. Adequate funds (at least 2.5 % of the project cost) shall be given in


earmarked towards the Enterprise Social Commitment based on Chapter 10, Section 10.9.1, Page No. 265
Public Hearing issues and itemwise details along with time
bound action plan shall be included. Socioeconomic
development activities need to be elaborated upon.
12 Any litigation pending against the project and/or any No
direction/order passed by any Court of Law against the project,
if so, details thereof shall also be included. Has the unit
received any notice under the Section 5 of Environment
(Protection) Act, 1986 or relevant Sections of Air and Water
Acts? If so, details thereof and compliance/ATR to the notice(s)
and present status of the case.
13 A tabular chart with index for point wise compliance of above
TOR. Point wise compliance of ToR is given in this table.
B Specific Terms of Reference
1 There are two solvents used in the proposed
project, Aniline and MEA. These two solvents are
used as reactant in the reaction of OBA and hence
Details on solvents to be used, measures for solvent recovery
loss of solvent is minimal upto 0.2 to 0.5%. Even for
and for emissions control.
removing this small quantity we have made a
provision of Stripper Column along with proposed
MEE system.
2 Details of process emissions from the proposed unit and its Process emissions details are given in Chapter 2,
arrangement to control. Section 2.14, Page No. 87
3 We have monitored the specific pollutant of VOC
Ambient air quality data should include VOC, otherprocess and HCL as applicable in our process. The Ambient
specificpollutants* like NH3*, chlorine*, HCl*, HBr*, H2S*, air quality data for PostMonsoon, 2017 for project
HF*,etc.,(*asapplicable) specific parameters are presented in Chapter 3,
Section 3.10, Page No. 118
4 Workplace monitoring will be done regularly. Plan
Work zone monitoring arrangements for hazardous chemicals. for the same is given in Chapter 6, Section 6.3,
Page No. 212
5 Detailed effluent treatment scheme including
Detailed effluent treatment scheme including segregation of segregation of effluent streams for units adopting
effluent streams for units adopting 'Zero' liquid discharge. 'Zero' liquid discharge is given in Chapter 2,
Section 2.13.3 to 2.13.5, Page No.75
6 In OBA plant the odour source is mainly from HCL
fumes. There is an arrangement of controlling this
fumes in the plant by providing scrubber in reaction.
Action plan for odour control to be submitted.
This scrubber ensures that there is no odour
problem in plant. Other chemicals that are used in
other reactions have no significant odour nuisance.
7 There is no organic hazardous waste generated in
A copy of the Memorandum of Understanding signed with teh process. There is only inorganic Fly ash
cement manufacturers indicating clearly that they coprocess generated from Boiler which is sold to brick
organic solid/hazardous waste generated. manufacturers. The salt generated from MEE is also
reused back in process.
8 Agreement copy with Madhya Pradesh Waste
Authorization/Membership for the disposal of liquid effluent in Management Project (Ramky Group) for the disposal
CETP and solid/hazardous waste in TSDF, if any. of solid/hazardous waste in TSDF is given in
Annexure 6
9 MEE Salt generated in process to the tune of 180
Action plan for utilization of MEE/dryers salts. Tonnes per Annum is reused back in process of
manufacturing of OBA.
10 Material Safety Data Sheet for all the Chemicals are being MSDS is given in soft copy during EIA report
used/will be used. submitted.
11 Agreement copy with Madhya Pradesh Waste
Authorization/Membership for the disposal of solid/hazardous Management Project (Ramky Group) for the disposal
waste in TSDF. of solid/hazardous waste in TSDF is given in
Annexure 6


12 The proposed project does not have any incineration
Details of incinerator if to be installed.
facility.
13 Risk assessment for storage and handling of hazardous Risk assessment and Consequence analysis of
chemicals/solvents. Action plan for handling & safety system to hazardous chemicals are given in Chapter 7,
be incorporated. Section 7.2, Page No. 214
14 Adequate PPEs are provided to workers and periodic
health checkup of the workers are carried out on
regular basis. List of equipments /PPE’s used for
Arrangements for ensuring health and safety of workers Health and Safety of Workers is given in Chapter 7,
engaged in handling of toxic materials. Section 7.4.18, Table 7-17, Page No. 241
Helth Check up reports of workers are given in
Annexure 25, Page No. 467
Additional ToR Given by SEAC, Bhopal
1 Detailed effluent treatment scheme including
segregation of effluent streams for units adopting
Justify in EIA report how zero discharge will be maintained.
'Zero' liquid discharge is given in Chapter 2,
Section 2.13.3 to 2.13.5, Page No.75
2 Certified compliance report of earlier EC conditions
MoEF&CC compliance report of earlier EC conditions.
is given in Annexure 22.
3 Baseline study was carried out in post monsoon
season 2017 and validated by KEC, which is NABL
Available baseline data can be used in the EIA but data should
approved laboratory. The details of Baseline study
not be older than 02 years. All data used has to be validated by
for air, water, noise, soil, landuse, socioeconomics,
approved Laboratory.
ecology & Bidiversity etc. is given in Chapter 3,
Page No. 98
4 Area break up with existing and proposed area is
given in Chapter 2, Section 2.4.1, Page No. 47
Site layout map showing process, utilities and other
areas is given in Chapter 2, Figure 2-4, Page
Justify in EIA report wrt to available space and proposed
No.44.
machinery for the new plant and other facilities.
A site layout plan showing Green Belt Development
inside and outside the plant boundary (all along the
approach road) is given in Annexure 14, Page No.
384
5 Green belt plan is given in Annexure 14, Page No.
384.
Green belt plan with name of species, their numbers on layout
map should be provided with the EIA report. Name of species with number of plants in existing
unit is given in Chapter 10, Section 10.6, Page
No. 252
6 Land use map of the study area is given in
Land use plan should be submitted with the EIA report.
Chapter 3, Figure 3-4, Page No. 115
7 Detailed Environmental Management plan is given in
The EIA report should clearly mention activity wise EMP and Chapter 10, Page No. 246
CSR cost details and should depict clear breakup of the capital The expenditure to be incurred by RSPL on
and recurring costs along with the timeline for incurring the environmental matters including capital and
capital cost. The basis of allocation of EMP and CSR cost should recurring cost is given in Chapter 10, Section
be detailed in the EIA report to enable the comparison of 10.10, Page No. 266
compliance with the commitment by the monitoring agencies. CSR budgetary is given in Chapter 10 , Section
10.9.1, Page No. 265
8 A time bound action plan should be provided in the EIA report Action plan for EMP measures in conjunction with
for fulfillment of the EMP commitments mentioned in the EIA development plan (detailed Execution schedule) is
report. given in Chapter 2, Section 2.5, Page No.49
9 The name and number of posts to be engaged by the PP for Environmental Management cell is given in Chapter
implementation and monitoring of environmental parameters 10, Section 10.11, Page No. 267
should be specified in the EIA report.
10 EIA report should be strictly as per the TOR, comply with the Point wise compliance of ToR is given in this table.
generic structure as detailed out in the EIA notification, 2006, Baseline study is carried out in post monsoon
baseline data is accurate and concerns raised during the public season 2017 which is given in Chapter 3, Page
hearing are adequately addressed. No. 98


As per MOM of SEAC Bhopal, Public Hearing has
been exempted for this expansion project; since we
have already conducted public hearing at the time of
installation of the current OBA project. All the points
raised during the last public hearing held earlier
have been complied and the report has been sent to
MOEF as a part of Compliance Report and which has
been duly verified by Regional Office Bhopal.
11 The EIA report should be prepared by the accredited consultant Certificate of accreditation issued by the NABET,
having no conflict of interest with any committee processing the QCI to EIA consultant is given in Annexure 28.
case.
12 The EIA document shall be printed on both sides, as far as EIA document will be printed on both sides during
possible. hard copy submission.
13 Propoer table of contents with page numbers is
All documents should be properly indexed, page numbered.
given in EIA report.
14 Period/date of data collection is indicated in EIA
Period/date of data collection should be clearly indicated.
report.
15 SEIAA file No. is given in forwarding letter. A copy of
The letter /application for EC should quote the SEIAA file No.
the TOR Letter issued by SEAC Bhopal is also
and also attach a copy of the letter prescribing the TOR.
enclosed along with the Forwarding letter.
16 The copy of the letter received from the SEAC prescribing TOR Copy of ToR letter issued by SEAC, Bhopal is given
for the project should be attached as an annexure to the final in Annexure 3
EIA/EMP report.
17 The final EIA report covers compliance to all TOR
Points issued vide SEAC TOR letter.
As per MOM of SEAC Bhopal, Public Hearing has
The final EIA/EMP report submitted to the SEIAA must been exempted for this expansion project; since we
incorporate all issues mentioned in TOR and that raised in have already conducted public hearing at the time of
Public Hearing with the generic structure as detailed out in the installation of the current OBA project. All the points
EIA report. raised during the last public hearing held earlier
have been complied and the report has been sent to
MOEF as a part of Compliance Report and which has
been duly verified by Regional Office Bhopal.
18 Grant of TOR does not mean grant of EC. Noted and Agreed
19 The EIA consultant is accreditated by QCI, NABET
The status of accreditation of the EIA consultant with for the sector sector 21 “Synthetic Organic
NABET/QCI shall be specifically mentioned. The consultant shall Chemicals Industry”.
certify that his accreditation is for the sector for which this EIA
is prepared. Certificate of accreditation issued by the NABET,
QCI to EIA consultant is given in Annexure 28
20 On the front page of EIA/EMP reports, the name of the The name of the consultant along with their address
consultant/consultancy firm along with their complete details including their accreditation details is given in front
including their accreditation, if any shall be indicated. The page of EIA report. Undertaking by the
consultant while submitting the EIA/EMP report shall give an Environmental Consultant regarding compliance of
undertaking to the effect that the prescribed TORs (TOR prescribed ToR and data submitted is factually
proposed by the project proponent and additional TOR given by correct is given in Annexure 18
the MOEF & CC) have been complied with and the data
submitted is factually correct.
21 While submitting the EIA/EMP reports, the name of the experts Name of experts associated with involed in the
associated with involved in the preparation of these reports and preparation of EIA report is given in the EIA report
the laboratories through which the samples have been got at “Declaration by Experts contributing to this
analyzed should be stated in the report. It shall be indicated Report”.
whether these laboratories are approved under the Certificate from NABL to KEC laboratory is presented
Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 and also have NABL in Annexure 8
accreditation.

2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION
This chapter provides a condensed description of those aspects of the project likely to cause environmental effects.
Details are described in following sections with regards to type, need, location, size or magnitude of project
operations, technology and other related activities.
2.1 Type of Project

The proposed project is expansion of OBA plant in existing premises by acquiring additional land and that is
covered under Category – 5 (f) “B” projects of SEAC, MP as per the New EIA Notification vide gazette no. S. O.
1533 dated 14th September, 2006 and subsequent amendments till date.
2.2 Need for the project
The proposed project will manufacture OBAs used for captive consumption in other plants of RSPL for
manufacturing of detergent powder and cake.
Currently OBA is utilized for internal consumption by RSPL’s existing detergents plants to achieve better cost saving
and establish stronger control over final quality of the product.
Due to more requirements of own demand for detergent manufacturing plants of RSPL, it is intended to expand the
capacity of OBA plant.
2.3 Location (maps showing general location, specific location, project boundary & project site
layout)
2.3.1 General Location of Project Site
The project site is located in NE of Sagar town on SH14. Sagar town is located in Sagar district of Madhya Pradesh.
The Project Location is presented in Figure 2-1 which falls in the IIDC Growth Centre, Industrial Estate of
Sidhguwan, District Sagar.
2.3.2 Specific Location of Site with Project Boundary
Proposed project is located at Plot No. from 42 to 59, Sector K, IIDC growth center, Village Sidhguwan, District
Sagar, Madhya Pradesh. Specific location of project site along with project boundary on google image is shown in
Figure 2-2. Site location on Toposheet with 10 km of project study area is given in Figure 2-3. Similarly the site
layout map is presented as Figure 2-4.
Layout plan of Sidhguwan industrial area showing site location of existing operational unit of RSPL & Proposed
expansion area is presented in Figure 2-5. Site photographs are presented at Photographs 2-1.
The site coordinates are presented in Table 2-1.
Table 2-1: Co-ordinates of Site Boundary

Sr. No. Latitude Longitude
A 23°53'31.08"N 78°51'0.67"E
B 23°53'41.89"N 78°50'58.91"E
C 23°53'42.71"N 78°51'5.27"E
D 23°53'31.75"N 78°51'7.09"E

EIA REPORT FOR EXPANSION OF OPTICAL BRIGHTENER AGENT (OBA) PLANT IN THE EXISTING
RSPL LIMITED, SAGAR MANUFACTURING FACILITY PROJECT DESCRIPTION
Figure 2-1: General Location of Project Site

Figure 2-2: Map Showing Project Site Boundary on Google

RSPL LIMITED, SAGAR EIA REPORT FOR EXPANSION OF OPTICAL BRIGHTENER AGENT (OBA) PLANT IN THE EXISTING MANUFACTURING FACILITY PROJECT DESCRIPTION
Figure 2-3: Map Showing Project Site on Toposheet

Figure 2-4: Site Layout Map

Figure 2-5: Layout map of Industrial Area Showing Location of Proposed Unit

RSPL LIMITED, SAGAR (OBA) PLANT IN THE EXISTING MANUFACTURING FACILITY PROJECT DESCRIPTION
Photographs 2-1: Site Photographs

Existing Site
Main Gate of RSPLUnit II Procution Building
Access Road near the Site Plantation outside the Plant Boundary
Expansion Area
Additional Area for Expansion Nearest Industry from the site

2.3.3 Site History & Approach to the Project Site
Before plotting of IIDC, the land was used for agricultural activities. Once, it was intimated that the proposed area
will be notified for Industrial use, farmers sold their land to IIDC. The industrial area is in operation since 1990.
By Road
 SH – 14 connects Sagar – Damoh, is about 0.35 km towards S direction from main approach to site.
 North South Corridor NH26 connects GwaliorSagar Naringhpur stretch, sagar bypass, which is about 2.25 km
towards W direction from site.
 NH – 86 connects Sagar –Banda stretch, near Russala village which is about 1.98 km towards W direction from
site.
By Rail
 Makronia Railway station, BinaSagar –Katni section which is about 4.9 km towards SW direction from site.
 Sagar railway station is about 12.5 km towards SW direction from site.
By Air
 Rajabhoj Airport, Bhopal is about 168 km towards W direction from site. Daily multiple flights for Mumbai &
Delhi are available from here.
 Jabalpur Airport is around 145 km towards SE direction from the project site.
 Dhana (Sagar) Airport is about 15 km away from the project site which is currently not in operational phase for
commercial flights.
2.4 Size or Magnitude of Operation
2.4.1 Area Break up at Site
Plot area of the project consists of 62,000 sq.m. Site layout map is shown in Figure 2-4. Tentative area breakup is
presented in Table 2-2. Pie chart showing area distribution at site is presented in Figure 2-6 as below:
Table 2-2: Area Break up at Site

Existing Area Proposed Area Total Area % of Total
S. No. Title
m2 m2 m2 Area
A Processing Area
1 Powder Plant 490 0 490 0.79
2 Cake Plant 364 0 364 0.59
3 OBA Plant (Existing) 2667 2323 4990 8.05
4 LABSA Plant 1289 0 1289 2.08
5 Acid Slurry Plant 256 0 256 0.41
6 Electrical Room 811 0 811 1.31
7 SO2 Absorber 11 0 11 0.02
8 Steam Manifold 4 0 4 0.01
9 Sulphur Melter 15 0 15 0.02
10 BSR + Packing Area 3826 0 3826 6.17
11 Master Green Plant 1500 0 1500 2.42
B Storage Area
1 Raw Material Storage Area 3589 0 3589 5.79

Existing Area Proposed Area Total Area % of Total

S. No. Title
m2 m2 m2 Area
2 Tank Farm 1148 0 1148 1.85
3 Tank Yard 186 0 186 0.30
4 H2SO4 Tank area 102 0 102 0.16
C Utility Area 0 0.00
1 Cooling Tower 34 0 34 0.05
2 Boiler and Coal Storage 1200 2364 3564 5.75
3 Boiler and Softening Plant 38 0 38 0.06
D Wastewater Treatment Area
1 ETP Area 279 0 279 0.45
2 Clarification area Waste Water Tank 70 0 70 0.11
3 Effluent Collection Sump 70 0 70 0.11
4 Clarified Water Storage 70 0 70 0.11
5 Multiple Effect Evaporator 70 1904 1974 3.18
6 Water Tank 292 0 292 0.47
7 Soft Water Tank 17 0 17 0.03
8 Transfer Pump 11 0 11 0.02
E Greenbelt Area
1 Green Belt 5906 7155 13061 21.1
F Non Processing Area 0 0.00
1 Administrative Building 279 0 279 0.45
2 Toilet Block 140 0 140 0.23
3 Septic Tank 103 0 103 0.17
4 Rain Water Harvesting Tank 95 0 95 0.15
5 Hot/Cold Well 5 0 5 0.01
G Road and Open Space 16572 5124 21696 34.99
Total 44000 18000 62000 100
Plantation outside the Project
7 2788 1781 4569 7.4
boundary

Figure 2-6: Pie Chart – Area Distribution at Site up
Area Break up at Site
22% 1 Processing Area

35%
2 Storage Area
8% 3 Utility Area
6% 4 Wastewater Treatment Area
1%
4% 5 Greenbelt Area
24%
6 Non Processing Area
7 Road and Open Space
2.4.2 Production Details
List of the existing and proposed products along with production capacity is presented inTable 2-3
Table 2-3: List of Products with Production Capacity

Quantity in MTPA
Sr.
Name of Product Proposed
No. Existing Total
Expansion
1 Detergent cake 19200 0 19200
2 Detergent powder 39600 0 39600
3 LABSA 24000 0 Discontinued the product
4 Acid Slurry 27000 0 27000

5 Optical Brightener Agent 3000 5400 8400
2.4.3 Cost of the Project
The estimated cost of the project is ~ INR 58.12 crores. Approximately capital cost on environmental protection
measures will be INR 555 Lacs and recurring cost will be INR 56 Lacs/annum
2.5 Proposed Schedule for Approval and Implementation

Approximate 13 Months will be required for the project completion from the date of getting EC. Project
implementation schedule describing various activities from finalization of site to project commissioning is presented
in Table 2-4 and bar chart schedule is presented in Figure 2-7.

Table 2-4: Project Implementation Schedule

Sr. No. Activity Months from Start at 0
1 EC & NOC Approval 0
2 Tendering Stage 1
3 Receipt of Bids / Proposals 2
4 Evaluation of Proposals 2.5
5 Finalization of Contractors 3
6 Construction Phase 9
7 Civil Completion 10
8 Mechanical Completion 11
9 CTO Approval 12
10 Commissioning 13

Figure 2-7: Project Implementation Schedule
Months
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
Sr. No. Activity
1 to 16 to 1 to 16 to 1 to 16 to 1 to 16 to 1 to 16 to 1 to 16 to 1 to 16 to 1 to 16 to 1 to 16 to 1 to 16 to 1 to 16 to 1 to 16 to 1 to 16 to 1 to 16 to
15 31 15 31 15 31 15 31 15 31 15 31 15 31 15 31 15 31 15 31 15 31 15 31 15 31 15 31
days days days days days days days days days days days days days days days days days days days days days days days days days days days days
EC & NOC
1 Approval
2 Tendering Stage
Receipt of Bids /
3 Proposals
Evaluation of
4 Proposals
Finalization of
5 Contractors
Construction
6 Phase
7 Civil Completion
Mechanical
8 Completion
9 CTO Approval
10 Commissioning

2.6 List of Major Industries in the Study Area

The list of major industries in the study area is presented in Table 2-5.
Table 2-5: List of Major Industries in the Study Area

Distance from Direction from
Sr. No. Name of Industry Production
the Site (km) the Site
1 Patrica Industry ~ 0.1 SE Newspaper
2 Sagar Industry ~ 0.16 S Water Sintex
3 Vidya Sagar Stone & Granite ~ 0.02 W Tile's
4 Sunil Pipe ~ 0.1 SW RCC Pipe
5 Chaudhary Chemicals ~ 0.5 SW Agriculture Pesticides
6 RSPLUnitI ~ 1.0 SW Ghari detergent & soap
7 Sagar Industries ~ 0.45 SW Vein Mansonry
8 Siddharth Pipe ~ 0.6 E Plastic Pipe
9 Unicorn ~ 0.9 SE Cardboard paper (cartoon)
10 AVS Industries ~ 0.9 SE Plastic Chair
11 Om Sai Ram ~ 0.4 S Neck detergent & soap
12 Dainik Bhaskar ~ 0.4 S Newspaper
13 Vinay Krushi Yantra ~ 0.5 SW Agriculture machine parts
14 Satnam Vahe Guru ~ 1.2 SW Bricks of cement
15 Minakshi metal industries (Steel Plant) ~ 0.17 N Steel Material
2.7 Technology and Process Description

Manufacturing process of existing and proposed products along with mass balance and process block diagram are
described as follows:
2.7.1 Detergent Powder
Process Description
The raw materials as per material balance are blended in proportions in a Ribbon Blender and then passed through
a Cage Mill for milling. Milling fraction is further sent for Packaging. The process is completely dry and does not
involve any water going in product. Water is utilized in process of preparation of the input materials for mixing
which gets evaporated during drying.

Process Flow Diagram
Material Balance
Material Balance for Detergent Powder is presented in Table 2-6.
Table 2-6: Material Balance for Detergent Powder
Sr. Input/MT of Product

No. Raw Materials Quantity (MT/MT)
1 Soda ash 0.368
2 Liner alkyle Benzene Sulphonic acid (LABSA) / Acid Slurry 0.1
3 Alfa olefin Sulphonate (AOS) 0.058
4 Salt 0.091
5 Dolomite 0.367
6 Optical Brightener Agent 0.0028
7 Perfume 0.00055
8 Colour & OBA 0.0004
9 Acosol 0.011
10 Water (approx.) 0.012
Total 1.0108
Output/MT of Product
S. No. Liquid Air Recovery/ Incinerable Land fillable Remark

Product
Effluent Emission Product Waste Waste
1 Detergent Powder 1
Evaporation
in form of
2 Loss of water 0.0108
Water
Vapour
0.00 0.01 1.00 0.00 0.00
Total
1.0108

2.7.2 Detergent Cake
Process Description
The raw materials as per material balance are blended in proportions in a Sigma Mixer and then passed through a
Triple Rolling machine for formation of cake. Moisture is maintained for cake formation in the mixer. The Roll cake
is further taken for plodding, cutting and stamping. No Water is discharged in the process. Water is utilized in
process of preparation of the input materials for mixing which gets along with the product and evaporation.
Material Balance
Material Balance for Detergent Cake is presented in Table 2-7
Table 2-7: Material Balance for Detergent Cake

No Raw Materials Quantity (MT/MT)
1 Soda ash 0.073
2 Liner Alkyl Benzene Sulphonic acid (LABSA) / Acid Slurry 0.123
3 Alfa olefin Sulphonate (AOS) 0.045
4 SLS 0.019
4 Dolomite 0.363
5 China Clay 0.144
6 Sodium tri poly phosphate (STPP) 0.072
7 Sodium silicate 0.07200
8 Perfume 0.00072


No Raw Materials Quantity (MT/MT)
9 Colour & OBA 0.004
10 Acosol 0.012
11 Water (Approx.) 0.040
12 Paroflight 0.072
Total 1.039
S.
Liquid Air Recovery/ Incinerable Landfillable Remark
No. Product
Detergent
1 1
cake
Water utilized
Water in
2 0.0390 as moisture in
product
cake formation
0.00 0.039 1.00 0.00 0.00
Total
1.039
2.7.3 Acid Slurry
Acid Slurry is manufactured by addition of Linear Alkyl Benzene and Sulphuric Acid in a sulphonation mixer through
doser assembly.
Process Description
First of all L.A.B (Linear Alkyl Benzene) and Sulphuric Acid are taken into their respective dozers. From these dozers,
required quantity is transferred into Sulphonator i.e Mixer where mixing of these two items are done for about 4 hours.
Thereafter, required quantity of water is poured into it and mixed materials are taken into a settler where slurry and spent
acid are allowed to settle. Acid slurry being light in weight comes up and spent acid, which is heavy in nature, settles
down. Acid slurry is taken for manufacture of Detergent and Soap.
Spent acid is seperated out and sold to authorised vendor for utilization.
Acid slurry is utilized in place of LABSA in manufacturing of other detergent products.

Process Block Diagram
Material Balance
Material Balance for Acid Slurry is presented in Table 2-8
Table 2-8: Material Balance for Acid Slurry

1 Sulphuric Acid 1.005
2 Linear Alkyl Benzene 0.670
3 Water 0.168
Total 1.843
S. No. Liquid Air Recovery/ Incinerable Landfillable Remark

Product
1 Acid Slurry 1
Sold to
2 Spent Acid 0.843 authorized
vendor
0.00 0.00 1.843 0.00 0.00
Total
1.843

2.7.4 Linear Alkyl Benzene Sulphonate Acid (LABSA)
Currently LABSA plant is not in working condition and LABSA production is to be discontinued. Instead Acid Slurry is
manufactured and used in plant for own consumption.
Process Description
Sulfur Supply System

Sulfur is supplied to the sulfur burner by pumps located in the sulfur melter. Dual pumps are provided in order to
minimize down time during sulfur pump maintenance
Air Supply System

The sulfonation process requires a continuous flow of dry airSO3 gas. In the air supply system, air is supplied at a
constant flow rate. The process air is first compressed to a pressure of approximately 1 kg/cm2 (15 psig).
The hot compressed air is then precooled, using cooling tower water, and chilled to a temperature of 10°C in the
air chiller vessel. The chilled air is then dried in automatic desiccanttype air dryers to a dew point of 70°C.
The dual air dryers are equipped with bubbletight high temperature butterfly control valves. The cooling air blower
supplies cool air to the regenerated (offline) air dryer to reduce the bed temperature to an acceptable level prior to
bringing the regenerated air dryer back online. A regeneration/utility air blower is used to supply cooling air to the
double pipe gas coolers used in the gas plant. The hot air leaving the double pipe coolers is then used to
regenerate the offline air dryer. During the air dryer cooling cycle the regeneration/utility air is vented to the
atmosphere
SO3 Gas Generator System

A continuous source of dry airSO3 gas is required for film sulfonation. The metered sulfur is delivered to the
refractorylined atomizing sulfur burner where combustion with the dry process air generates sulfur dioxide (SO2).
The sulfur dioxide gas leaving the burner is cooled and delivered to a threestage vanadium oxide catalytic
converter, where the gas is filtered and converted to sulfur trioxide (SO3). The sulfur trioxide gas leaving the
converter is cooled to nearly ambient temperature in an SO3 double pipe cooler and a cascade cooler prior to
entering the inlet mist eliminator which removes traces of sulfuric acid.
Sulfonation System
The sulfonate forms in the unit when an SO3inair mixture is injected into a Falling Film Reactor simultaneously
with the desired organic feed. Cooling jackets in the reactor remove some of the heat of reaction. The system
consists of the film reactor, cyclone separator, cooling system, recycle pump, pipes and fittings etc.
Spent gas is separated from the sulfonic acid recycle stream in the cyclone vessel.
Chemical reaction
RC6H5 + SO3  RC6H4SO3 H

Material Balance
Material balance for LABSA is presented in Table 2-9
Table 2-9: Material Balance for LABSA

Input/MT of Product
S. No.
Raw Materials Quantity (MT/MT)
1 Sulphur 0.115
2 Linear Alkyl Benzene (LAB) 0.765
3 Water 0.12
Total 1.000
S. No. Liquid Air Recovery/ Incinerable Landfillable Remark

Product
1 LABSA 1
0.00 0.00 1.00 0.00 0.00
Total
1.00

2.7.5 Optical Brightener Agent (OBA)
Manufacturing Process
Stage -1: Preparation of 4’4, Diamino Stilbene 2’2, Disulphonic Acid Solution
Firstly process water is charged into the MSRL reactor.
DASDA POWDER (4’4, DIAMINO STILBENE 2’2, DISULPHONIC ACID) is added into the reactor under the stirring
condition.
Then 48% of caustic solution is added into the reactor to achieve PH to 7 at room temperature.
Stage – 2: Preparation of Soda Ash Solution

In this process water in taken in an MSRL reactor to which SODA ASH is added under the stirring condition and it is
stirred for an hour. This soda ash solution is used for the first stage condensation reaction.
Stage – 3: Preparation of Cyanuric Chloride Suspension

Ice + Water are charged into a reactor. To this reactor Cyanuric chloride is charged along with dispersing agent
and EDTA.
After EDTA is charged, 30% HCL solution at 0 Deg Temperature is charged. Cyanuric chloride is to be charged into
the reactor and then stir it for 30 minutes and the slurry further transferred to a 35 KL reactor.
After the process of preparation of cyanuric chloride suspension, the manufacturing process is subdivided into the
stages:
 Stage First (35 KL Reactor)
In this stage the reaction has to be start with Dasda solution along with soda ash solution while at this addition 0C
should be maintained. After the addition of that stir it for two hours.
 Stage Second (35 KL Reactor)
In this stage start with the Aniline oil with the addition of caustic solution on temperature of 5 Deg C to 25 Deg C
and stir the solution for one hour. Then solution reacted mass has been transferred to the 40 KL reactor for third
stage.
 Stage Third (40 KL Reactor)
After receiving the reacted mass from 35KL reactor, water has been charged to the 40 KL reactor, then charging of
the Monoethanol amine is done, the temperature of the reactor has been increased up to 100 Deg C while
attending the temperature to 100 Deg C, when temperature will reach 85.5 0C the addition of the caustic solution
has been started and complete it till reactor attain 980 oC. Maintain the temperature for two hours.
Then application of cooling agent is done to cool the reactor. During cooling process when temperature of the
reactor became 50 Deg C charging of Vac. Salt in two hours then maintain it for two hours. After that filtration
process has been started with the filter press, and the process of filtration aeration has been done for the next two
hours. The unloading of the wet cake from the reactor is done and then wet cake is transferred into spin flash
dryer.
Stage – 4: Spin flash drying

Charge the wet cake into the spin flash dryer then the collection of the crude is done, and process will move to
formulation part.

Stage – 5: Formulation
Charging of the Crude in the Nauta Mixer and after that Vac salt and soda ash is charged into the mixer, close the
manhole of the mixer and start the Nauta mixer stir it for one hour then unload the form material from the mixer

Chemical Reaction

Material Balance
Material balance for OBA is presented in Table 2-10
Table 2-10: Material balance for OBA

1 Water 6.08
2 DASDA (96%) 0.28
3 Caustic Lye (48%) 0.40
4 H.S.I. (Dispersing Agent) 0.00
5 EDTA 0.00
6 HCl (30%) 0.06
7 ICE 2.67


8 Cyanuric Chloride 0.27
9 Aniline Oil 0.13
10 MEA 0.11
11 Refined Salt 0.78
12 Soda Ash 0.12
Total 10.89
S.
Liquid Air Recovery/ Incinerable Landfillable Remark
No. Product
1 Wet Cake (OBA) 1

2 Effluent Water 9.49 To MEE
3 Scrubbing Liquid 0.40 To MEE
Total 9.89 0.00 1.00 0.00 0.00
10.89
2.8 Storage Details
Storage details of raw material and final products is presented in Table 2-11 & Table 2-12

Table 2-11: Storage Details of Raw Materials

Operating Condition
Consumption Means of Nos. of Capacity of each Unit of
S. No. Chemical State Hazard Involved Press Total Capacity
(MT/Annum) Storage Temp, °C Tanks/Drum/Bag Tank/Drum/Bag, Vessel
Kg /Cm2
1 Acid Slurry – Existing Product
1.1 LAB Liquid 600 Fire Storage tank Normal 2040 3 200 KG 600
1.2 Sulphuric Acid Liquid 350 Fire Closed area Normal 2040 1 350 KG 350
2 Detergent Powder– Existing Product
2.1 Soda Ash Solid 5520 Non hazardous Bags Normal 2040 7500 50 KG 375000
2.2 Salt Powder 2184 Non hazardous Bags Normal 2040 5500 50 KG 275000
2.3 Dolomite Liquid 8808 Non hazardous Bags Normal 2040 5500 50 KG 275000
2.4 Perfume Liquid 13.2 Non hazardous carboys Normal 2040 25 200 KG 5000
2.5 Enzyme Protease Liquid 20 Non hazardous Box Normal 2040 1000 20 KG 20000
2.6 Ravitalnez 2020 Liquid 20 Non hazardous Box Normal 2040 1000 20 KG 20000
2.7 Water (Approx) Liquid 288 Non hazardous Water tank Normal 2040 1 60 KL 60
2.8 Dolosel Liquid 55 Non hazardous Tank Normal 2040 1 55 KG 55
2.9 Master Green Powder 140 Non hazardous Bags Normal 2040 5600 25 kG 140000
2.10 Acid slurry Liquid 5148 Non hazardous Tank Normal 2040 5 70 KG 350
3 Detergent Cake – Existing Product (19200 MTPA)
3.1 Soda Ash Solid 1800 Nonhazardous Bags Normal 2040 7500 50 KG 375000
3.2 Dolomite Solid 7176 Non hazardous Bags Normal 2040 5500 50 KG 275000
3.3 China Clay Powder 1794 Non hazardous Bags Normal 2040 6000 50 KG 300000
3.4 Sodium Silicate Liquid 1614.9 Non hazardous Storage tanks Normal 2040 2 80 KG 160
3.5 Perfume Liquid 1.45 Fire arboys Normal 2040 25 200 KG 5000
3.6 Perro flight (SOAP STONE) Powder 1795 Non hazardous Bags Normal 2040 5000 50 KG 250000
3.7 Water (Approx) Liquid 96 Non hazardous Water tank Normal 2040 1 60 KL 60
3.8 Dolosel Liquid 55 Non hazardous Tank Normal 2040 1 55 KG 55

3.9 Starch Powder 40 Non hazardous Bags Normal 2040 800 50 KG 40000
3.10 Master Green Powder 140 Non hazardous Bags Normal 2040 5600 25 KG 140000
3.11 Acid slurry Liquid 5504 Non hazardous Tank Normal 2040 5 70 KG 350
4 Optical Brightening Agent
4.1 Ice 22400 Non hazardous Ice room Normal 5 to 0 deg. 1 40000 KG 40000
4.2 Caustic Lye 48% Liquid 3360 Corrosive Storage tank Normal 2040 1 50 KL 50
4.3 Vac. Salt 2619 Non hazardous Bags normal 2040 3000 50 KG 150000
4.4 DASDA 96% Powder 2314 Non hazardous Bags Normal 2040 6000 25 KG 150000
4.5 Cyanuric chloride Solid 2240 lachrimetric Bags/drums Normal 2030 500 300 KG 150000
4.6 Aniline Oily Liquid 1120 Non hazardous Storage tank Normal 2040 1 30 KL 30
4.7 Mono Ethanol Amine Liquid 896 Non hazardous Drums normal 2040 250 200 KG 50000
4.8 Soda Ash Powder 980 Non hazardous Bags normal 2040 200 50 KG 100000
4.9 AFILAN UDIOIL Liquid 28 Non hazardous Carboys Normal. 2040 20 100 KG 2000
4.10 EDTA Powder 9.3 Non hazardous Bags Normal. 2040 400 25 KG 1000
4.11 HCl 30% Liquid 466 Corrosive Carboys Normal 2040 50 200 KG 10000

Table 2-12: Storage Details of Products

Operating Condition
Consumption Hazard Means of Nos. of Capacity of each
S. No. Chemical State Pressure Unit of Vessel Total Capacity
(MT/Annum) Involved Storage Temp, °C Tanks/Bag/Drum Tank /Bag/Drum
Kg /Cm2
1 Detergent Powder Powder 39600 Non Hazardous Bags Normal 2040 15000 25 KG 375000
2 Detergent Cake Solid 19200 Non Hazardous Cartoon Normal 2040 15000 11 KG 165000
3 Acid Slurry Liquid 27000 Non Hazardous Storage tank Normal 2040 3 32093 KG 96279
4 OBA Powder 3000 Non Hazardous Bags Normal 2040 3500 25 KG 87500
2.9 Properties of Raw Materials
Properties of raw materials is given inTable 2-13.
Table 2-13: Properties of Raw Materials

Flash Melting Specific Odour
S. Raw Mol. Wt. Boiling
CAS No Formula State Odour Point Point IDLH (ppm) Stability Hazard Colour Gravity UEL % LEL % Threshold
No. Material (g/mole) Point (°C)
(°C) (°C) (g/cc) (ppm)
Linear Alkyl 67774 Health Clear Not Not Not
1 Liquid Odorless 39245 140 <70 278314 Stable 0.86
Benzene 747 hazardous Colorless specified Specified Specified
Odorless (Pure S);

7704 Faint Oily or Health Not
2 Sulphur S2 Solid 32 160 120 445 Stable Yellow 1.96 46 4.3
349 Rotten eggs (with hazardous Established
trace of H2S)
49719 Not Decompose Not Not Not

3 Soda Ash Na2CO3 Solid Odorless 105.89 851856 Stable Hazardous White 2.752.9
8 available above 400°C Applicable Applicable applicable
85536 Viscous Corrosive Not Not Not

4 LABSA C6H4(SO3H)(CS2)10CS3 Spicy ~326 >93.3 ~ 7 190 Stable Brown 0.40.85
14 7 Liquid Hazardous applicable applicable established

68439 Not Not Yellow Not Not Not
5 AOS Liquid Characteristics ~296 >93.9 100 Stable 1.069
576 available available Amber applicable applicable available

7647
6 Salt NaCl Solid 58.44 800.7 1465 Stable
145
16389 Not Not Not Not Not
7 Dolomite CaCO3·MgCO3 Solid Odorless 184.3 Not available Hazardous White 2.752.9
881 available available applicable applicable established
Optical 7128
8 Liquid >100 196230 Not available
Brightener 645
Water 7732 Not Not Not Not Not Not
9 H2O Liquid Odorless 18.02 0 100 Colorless 1
(Approx.) 185 applicable applicable applicable applicable applicable applicable
15121 White to
10 SLS CH3(CH2)10CH2OOSOONa Solid Mild 288.37 204 Stable
3 Yellowish
1332 Not Non
11 China Clay Solid Not Available 258.2 1760 Not Available Off White 2.2
587 Applicable Flammable
7758 Non
12 S.T.P.P.
294
Na5P3O10 Solid Odorless 367.86 622 Decomposes
Flammable
White
Sodium 6834 Not Clear Not Not Not

13 Na2SiO3 Liquid Odorless 122.062 1089 100 Stable Hazardous 1.15
Silicate 920 applicable colorless applicable applicable available
Highly
14 Perfume Liquid Floral/Fruity 19
Flammable

Flash Melting Specific Odour

S. Raw Mol. Wt. Boiling
CAS No Formula State Odour Point Point IDLH (ppm) Stability Hazard Colour Gravity UEL % LEL % Threshold
No. Material (g/mole) Point (°C)
(°C) (°C) (g/cc) (ppm)
12438
15 Ice CO2 Odorless 44.01 40000 ppm White 1
9
DASDA Not Not Not Not Not Not
16 81118 C14H14N2O6S2 Powder Odorless 370.394 >325 Not available Toxic Yellow
96% available available available available available available
Cyanuric 10877 Not Not Not 0.019
17 C3Cl3N3 Solid Strong, Pungent 184.41 146 150 192 194 Stable Hazardous Colorless 1.32
chloride 0 available applicable applicable mg/cu/m
Oily Aromatic, amine Not
18 Aniline 62533 C6H5NH2 93.13 70 6 184.1 100 Stable Hazardous Colorless 1.0216 11 1.3
Liquid like available
Mono
14143 Ammonical, Fish, Not
19 Ethanol NH2CH2CH2OH Liquid 61.08 86 10.3 170.8 30 Stable Hazardous Colorless 1.02 23.5 3
5 unpleasant available
Amine
Not Not Not Not Not Not Not
20 HSI liquid C3H3N3O3 Liquid Not available Not available Stable White
available available available available available available available
Not Not Not Not
21 EDTA 60004 C10H16N2O8 Solid Not available 292.24 237245 Not available Stable White 0.77
available available available available
7647 Irritating, pungent Not Not Not Not Not

22 HCL 30% HCl Liquid 36.46 114.2 85 Stable 1.1 to 1.9 50
010 sharp specified available available available available
Sulphuric 7664 35 to

23 H2SO4 Liquid Odorless 98.08 270 Stable Corrosive Colorless 1.84
Acid 939 10.36
Sodium
Hydroxide 1310
24 NaoH Liquid Odorless 40 318 1390 10 Stable Colorless 2.1
Liquid 732
(48%)

2.10 Transportation Details

Details of raw material along with quantity, source and mode of transport is given inTable 2-14.
Table 2-14: Transportation Details of Raw Materials
Transportation Details
Sr.
Name Max. Qty.
No. Means of
State Transported Source
Transportation
MT/day
Linear Alkyl Mitsui & co., Ltd, Japan.
1 Liquid Tanker Truck 200
Benzene Nirma/ Gujrat
2 Sulfur Powder Open trucks 50 JAM NAGAR, KOYALIGJ
MITHAPUR/ AHMEDABAD/
3 Soda Ash Powder Truck load 100
INDORE
5 AOS Thick slurry Tanker Truck 50 RSPL Dhar
Krishna minerals rajasthan
6 Salt Powder Truck load 100
/Khanakpur pvt. Ltd.
JABALPUR, MANDLA, SAGAR
7 Dolomite Powder Truck load 100
(M.P)
Khyati Chemicals P. Ltd. /
8 OBA Powder Truck load 20
Gujrat
9 Colour Powder Truck 1 Vidisha kanpur
11 China clay Powder Truck load 100 BHILWARA(RJ)
12 S.T.P.P. Powder. Truck load 100 Bhimandi dipo
13 Sodium silicate Liquid Tanker Truck 20 JABALPUR (M.P)
Khattri aromas / Rudrpur,
14 Perfumes Liquid Truck 1
Haridwar
15 Caustic Lye 48% Liquid Tanker Truck 100 NAGDA /BHOPAL (M.P)
16 DASDA 96% Powder Truck 100 Deepak Nitret Gujrat
(Evonik Industries AG,
Containerised Germany)
17 Cyanuric Chloride Powder 100
cargo
Ahmadabad
18 Aniline Liquid Tanker Truck 20 Rads chemical Mumbai
19 Monoethanol Amine Liquid HDPE drums 10 Amines and plasticizer Mumbai
20 HIS liquid Liquid HDPE carboys 5 Ahmadabad
21 Perro flight Powder Bags 10 Krishna Minerals, Udaipur
22 EDTA Powder Bags in truck 10 Sanchain Kanpur
2.11 Utilities
2.11.1 Power Requirements
The power requirement for the proposed facility will be met through Madhya Pradesh Paschim Kshetra Vidyut
Vitaran Company Ltd. (‘MPPKVVCL’). Total estimated electrical load required for the existing unit is 1305 KVA. After
proposed expansion the required power will be estimated about 2934 KVA.
Standby Power (through DG Sets) – Existing Unit

Sr. No. Stack Details Capacity
Existing Unit
1 DG Set(Cake and Powder Plant) 750 KVA


2 DG set (Optical Brightening Agent Plant) 1250 KVA
Proposed Unit
1 DG Set (Optical Brightening Agent Plant) 1050 KVA
2.11.2 Fuel Requirements
Details of fuel requirements is Table 2-15
Table 2-15: Details of Fuel Consumption

Type of Fuel
Sr. No. Stack Attached to Capacity Stack Nos. Fuel consumption
used
A Existing
1 DG Set 750 KVA 1 HSD 100 lit/hr
2 DG set 1250 KVA 1 HSD 200 lit/hr

3 Boiler 5 TPH 1 Coal 200 Kgs / hr
15 Lac Kilo
4 Boiler (Thermic Fluid Heater) 1 Coal 180 Kgs / hr
Calorie
B Proposed
3 Boiler 5 TPH 1 Coal 200 Kgs / hr
15 Lac Kilo
4 Boiler (Thermic Fluid Heater) 1 Coal 180 Kgs / hr
Calorie
5 Boiler (Standby) 5 TPH 1 Coal 200 Kgs / hr
Note: DG sets will be used during power failure only.
2.11.3 Water Requirements
Total fresh water requirement after the proposed expansion will be about 327 KLD after recycling of treated water.
The required fresh water will be met from Madhya Pradesh Audyogik Kendra Vikas Nigam (MPAKVN).
2.11.4 Manpower Requirement
During the construction phase around 100 workers will be hired and during operation phase, around 150 people will
be employed.
2.12 Proposed Infrastructure

Proposed project will require following infrastructure:
 Internal Roads;
 Parking;
 Utility area;
 Wastewater Treatment Plant (RO & MEE)
 Storage area
 Production Building and
 Green Belt

2.13 Water Consumption, Wastewater Generation, Treatment & Disposal Facility
2.13.1 Source of Water Supply
RSPL will receive water from Madhya Pradesh Audyogik Kendra Vikas Nigam (MPAKVN) as assured by Govt. of MP.
Permission letter for water supply from MPAKVN is given in Figure 2-8. In absence of water from MPAKVN the
industry will source water from own bore well or nearby other borewells. CGWA application receipt made for
withdrawal of ground water for industrial use is presented in Figure 2-9.
Figure 2-8: Assurance Letter form MPAKVN for Water Supply

Figure 2-9: CGWA Application Receipt for Ground Water Abstraction

2.13.2 Water Consumption and Wastewater Generation
In the proposed manufacturing unit, the water will be mainly used for following areas:
 Process
 Utilities
 Domestic Usage
 Washing
 Gardening
The total fresh water consumption after the proposed expansion will be estimated about 307 KLD. The breakup of
water consumption and wastewater generation from the existing and proposed unit is described in Table
2-16&Table 2-17and the water balance diagram is given inFigure 2-10 to Figure 2-12.
Table 2-16: Details of Water Consumption from Existing and Proposed Unit
S. No. Area of Consumption Existing, KLD Proposed, KLD Total, KLD
1 Domestic 10 9 19
2 DM Plant 2.5 2.5 5
3 Process 105 149 254
4 Boiler 17.5 48.5 66
5 Softener 0 3 3
6 Cooling Tower 96 164 260
7 Scrubber 6 10 16
8 Other/Floor Washings 1 2 3
9 Gardening 30 22 52
10 Total 268 410 678
11 Recycled water from ETP & MEE 125 226 351
12 Fresh Water Requirement 143 184 327
Table 2-17: Details of Wastewater Generation from Existing and Proposed Unit
Area of Wastewater Treatment and
S. No. Existing, KLD Proposed, KLD Total, KLD
Generation Disposal Facility
1 Domestic 8 8 16
To ETP followed by RO
2 DM Plant 2.5 2.5 5
3 Process 95 171 266 To MEE
4 Boiler 2.5 3.5 6
5 Softener 0 3 3 To ETP followed by RO
6 Cooling Tower 16 30 46
7 Scrubber 4 8 12 To MEE
8 Other/Floor Washings 1 2 3 To ETP followed by RO
278 KLD from
process to MEE,
9 Total 129 228 357 79 KLD to ETP and
then RO
Ro reject to MEE

Figure 2-10: Water Balance Diagram – Existing Unit

Figure 2-11: Water Balance Diagram-Proposed Unit

Figure 2-12: Combined Water Balance Diagram – After Proposed Expansion

2.13.3 Wastewater Treatment Facility
Effluent Generation & Segregation
The effluent generated from the existing plant is segregated at site based on pollution load as below.
 High TDS high COD Stream: The high TDS high COD stream coming from the OBA plant and scrubbing
wastewater is directly treated in MEE as the waste water is not amenable to Bio Treatment. Condensate from
the MEE is reused in plant.
 Low TDS Low COD Stream: The low TDS low COD streams consists utilities blow downs, wastewater from
washings and domestic sewage is treated in ETP of capacity 40 KLD which will be augmented upto 100 KLD
after proposed expansion and treated water from the ETP is partly used for gardening and surplus will be sent
to recycling RO. There is a zero liquid discharge facility. No wastewater will be disposed outside of plant
premises.
Characteristics of wastewater
High TDS and High COD Wastewater

The effluent generated from the process consists high TDS and high COD which is treated in MEE as discussed
above. The characteristics for MEE feed is presented in Table 2-18.
Table 2-18: Characteristics of MEE Feed Water

Expected Characteristics of Effluent
Sr. No. Parameters Unit
from OBA plant/MEE Feed Water
1 Design Flow KLD 110
2 pH pH Scale 9.5
3 COD mg/lit 10000 20000
4 BOD mg/lit 3000 5000
5 Suspended Solids mg/lit 500 1000
6 Total Dissolved Solids mg/lit 40000 60000
7 Colour Yellow
Low TDS Low COD Wastewater

The low TDS and low COD streams from the Utilities, Washings and domestic sewage is treated in ETP at site. The
design base inlet and outlet characteristics of wastewater for ETP is given inTable 2-19.
Table 2-19: Design Inlet & Outlet Characteristics of ETP

Inlet Characteristics Outlet Characteristics
Sr. No. Parameters Unit
of ETP of ETP
1 Design Flow KLD 100 100
2 pH pH Scale 6.5 8.5 6.5 8.5
3 COD mg/lit 1000 <100
4 BOD mg/lit 300 <30
5 Suspended Solids mg/lit 400 <100
6 Total Dissolved Solids mg/lit 2000 <2100
7 Oil & Grease ppm 20 <10

ETP Units with Sizing
Existing ETP is designed for 40 KLD capacity which will be augmented upto 100 KLD capacity after proposed
expansion to treat additional effluent load. The tank sizing details of the effluent treatment plant is presented
inTable 2-20.
Table 2-20: List of ETP Units for 100 KLD Design Capacity
Sr. Equipment Description No. of Dimensions in (m) Volume (m3)
No. Unit
1 Screen Chamber 1 0.77 x 0.5 x 0.8 0.308
2 Oil & Grease tank 1 1.3 x 0.8 x 0.8 0.83
3 Equalization Tank 1 5x5x2 50
4 Flash Mixer 1 1 x 0.8 x 0.8 0.64
5 Flocculation Tank 1 1 x 0.8 x 0.8 0.64
6 Primary Settling Tank 1 2.5 x 2 x 2.2 11
7 Aeration Tank 1 8 x 4.2 x 2.5 84
8 Secondary Settling Tank 1 2.5 x 2 x 2.2 11
9 Chlorine Contact Tank/filter Feed Tank 1 5x1x2 10
10 Pressure sand Filter 1 0.8 m dia with 1.44 m hieght 5 m3/hr
11 Activated Carbon Filter 1 0.8 m dia with 1.44 m hieght 5 m3/hr
12 Treated Water Tank 1 5.2 x 2.5 x 2.3 29.9
13 Sludge Drying Beds 6 1.2 x 2.7 x 2.7 8.75
14 Lime Solution Tank 1 400 litres
15 Polyelectrolyte Tank 1 200 Litres
16 Feric Chloride dosing Tank 1 1000 Litres
Adequacy of ETP Units
The adequacy of the effluent treatment units is presented inTable 2-21.
Table 2-21: Adequacy of ETP Units

Total Hydraulic
Flow
Sr No ETP Treatment Units No of Unit Volume (m3) Volume Retention Ttime
(m3/day)
(m3)
Hr Min
1 Screen Chamber 1 0.308 0.308 100 4.4
2 Oil & Grease Tank 1 0.83 0.83 100 12.0

3 Equalization Tanks 1 50 50 100 12.0
4 Flash Mixer 1 0.64 0.64 100 9.2
5 Flocculator 1 0.64 0.64 100 9.2
6 Primary Settling Tank 1 11 11 100 2.6
7 AerationTank 1 84 84 100 20.2
8 Secondary Settling Tank 1 11 11 100 2.6
9 Chlorine Contact Tank/filter Feed Tank 1 10 10 100 2.4
10 Pressure Sand Filter 1 5 m3/hr 5 m3/hr 100
11 Activated Carbon Filter 1 5 m3/hr 5 m3/hr 100
12 Treated Water Tank 1 29.9 29.9 100 7.2
13 Sludge Drying Beds 6 8.75 52.5 100

Process Description of Wastewater Treatment Units
The treatment plant comprises of different treatment stages as described below.
Screen Chamber - 1 No.

Effluents emanating from the various process sections of the sulphonation plant and washing from other sections
are segregated and arrive at the screen chamber. Screen chamber is equipped with fine bar screen. Floating SS
particles will be removed manually in the Screen. The effluent will go to Equalization Tank.
Equalization Tank -1 No.

One no. of Equalization tank is provided to maintain pH & to ensure constant load on further treatment units.
Blower with course bubble aeration will be provided in the equalization tanks for mixing and equalization. From
these tanks the effluents will be further transferred to flash mixer by pumping.
Flash Mixer - 1 No.

From the equalization tank the homogeneous effluent is pumped in to the flash mixer. The pH of incoming effluent
is checked and hydrated Lime, Alum and polyelectrolyte solutions are added to maintain pH from 7 to 8. The flash
mixing vessel is provided with a stirrer.
Flocculator - 1 No.
Wastewater from Flash mixer overflows to a flocculator for agglomeration of flocs formed. Slow speed paddle type
flocculator mechanism will be provided in this tank for gentle mixing and floc formation. Flocculated effluent will go
to primary settling tank under gravity.
Primary Settling Tank - 1 no.

Overflow from Flocculator system will pass through the Primary Settling Tank under gravity. Separation of flock
formed will take place in Primary Settling Tank. The settling tank is equipped with Tube Settler Media bed in order
to have enhanced settling characteristics. The chemical sludge is settled by gravity to the hopper portion of the
settling tank and the primary treated clear water overflow into the aeration tank by the gravity for further biological
treatment. The chemical sludge is then taken into the sludge drying beds for dewatering purpose.
Aeration Tank -1 no.

Aeration Tank will be provided for biological treatment of combined effluent. Overflow from primary settling tank
will go to Aeration Tank. Surface aerator will be provided to suffice oxygen requirement of biomass. The treated
water overflows to the secondary settling tank under gravity for sludge settlement.
Secondary Settling Tank - 1 no.

A Secondary settling tank is provided for settlement of the biomass as generated from the aeration tank. The
sludge from the bottom shall be wasted to sludge drying bed or recirculated to the aeration tank using recirculation
pump. Overflow from the secondary settling tank will go to treated water tank.
Chlorine Contact Tank – 1 No.

A chlorine contact tank is provided along with the inlet Baffle for proper mixing of chlorine dose to the overflow
from settling tank. This is further pumped to pressure sand filter.
Pressure Sand Filter- 1 no.

Pressure Sand Filter will be provided as a form of tertiary treatment for removal of residual suspended solids. The
filter consists of different gradations of gravel & sand bed. The filter will be provided with necessary valve

arrangements for inflow and outflow and backwashing of the system. The backwash water of the system shall be
taken to the Equalization tank / Primary Settling Tank for re treatment.
Activated Carbon Filter - 1 no.

Activated Carbon Filter will be provided as a form of tertiary treatment for removal of residual organics, odour and
colour. The filter consists of gradations of gravel & sand sub bed and over which is provided activated carbon of
high iodine value. The filter will be provided with necessary valve arrangements for inflow and outflow and
backwashing of the system. The backwash water of the system shall be taken to the Equalization tank / Primary
Settling Tank for re treatment.
Treated Water Tank– 1 no.

Treated water tank/holding tank will be provided for collection of tertiary treated effluent. The effluent from the
treated water tank then partly will be used for gardening and surplus will be sent to recycling RO system. The
permeate water from the RO will be reused in plant and RO reject water will be sent to MEE for further treatment
and evaporation.
Sludge Drying Bed - 6 nos.

Sludge drying beds are provided for collection of primary sludge and secondary biological sludge. The primary
sludge from PST and secondary waste sludge from the secondary tank will be taken into the sludge drying beds for
dewatering purpose. The Beds consist of Gravel, stones, sands to filter the water sludge. The sludge to be dried
under the sun and dried sludge will be suitably disposed and the filtrate will be taken to the equalization.
Process block diagram of ETP cum STP is given in Figure 2-13. Block diagram showing streamwise effluent
generation areas upto the treatment facilities is presented in Figure 2-14 and P & ID diagram of ETP cum STP is
given in Figure 2-15.

Figure 2-13: Process Block Diagram of ETP cum STP

Figure 2-14: Block Diagram Showing Streamwise Effluent Generation

Figure 2-15: P & ID Diagram of ETP – 100 KLD Capacity

2.13.4 Details of Existing MEE Plant (110 KLD)
The evaporator supplied is a hybrid evaporator having the first stage as falling film and rest three stages as forced
circulation.
Falling Film Evaporator
In a falling film evaporator, the liquid under concentration is fed to the calanderia (heat exchanger) via a specially
designed liquid distributor. This distributor ensures the liquid to pour at the circumference of the tubes and there by
the liquid would subsequently travel on the inner face of the tubes, in its path downwards, forming a thin film of
liquid on the inner face of the tubes.
The heating media, vapor or steam is on the shell side. Vapors being at a higher temperature, heat the down
coming liquid in the tubes. In the process condensation of the vapors take place and the heat liberated is
transferred to the liquid. The pressure / vacuum conditions maintained are such that the condensation temperature
on the shell side is higher than the vaporizing temperature in the tube side.
This ensures that the heating of the liquid is easily achieved for its boiling temperature and the tube side liquid
would boil as it reaches the bottom of the calanderia and the liquid and vapors are transferred to the vapor
separator, where the vapors are separated from the boiling liquid. This vapor is transferred to the shell side of the
next calanderia and acts as the heating media for the next stage. Variation in the vacuum brings about reduction in
the boiling temperatures and hence the vapor from the previous stage is always at a higher temperature.
The first stage is the one in which fresh steam is injected. In the first stage, part of the vapor of the first stage is
recycled using the thermo compressor, back to the shell side of the first stage. This recycle results in energy recycle
and provides for higher water evaporation per unit of steam used.
The rest three stages offered are Forced circulation calanderia or heat exchanger.
Forced Circulation Evaporator
In a forced circulation evaporator the liquid is pumped through the tubes at high velocities to ensure that no
precipitation of the salts takes place.
The effluent is introduced in the first stage of the evaporator where partial evaporation takes place and the partially
concentrated liquid is transferred to the second stage where further concentration takes place in the forced
circulation calanderia. The effluent by now has been concentrated to near its solubility limit and hence the third and
fourth stage is designed as forced circulation having Oslo Separator so that as the solubility is exceeded due to
further evaporation, the precipitated salts do not stick to the tube walls. The high velocity of the liquid ensures that
the salt formation and separation take place in the specially designed Oslo vapor separator. The vapor separator
has been specially designed so as to allow the vapor separation in the upper side, and the resulting concentrated
effluent along with the precipitating salts is brought to the lower section, where the salts would settle at the bottom
and the clear supernatant is recycled back to the inlet of the calanderia. The settled salt slurry is pumped to the
centrifuge, where the salts are separated and the mother liquor if recycled back to the inlet of the heat exchanger/
calanderia.
In this manner, the entire liquid is evaporated and the salts from the centrifuge are reused in process.
The condensed steam and vapors from all the stages and from the condenser, where the vapors from the last stage
after preheating the feed are condensed are collected and pumped out from the system. This in absence of
impurities can work as good hot process water and therefore this is planned accordingly for reducing the fresh
water consumption.
The process block diagram of the MEE is presented inFigure 2-16

Figure 2-16: Process Block Diagram of Existing MEE Plant

2.13.5 Capacities of Wastewater Treatment plants after Proposed Expansion
After Proposed expansion wastewater quantity will be increased and it will be treated as per existing treatment
scheme. Capacity of existing wastewater treatment plant will be increased to carry proposed effluent load as given
below.
1. Existing ETP will be augmented from 40 KLD to 100 KLD.

2. Recycling UF and RO System will be installed of 30 KLD capacity for recycling and reuse the ETP outlet.
3. MEE System will be installed of 300 KLD capacity for OBA effluent. Total MEE capacity after proposed
expansion will be 410 KLD.

Figure 2-17: Equipment Layout for Proposed Stripper with Four Effect Evaporator System

Technical Details of UF &RO
UF &RO will be proposed for 30 m3/day capacity. Technical specifications of UF &RO system is presented in Table
2-22.
Table 2-22: Technical Specifications of RO System
Sr. No. Description Details
A UF System
1 Feed Flow 2.2 m3/hr
2 Feed TDS 2500
B RO System
1 Feed Flow 2 m3/hr
2 RO Feed Tank 5 m3
3 Feed TDS 2500
4 Feed Pump
Flow Rate 4.0 m3/hr, 35 m Head
Quantity 2 (1 W + 1S)
MOC CI
5 High Pressure Pump
Flow Rate 2.0 m3/hr, 70 m Head
Quantity 2 (1 W + 1S)
MOC SS316
7 RO Membrane Size – LD 4040, Quantity of Element
18, Housing 3 No.
8 Antiscalent Dosing System
Flow Rate 06 LPH
Pressure 4.0 kg/cm2
Tank size 100 Liters, HDPE
9 Chemical Dosing System
Flow Rate 06 LPH
Pressure 4.0 kg/cm2
Tank size 100 Liters, HDPE
10 Micron Cartridge Filter
Flow Rate 4.0 m3/hr
Pore Size 5 Micron
11 pH Correction Dosing Tank 100 Liters, HDPE
12 CIP System 1 No.
2.13.6 Wastewater Disposal Facility
Existing Unit
The wastewater generated from the existing unit is segregated at source. The process and scrubbing wastewater is
directly treated in MEE and condensate from the MEE is reused in plant.
Other wastewater like domestic sewage, utilities blow downs and washing effluents are treated in ETP and treated
water from the ETP is used for gardening.
After Expansion of Project
After the proposed expansion the utilities blow downs along with washing and domestic effluent will be treated in
expanded ETP and continued to be used for gardening as per gardening requirements and extra water will be

passed trough UF & RO system. RO Permeate water will be reused in plant and RO reject water will be treated in
MEE along with process wastewater and scrubbing water.
Treated water from RO & MEE will be reused in plant purposes.
2.13.7 Water Conservation Measures
Adequate measures shall be taken to reduce fresh water demand by following measures.
1. Condensate recovery from the boiler which will reduce the overall water demand.
2. Recycling RO will be installed at site which will reduce the fresh water demand
3. Utilisation of treated waste water in gardening reducing fresh water make up.
2.14 Air Emission
Due to proposed project various sources of air pollution are identified during construction and operation phase.
Identified air emission sources are as follows:
Construction Phase
During construction phase various activities that are probable sources of air pollution are elaborated as under:
 Earthwork & Excavation of Foundations

 Loading and Unloading of Construction Materials
 Construction of Buildings and structures
 Movement of Vehicles and Vehicular Emissions.
 Shifting works for equipments and plant machinery
Operation Phase
Point Source
Likely air pollutants from proposed project will be PM, SO2 & NOx from boiler stack and DG Sets. From various
process vents, emissions of PM, HCl and VOC.
Line Source
SPM emissions from movement of vehicles on paved roads & vehicular emissions like SPM, CO & HC’s from exhaust
of the vehicles are envisaged as line source emissions.
Area Source
No area source emissions are envisaged, as the coal storage yard is a covered structure shed.
Others
Fugitive emissions from storage & handling of raw materials and finished product.
2.14.1 Action Plan for control of Emissions to meet Standards
Point Source Emissions & Control
Details of gaseous emissions from flue gas stacks & process vents along with attached Air Pollution Control
Equipment are given inTable 2-23 &Table 2-24.

Table 2-23: Details of Flue Gas Stacks

Flue Gas Stacks
Air Pollution
Sr. Stack Attached Stack Height, Stack Top Pollutant
Capacity Stack Nos. Control
No. to m Dia, m Emitted
Measures
A Existing Stacks
Adequate Stack
1 DG Set 750 KVA 1 10 0.3
Height
Mechanical Dust
2 Boiler 5 TPH 1 30 3 Collector and Bag
Filter
PM, SOx, NOx
Adequate Stack
3 DG set 1250 KVA 1 10 0.3
Height
3m at top Mechanical Dust

Boiler (Thermic
4 15 Lacs Kcal 1 30 Collector and Bag
Fluid Heater)
Filter
B Proposed Stacks
1 DG Set 1010 KVA 1 10 0.3

Adequate Stack
Height
2 DG Set 1050 KVA 1 10 0.3
3 Boiler 5TPH 1 30 3
Mechanical Dust
PM, SOx, NOx Collector and Bag
Filter
4 Boiler (Standby) 5TPH 1 30 3
Mechanical Dust
Boiler (Thermic
5 15 Lacs Kcal 1 30 3 m at top Collector and Bag
Fluid Heater)
Filter
Table 2-24: Details of Process Vents
Sr. Stack Stack Top Air Pollution Control

Stack Attached to Pollutants Emitted
No. Height, m Dia., m Measures
A Existing Unit
1 Spin Flash Dryer1 11 0.3 Bag Filter PM 150 mg/Nm3
OBA Scrubber for Process Reactor,
2 10 0.15 Alkali Scrubber* HCl 20 mg/Nm3
Aniline Day Tank and MEA Day Tank
B Proposed Unit
1 Spin Flash Dryer2 11 0.3 Bag Filter PM 150 mg/Nm3
OBA Scrubber2 for Process Reactor,
2 10 0.15 Alkali Scrubber* HCl 20 mg/Nm3
Aniline Day Tank and MEA Day Tank
* Negligible amount of VOC in the form of Aniline & Mono ethanol amine may be carried away from the OBA
Scrubber which will be <1 ppm. Modelling of these parameters are not considered due to its highly volatile nature.
Layout map for bag filter attached to 5 TPH boiler & Thermic Fluid Heaters are provided in Figure 2-18 & Figure
2-19.

Figure 2-18: Bag filter for Boiler
Figure 2-19: Bag Filter for Thermic Fluid Heaters

SO2 Scrubber
The packed tower SO2 scrubber system is designed to operate with minimal operator attention as a semi
continuous batch recycle scrubber. The recycle tank is charged with a dilute caustic soda solution which is re
circulated to the top of the absorber tower. The gas contacts the scrubbing solution countercurrently as it passes
upward through the tower to the final stack. The SO2 gas present in the effluent stream is absorbed in the
scrubbing solution and reacts with the caustic soda forming Na2SO3.This liquid is utilized in detergent powder and
cake plant as it contains desired salts.
Figure 2-20: Scrubber System
Other Air Pollution Control Measures (APCM)

Apart from the above mentioned APCM, RSPL have provided APCM at other locations as tabulated in Table 2-25.
Table 2-25: Details of Air Pollution Control Measures
Sr. No. Source Air Pollution Control Measures Attached
1 Powder Mixing Dust Collector / Bag Filter

2 Raw Material Feeding Pulse jet bag filter system
Area Source Emissions
No coal will be stored in open. Coal storage yard is a covered structure shed.
Fugitive Emissions & its Control
Details of fugitive emission and control measures to keep work area environment as per the norms of Factory
Rules, is provided in this section.

Coal Based Boilers

Dusting in the material handling section, fugitive emission of coal dust, fly ash dust are possible. To control these
emissions, following steps will be taken:
 Coal will be conveyed by trucks covered with HDPE sheets and it will be unloaded and stored in the long
 covered shed;
 Water sprinkling system in the material storage yard to suppress the dusting due to winds;
 Storage of the fly Ash only in the closed silo;
 Transportation of the fly ash in the bunker.
Process Areas of Other Units

During leakage, fugitive emissions of HCl and VOCs may occur. To control these emissions, following steps will be
taken:
 All the joints, flanges, pumps, glands, seals, valves will be maintained in good conditions through timely
predictive and preventive maintenance;
 Regular workplace monitoring will be carried out;
 Boundary wall as wind breaker will be provided to restrict the dispersion of odor/dust from the site;
 Phasewise development of green belt will be undertaken in which green belt will be developed along with
construction activity;
 All tanks being used for storage of odorous chemicals/ products/ byproducts will be connected to vacuum
system. Manometers will be provided on these tanks. The vacuum will be monitored on daily basis;
 Manual Handling of various chemicals will be avoided to the extent possible;
 SOP will be established and followed especially for do and don’t during plant operation.
Odour Control Plan
In OBA plant the odour source is mainly from HCL fumes. There is an arrangement of controlling this fumes in the
plant by providing scrubber in reaction. This scrubber ensures that there is no odour problem in plant. Other
chemicals that are used in other reactions have no significant odour nuisance.
Solvent & its Recovery Plan
There are two solvents used in the proposed project, Aniline and MEA. These two solvents are used as reactant in
the reaction of OBA and hence loss of solvent is minimal upto 0.2 to 0.5%. Even for removing this small quantity
we have made a provision of Stripper Column along with proposed MEE system.
2.15 Solid and Hazardous Waste Identification, Quantification, Storage and Disposal
2.15.1 Identification of Waste
From the proposed project, it is envisaged that different type of hazardous waste like Used/spent oil, Spent Acid,
Discarded containers/barrels/liners contaminated with hazardous waste, Chemical sludge from waste water
treatment etc. shall be generated.
Other solid waste like paper, plastic, wooden material, scrape, metal waste, glass etc. will be handed over to
authorized vendors.
Based on the Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016, as amended
till date, categorization, storage and disposal of both process and nonprocess wastes shall be done.

2.15.2 Quantification, Classification, Collection, Transportation and Disposal of Solid / Hazardous

Waste
The Solid/Hazardous Waste will be collected and temporarily stored in hazardous waste storage area as per
hazardous waste rules within the plant premises. The details of the solid and hazardous waste generation,
qualification, classification, collection, transportation and disposal facility as per hazardous waste rules 2008 & 2016
& its amendment are mentioned inTable 2-26.
Table 2-26: Hazardous Waste Generation and Disposal Details
Hazardous Quantity per Year

Sr. Type of Method of Treatment /
Waste Source
No. Waste Existing Proposed Total Collection Disposal
Category
50 50 Sent to TSDF site

100
1 ETP Sludge 35.3 ETP Bag – Ramky
MTA MTA MTA
Pithampur
Send to
Authorized SSP
6857 Acid Slurry
2 Spent Acid 26.3 6857 MTA 0 Tank Plant for
MTA Plant
manufacturing of
fertilizer.
Spent / Used 1.5 Sent to authorized

3 5.1 1.5 KLA 3 KLA All Plant Drum
Oil KLA vendor
Discarded
Bags/
Sent to Ramky
4 Containers, 33.1 50 MTA 30 MTA 80 MTA All Plant NA
Pithampur
Drums &
Liners
RSPL has taken TSDF membership from Ramky for disposal of hazardous waste. The agreement copy with Ramky,
Madhya Pradesh Waste Management Project is given in Annexure 6.
For spent acid management, Manifest/Invoice copy against sale of spent acid is given Figure 2-21. Acceptance
letter from vendors for purchase of fly ash from RSPL unit is given in Figure 2-22.

Figure 2-21: Invoice copy for Sale of Spent Acid

Figure 2-22: Acceptance Letter from Vendors for Purchase Fly Ash

2.15.3 Storage and Handling of Hazardous waste
All solid and hazardous waste with be handled with proper PPEs ensuring safety of the individuals working with the
solid and hazardous waste handling.
The wastes will be stored in drums and HDPE Bags and further transferred at the Solid cum Hazardous storage
area.
Three months storage with impervious flooring will be provided for hazardous waste storage to avoid leakage
problem.
The Hazardous waste storage area will be provided with base liner of HDPE in order to prevent.
Photographs 2-2: Photographs of Hazardous Waste Storage Area
2.15.4 Transportation of Waste
 The transport of the hazardous wastes will be in accordance with the provisions of The Hazardous Waste
(Management, Handling and Trans boundary Movement) Rules, 2016 as amended till date.
 Manifest system will be followed in accordance with Form 10 of Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and
Trans boundary Movement) Rules, 2016 as amended till date.
 TREM card will be provided to the transport drivers as per Form 11 of Hazardous Waste (Management,
Handling and Trans boundary Movement) Rules, 2016 as amended till date.
2.15.5 Safety System during Handling and Transportation of Waste
PPE’s like hand gloves, organic mask, gum boots/safety shoes, dust mask/ nose mask will be provided to workers
and drivers involved in handling and transportation of hazardous waste.
2.15.6 Other Solid Waste
Non Hazardous Solid Waste
Table 2-27: Details of Non Hazardous Solid Waste Generation
Sr. Quantity per Year Method of Treatment /

Type of Waste Source
No. Existing Proposed Total Collection Disposal
Salt Residue from Reused in our own
1 90 MTA 90 MTA 180 MTA MEE Bag
MEE process
Domestic/Canteen Send to
2 Domestic Waste 1 MTA 0.5 MTA 1.5 MTA Bins
Waste Authorized Vendor
Send to our
3 Packaging Waste 5 MTA 0 5 MTA Packaging Area Bag Recycling Plant at
Rania, Kanpur

Sr. Quantity per Year Method of Treatment /

Type of Waste Source
No. Existing Proposed Total Collection Disposal
1125 Send to Brick
4 Fly Ash 450 MTA 675 MTA Boiler Covered Yard
MTA Industries
Bio-medical Wastes
Occupational Health Centre is provided at site for periodic checking of health. Medicines are given on regular basis
for normal health care check ups. No procedural / injectables are been given on site. They are refered for further
investigation and treatment to local ESIS hospital. There is no generation of biomedical wastes from site premises.
Electronic Wastes
Ewaste/ Electronic waste will mainly be generated from the computer lab and administrative buildings. EWaste
comprises of discarded computers, copiers, fax machines, inverters, cell phones, CD’s, LAN Cables, Keyboards,
Mouse, SMPS, Fuses, Data cables, mobile/laptop peripherals like earphones, chargers, circuit boards, printer
cartridges etc.
Ewaste will be handled as per the provisions of the EWastes (Management and Handling) Rules, 2016. The E
wastes are been managed at Corporate level where in an agreement has been made with an authorised recycler for
recycling of Electronic Wastes. The certificate is enclosed in Figure 2-23.

Figure 2-23: Certificate for E-Waste Recycling

RSPL LIMITED, SAGAR (OBA) PLANT IN THE EXISTING MANUFACTURING FACILITY DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT
3 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
3.1 General
This chapter illustrates the description of the existing environmental status of the study area with reference to the
prominent environmental attributes. The study area covers 10 km radius around the project site. The landuse and
socioeconomic aspects were studied with respect to 10 km radius around the site.
The existing environmental setting is considered to adjudge the baseline conditions which are described with
respect to climate, atmospheric conditions, water quality, soil quality, ecology, socioeconomic profile, landuse and
places of archaeological importance.
3.2 Study Area
The study area is considered to be the area within 10 km radius of the site. Study area map of proposed project on
Googleis shown in Figure 3-1 and sampling location map within the study area is shown in Figure 3-2.
3.3 Period
Baseline monitoring study and surveys of the study area has been carried out in post monsson season from 20th
October 2017 – 20th January 2018
3.4 Component
The baseline environmental data of valued environmental components with respect to air, noise, water, land, flora,
fauna, socioeconomic and soil quality in the study area was collected by conducting primary data collection which
includes sampling/field studies, survey & secondary data collection as mandated by the TOR issued by EAC.
3.5 Methodology
The methodology for conducting the baseline environmental survey obtained from the guidelines given in the EIA
Manual of the MoEF&CC. Baseline information with respect to air, noise, water and soil quality in the study area
was collected by conducting Primary data collection which includes sampling/field studies, Survey & Secondary data
collection.
Field monitoring for meteorological conditions, ambient air quality, water quality, noise quality, Soil quality etc. has
been carried out, which constitutes major portion of the baseline environmental studies. In addition to these
important parameters, certain aspects like land use, socioeconomic studies, Ecological and Biodiversity studies etc.
are covered during the study period. This information is based on secondary information sources and constitutes
remaining part of the baseline environmental studies.
The data has been collected through actual physical surveys and observations, literature surveys, interaction with
locals, government agencies and departments.
All monitoring and analytical work related to Air, Water, noise and soil is done by KEC laboratory which is NABL
accrediated laboratory and recognized under Environmental Protection Act, 1986 by MoEF. Gazatte notification from
MoEF is attached as Annexure 7 and NABL Certificate if given in Annexure 8.
3.5.1 Primary Data Collection
Primary Data collected includes:

Sampling/Field Studies Survey
• Ambient air quality • Land Use Pattern
• Noise • Flora and Fauna
• Ground water/Surface water quality • Traffic Survey
• Soil Quality • Social Economic Survey
3.5.2 Secondary Data Collection
This includes review of secondary/published information on:
 Long Term Meteorological Data from IMD;

 SocioEconomic profile from census of India 2011 & District Gazetteer;
 Sensitive area as biosphere reserve, forests, sanctuaries, places of historical, archeological, tourist’s
importance, etc. if any.
 CPCB guidelines for selction of species for green belt development.
 IRC data for road carrying capacities.

RSPL LIMITED, SAGAR EIA REPORT FOR EXPANSION OF OPTICAL BRIGHTENER AGENT (OBA) PLANT IN THE EXISTING MANUFACTURING FACILITY DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT
Figure 3-1: Study Area Map – 10 km from Project Site

Figure 3-2: Sampling Location Map

3.6 Long Term Meteorology1

The climate of the study area is based on information from the most recent published longterm climatological
tables (1981 – 2010) by Indian Meteorological Department (IMD), for Sagar (Station ID: 42671).
Observatory is on Circuit House since 1811954. Wind instruments is on the roof of the Dy. Commissioner's Office.
A copy of the longterm meteorological data is enclosed as Annexure 9. These tables give useful information
about a region’s weather, since they are collected over a 30year period.
3.6.1 Temperature
The mean daily maximum and minimum temperatures recorded were 41°C (in the month of May) & 11.4°C (in the
month of January) respectively. The highest temperature recorded was 46.4°C on 31st May & 1st June, 1994. The
lowest temperature recorded was 1.1°C on 1st February, 1929.
During the post monsoon season, i.e. for months of October January, mean daily maximum and minimum
temperatures remain between 11.4oC – 32.2oC.
3.6.2 Humidity
Most humid conditions are found in the monsoons, followed by summer, postmonsoons, and winter in that order.
Mornings are more humid than evenings and relative humidity ranges from a high of 61 – 91% in monsoon
mornings to a low of 32 – 43% in winter evenings.
During post monsoon season, relative humidity during morning and evening remains between 51 – 60% and 40 –
45% respectively.
3.6.3 Rainfall
Annual total rainfall in the region is 1,148 mm.
Distribution of rainfall by season is 1,043.3 mm in monsoons (June, July, August, September), 36.3 mm in post
monsoons (October – November), 36.1 mm in winter (December, January, February) and 32.3 mm in summer
(March, April, May). About 90.9 percent of the annual rainfall in the region is received during the monsoon months
i.e. June to September. Number of rainy days are recorded as 54.7. Heaviest rainfall in 24 hours was recorded as
800.3 mm on 22ndJuly, 2006.
3.6.4 Cloud Cover
The area remains cloudy between June September, which is the active period of the monsoon season. Generally
cloud cover ranges from 4.0 to 6.6 OKTAS during the monsoon season.
In the post monsoon season cloud cover ranges from 1.2 to 2.4 OKTAS range.
3.6.5 Wind
Long term wind direction data is presented in Table 3-1. Overall for the whole year, first predominant wind
directions is from W to E Direction (21.9%), second predominant wind direction is from NE to SW (15.0%) and
third predominant wind direction is from SW to NE Direction (12.3%). Calm condition contributes to 24.1%.
During post monsoon season, first predominant wind direction is from NE to SW (24.8%), second predominant
wind direction is from East to West (10%) and third predominant wind direction is from North to South (6.8%).
Calm condition contributes to 42.3%.
1Indian Meteorological Department (IMD), Long Term Climatological Tables, 1981 – 2010, Sagar District.

Table 3-1: Predominant Wind Direction based on Long-term Data

Predominant Wind
Month First Second Third
Morning Evening Morning Evening Morning Evening
January NE NE E NW SE / SW N/E
February NE NE E W SW NW
March NE W E NW SW NE
April W W SW NW NE SW
May W W SW NW NW NE
June W W SW SW NW NW
July W W SW SW NW NW
August W W SW SW NW NW
September W W SW NE NW N / NW
October NE NE SW / W N E E
November NE NE E N SW E
December NE NE E N SE / SW E
3.6.6 Average Long Term Meteorological Condition
Average meteorological condition is given in Table 3-2.
Table 3-2: Average Meteorological Condition based on Long-term Data

Mean Daily
Temperature Rainfall (mm) No. of Relative Humidity Relative Humidity
Month
Monthly Total Rainy days (%), (Morning) (%), (Evening)
Max Min
January 24.7 11.4 12.3 1.3 60 42
February 27.6 13.8 14.1 1.3 52 32
March 33.3 18.9 11.3 0.9 40 24
April 38.3 23.5 4.1 0.5 30 18
May 41 26.3 16.9 1.8 37 22
June 37.6 25.6 141.5 7.3 61 46
July 30.9 23.5 343.6 14.4 86 75
August 29 22.8 373.7 14.9 92 81
September 30.7 22.2 184.5 8.8 84 69
October 32.2 20 22.8 1.7 60 45
November 29.3 16.3 13.5 0.9 51 40
December 26 12.8 9.7 0.9 56 43
Total -- -- 1,148 54.7 -- --
Average 31.7 19.8 -- -- 59 45
3.7 Site Specific Meteorology

Baseline meteorological data has been collected hourly by installing automatic meteorological station within existing
plant premise of RSPL. Photographs showing Meteorological Station set up is given in

Photographs 3-1: Photographs of Meteorological Station Setup
Meteorological Station at RSPL’s Admin Building Data logger of equipment
3.7.1 Methodology for Collection of Meteorological Parameters
Methodology for meteorological data collection is given inTable 3-3.
Table 3-3: Monitoring Methodology of Meteorological Data

Sample collection Total
S. Sampling Sampling
Sampling Sensitivity/ Sampling Methodology
No. Parameters Frequency
equipment Detection Limit Period
Anemometer cup
1 Wind Speed counter 0.25 m/s
(0 to 65 m/s)
Wind vane USEPA Document No.
2 Wind Direction 1° EPA454/R99005,
(0° to 357°)
Feb 2000
Thermometer 20thOctober, Hourly (Meteorological
3 Temperature 0.1°C
(40° to 60°) 2017 to 20th Monitoring Guidance
January, 2018 for Regulatory
Relative Humidity
Modelling Applications)
4 Humidity meter 3%
(099%)
5 Rainfall Rain gauge 0.5 mm
Visual Inspection by
6 Cloud Cover 4 Hourly
the observer.
AERMET software’s
7 Mixing Height Hourly
surface file output
Site Specific Meteorological Data
Compiled mean meteorological data is represented inTable 3-4.
Table 3-4: Site Specific Mean Meteorological Data (Post Monsoon Season)
Relative Wind Speed Wind Cloud Rainfall, Mixing
Time Temp °C
Humidity % (m/sec) Direction Cover mm Height, m
0:00 19 57 1.6 NE 0.7 0 147
1:00 18 57 1.4 NE 0.8 0 155
2:00 18 58 1.3 NE 0.8 0 158
3:00 17 58 1.2 NE 0.8 0 160
4:00 17 59 1.2 NE 0.8 0 165

Relative Wind Speed Wind Cloud Rainfall, Mixing

Time Temp °C
Humidity % (m/sec) Direction Cover mm Height, m
5:00 16 60 1.1 NE 0.7 0 179
6:00 17 61 1.1 NNE 0.8 0 239
7:00 18 59 1.1 NE 0.7 0 289
8:00 20 55 1.2 NE 0.7 0 300
9:00 22 53 1.2 NE 0.7 0 329
10:00 24 49 1.1 NE 0.6 0 426
11:00 25 43 1.2 NE 0.6 0 1,092
12:00 27 38 1.3 NE 0.6 0 1,203
13:00 28 37 1.2 NE 0.6 0 1,312
14:00 29 34 1.3 N / NNE 0.6 0 1,428
15:00 28 33 1.4 NNE 0.6 0 961
16:00 27 37 1.3 NNE 0.7 0 809
17:00 25 40 1.6 NNE 0.8 0 667
18:00 24 43 1.7 NNE 0.9 0 555
19:00 23 44 1.7 NE 0.8 0 223
20:00 22 48 1.8 NE 0.7 0 220
21:00 21 50 1.9 NE 0.7 0 205
22:00 20 52 1.7 NE 0.7 0 181
23:00 19 55 1.6 NE 0.7 0 179
Average/ 483
22 49 1.3 NE 0.7 0
Predominant
Sitespecific meteorological data shows that:
 Average wind speed is 1.3 m/sec.

 Wind blows predominantly from NE direction (~33%) followed by North (~15%) & East (~8%). Calm condition
is ~ 32.42%. Wind rose diagram is shown as Figure 3-3.
 Average temperature recorded for post monsson season was 22°C.
 The average relative humidity was 49%.
 Atmospheric inversion levels in terms of mixing height is calculated using the AERMET software. Average
mixing height is in the range of 165 m to 1,428 m.

Figure 3-3: Windrose Diagram for Post Monsoon Season, 2017-2018

3.7.2 Collation of Site Specific Data with Secondary Data of IMD
Site specific Meteorological data is compared with IMD’s secondary data as shown in
Table 3-5: Collation of Meteorological data – Post Monsoon Season
S. Post Monsoon Season Data

Parameters
No. Site Specific IMD (Long term 1981 – 2010)
1 Wind Speed Average Wind Speed is 4.68 Km/Hr. Average Wind Speed is 3.27 Km/Hr.
Wind blows predominantly from NE to Wind blows predominantly from NE to SW
2 Wind Direction
SW direction (~33%). direction (~25 %).
Max. – 29 °C. Max. – 32.3 °C.
3 Temperature
Min. – 16 °C. Min. – 12.8 °C.
Max. – 61 %. Max. – 92 %.
4 Relative Humidity
Min. – 33 %. Min. – 33 %.
Based on the above table, it is noted that there is no major difference in site specific & the long term
meteorological data. Minor change is due to following predicted reasons:
 Usage of different monitoring equipment, having wide range of sensitivity.

 Data collected of site specific are hourly, whereas the available IMD data is for morning (0830 hours IST) and
evening (1730 hours IST) only.
3.8 Land Use
3.8.1 Classification of Landuse / Landcover
The National Remote Sensing Agency (NRSA), Government of India, conducted a land use survey using Remote
Sensing Techniques in the year 198889 at the behest of the Planning Commission for classifying land by visual
interpretation techniques and digital techniques. NRSA’s output resulted in a twolevel system of classification,
comprising seven first level of classification of land use / landcover categories. Some of these categories required
further classification, leading to a second level of classification that resulted in further subcategories.
This system of classification has been the basis for Kadam’s landuse / landcover studies. Whilst these categories are
generally found relevant with respect to describing landuse and landcover classes in the Indian context, sometimes
modifications are required, and made, to include additional subcategories which are more relevant in describing
the landuse and landcover for a particular study. Such subcategories are defined, in any case.
A synopsis of the above discussion is summarized and presented in
Table 3-6: Synopsis of Landuse/Landcover Classification Used for the Project

S. No. First Level Classification Second Level Classification
Residential / Commercial
1. Builtup Land or Habitation
Industrial
Crop Land
2. Agricultural Land Fallow Land
Plantations
Evergreen / SemiEvergreen Forests
Deciduous Forests
Degraded Forest or Scrub
3. Forests
Forest Blank
Forest Plantations
Mangroves
SaltAffected Land
4. Wastelands
Waterlogged Land


Marshy / Swampy Land / Mud Land Area
Gullied / Ravenous Land
Land without Scrub
Sandy Area (Coastal and Desertic)
Barren Rocky / Stony Waste / Sheet Rock Area
Reservoir / Lakes / Ponds / Tanks
5. Water Bodies
River Beds
Shifting Cultivation
Salt pan
6. Others Grassland / Grazing Land/ Grass cover
Snow Covered / Glacial Area
Mining Area
Scrub
7. Vegetation Cover Open vegetation
Close vegetation
All landuses are discussed in further details.
Built up Land or Habitation
It is defined as an area of human habitation developed due to nonagricultural use and that which has a cover of
buildings, transport, communication utilities in association with water vegetation and vacant lands.
Kadam has chosen to further define this landuse category into additional categories, namely residential/commercial,
agricultural & industrial.
Structures used by humans for living and working, but not including structures used exclusively for manufacturing.
Industrial
Structures used for manufacturing products.
Agricultural Land
It is defined as the land primarily used for farming and for production of food, fibre, and other commercial and
horticultural crops. It includes land under crops (irrigated and unirrigated), fallow land and plantations. These are
further defined.
Crop Land
It includes those lands with standing crop (per se) as on the date of the satellite imagery. The crops may be of
either Kharif (JuneSeptember) or Rabi (October – March) or Kharif Rabi seasons.
Fallow Land
It is described as agricultural land which is taken up for cultivation but is temporarily allowed to rest uncropped for
one or more seasons, but not less than one year. These lands are particularly those which are seen devoid of crops
at the time when the imagery is taken during Rabi and Kharif.

Plantations
Plantations are described as an area under agricultural tree crops (for e.g. mango plantations) planted adopting
certain agricultural management techniques. It includes tea, coffee, rubber, coconut, arecanut, citrus, orchards and
other horticultural nurseries.
Forests
It is an area (within the notified forest boundary) bearing an association predominantly of trees and other
vegetation types capable of producing timber and other forest produce. Forests can be further divided into sub
categories mentioned as follows.
Evergreen / Semi-Evergreen Forests

These are forests which comprise thick and dense canopy of tall trees, which predominantly remain green
throughout the year. Such forests include both coniferous and tropical broadleaved evergreen trees. Semi
evergreen forests are often a mixture of both deciduous and evergreen trees but the latter predominate.
Deciduous Forests
These are described as forests which predominantly comprise of deciduous species and where the trees shed their
leaves once in a year.
Degraded Forest or Scrub

It is described as a forest where the vegetative (crown) density is less than 20% of the canopy cover. It is the
result of both biotic and abiotic influences. Scrub is a stunted tree or bush/shrub.
Forest Blank
A forest blank is an opening amidst forests without any tree cover. It includes openings of assorted size and shapes
as seen on the imagery.
Forest Plantations
It is described as an area of trees of species of forestry importance and raised on notified forest lands. It includes
eucalyptus, casuarinas, bamboo, etc.
Mangroves
Mangroves are described as a dense, thicker or woody, aquatic vegetation or forest cover occurring in tidal waters
near estuaries and along the confluence of delta in coastal areas. Mangroves include species of the genera
Rhizophora and Aviccunia.
Wastelands
Wastelands are described as degraded lands which can be brought under vegetative cover with reasonable water
and soil management or on account of natural causes. Wastelands can result from internal / imposed constraints
such as by location, environment, chemical and physical prosperities of the soil or financial or management
constraints.
Different types of wastelands include saltaffected lands, waterlogged lands, marshy/swampy lands, mudlands,
gullied / ravenous lands, land with or without scrub, sandy areas and barren rocky / stony waste / sheet rock areas.
Salt-Affected Land
The saltaffected land is generally characterized as the land that has adverse effects on the growth of most plants
due to the action or presence of excess soluble or high exchangeable sodium. Alkaline land has an exchangeable
sodium percentage (ESP) of about 15, which is generally considered as the limit between normal and alkali soils.
The predominant salts are carbonates and bicarbonates of sodium. Coastal saline soils may be with or without
ingress or inundation by seawater.
Waterlogged Land
Waterlogged land is that land where the water is at/or near the surface and water stands for most of the year.
Such lands usually occupy topographically lowlying areas. It excludes lakes, ponds and tanks or in the context of
the Wetlands (Conservation and Management Rules, 2010) such areas that could be considered as ‘protected
wetlands’.
Marshy / Swampy Land / Mud Land Area

Marshy land is that which is permanently or periodically inundated by water and is characterized by vegetation,
which includes grasses and weeds. Marshes are classified into salt/brackish or fresh water depending on the salinity
of water. These exclude Mangroves.
Gullied / Ravenous Land

The ‘gullies’ are formed as a result of localized surface runoff affecting the friable unconsolidated material in the
formation of perceptible channels resulting in undulating terrain. The gullies are the first stage of excessive land
dissection followed by their networking which leads to the development of ravenous land. The word ‘ravine’ is
usually associated not with an isolated gully but a network of deep gullies formed generally in thick alluvium and
entering a nearby river, flowing much lower than the surrounding high grounds. The ravines are extensive systems
of gullies developed along river courses.
Land with / without Scrub

They occupy (relatively) higher topography like uplands or high grounds with or without scrub. These lands are
generally prone to degradation or erosion. These exclude hilly and mountainous terrain.
Sandy Area (Coastal and Desertic)

These are the areas, which have stabilized accumulations of sand insite or transported in coastal riverine or inland
(desert) areas. These occur either in the form of sand dunes, beaches, channel (river/stream) islands, etc.
Barren Rocky / Stony Waste / Sheet Rock Area

It is defined as the rock exposures of varying lithology often barren and devoid of soil cover and vegetation and not
suitable for cultivation. They occur amidst hill forests as openings or scattered as isolated exposures or loose
fragments of boulders or as sheet rocks on plateau and plains. It includes quarry or gravel pit or brick kilns.
Water Bodies
It is an area of impounded water, areal in extent and often with a regulated flow of water. It includes manmade
reservoirs/lakes/tank/canals, besides natural lakes, rivers/streams and creeks.
River / Stream
It is a course of flowing water on the land along definite channels. It includes from a small stream to a big river and
its branches. It may be perennial or nonperennial.


It is a natural or manmade enclosed water body with a regulated flow of water. Reservoirs are larger than
tanks/lakes and are used for generating electricity, irrigation and for flood control. Tanks are smaller in areal extent
with limited use than the former. Canals are inland waterways used for irrigation and sometimes for navigation.
Others
It includes all those landuse and landcover classes which can be treated as miscellaneous because of their nature of
occurrence, physical appearance and other characteristics.
Shifting Cultivation
It is the result of cyclic land use practice of felling of trees and burning of forest areas for growing crops. Such
lands are also known as jhoom lands and cultivation called jhoom cultivation.
Grassland / Grazing Land

It is an area of land covered with natural grass along with other vegetation, often grown for fodder to feed cattle
and other animals. Such lands are found in river beds, on uplands, hill slopes, etc. Such lands can also be called as
permanent pastures or meadows. Grazing lands are those where certain pockets of land are fenced for allowing
cattle to graze.
Snow Covered / Glacial Area

These are snowcovered areas defined as a solid form of water consisting of minute particles of ice. It includes
permanently snow covered areas as on the Himalayas. Glacier is a mass of accumulated ice occurring amidst
permanently snowcovered areas.
Ports/ Harbours
A harbour is a place where ships may shelter from the weather or are stored. Harbors can be manmade or natural.
A manmade harbor will have sea walls or breakwaters and may require dredging. A natural harbor is surrounded
on most sides by land.
A port is a manmade coastal or riverine facility where boats and ships can load and unload. It may consist of
quays, wharfs, jetties, piers and slipways with cranes or ramps. A port may have magazine buildings or warehouses
for storage of goods and a transport system, such as railway, road transport or pipeline transport facilities for
relaying goods inland. In short a port is used mainly for marine trading and a harbour is used as a parking space or
a storage space for ships
Vegetation Cover
It is a land area predominantly covered with vegetation and is not part of Protected / Reserved Forests. This
includes scrub, open and close vegetations.
Scrub
It is described as a vegetative cover having density is less than 10% of the canopy cover. Scrub is area covered by
grasses or herbs and scattered tree or shrubs.
Open Vegetation
This is also categorized based on the vegetation cover having density between 10% to 20% of the canopy cover.
Close Vegetation
This is also categorized based on the vegetation cover having density greater than 20% of the canopy cover.
3.8.2 Study Areaand Methodology Adopted
The study area covers a distance equal to 10 km from the project site.
Methodology of Land use Pattern Studies
The methodology employed for preparation of Land use/ cover map included:
 Data Collection
 Interpretation of satellite data
 Ground truth study
 Final Map preparation
Data Collection
 Downloading of Google Earth images.
 Topographical maps as base map.
 Quick reconnaissance survey of the study area to get a feel of the entire ground area which can aid in the
preliminary interpretation of the data.
Interpretation of Satellite Data

The downloaded Google Earth images was interpreted considering the basic elements of interpretation such as
tone, size, shape, texture, pattern, location, association, shadow, aspect and resolution along with ground truth and
ancillary information collected during the preliminary reconnaissance survey the interpretation was accomplished.
Ground truth study

The aim of ground truth studies is to confirm whether the interpreted landuses are correct thus improving the
quality of the output. It also allows interaction with local parties and stakeholders, thereby giving background
information on the landuse.
Final Map preparation

The proportional presence of different land uses and land cover in terms of statistical percentages was derived for
the study area. Appropriate legends were used to represent the various categories of land use and land cover and
were then written on the prepared land use and land cover maps.
3.8.3 Ground Truth Studies / Field survey
About Ground Truthing
Ground truth was carried out to check the discrepancy of the interpreted data. The survey consisted of traversing
the study area, crosschecking of identified features with those represented on the map. Field notes were kept in
the form of log sheets that recorded information pertaining to coordinates, photographs and identified land uses.
Additional features identified or remarks made against existing interpretation were also recorded.
Actual Field Survey Conducted
The field survey was carried out by Land use land cover expert on 3rd& 4th January, 2018 around radial distance of
10 km from the project site.
GPS readings were taken during the surveys wherever it was felt that additional confirmation in interpretation of
the data and also observations of land features were noted. Additionally, spot checks were also done to confirm the

land use / land cover interpretation even where confidence of interpretation was high. Table 3-7enumerates the
land features and its corresponding GPS readings of all the ground truthing locations selected.
Table 3-7: GPS Readings within Study Area

S. No. Location Latitude Longitude Landuse Class Observed
Village Sidhguwan is closest to the site.
1 Sidhguwan 23o53’16.0” 78 o50’13.7” Residential, Industrial, Wasteland with slight
hill rocks.
2 Sidhguwan 23 o53’40.0” 78 o50’59.0” Village pond Water body
3 Bachhlon 23 o53’49.0” 78 o46’24.9” Village pondWater body
o o
4 Chitoli 23 55’33.3” 78 46’51.7” Reserved forest near Khadera khurd village
5 Matiya 23 o57’26.3” 78 o48’56.2” Reserved forest near Chitai village
6 Bewas 23 o51’57.9” 78 o55’02.5” River
o o
7 Khiria 23 53’43.9” 78 51’33.8” Small seasonal Stream
Photographs 3-2: Photographs of during Field Survey
Proposed Project Site Adjacent to Existing Site Pond at Sidhguwan Village
Bewas River Matiya Reserve Forest
3.8.4 Land use and Land cover Pattern of Study Area
The landuse and landcover of the above mentioned study area comprises of following categories. The features
identified have been presented, considering the discussion provided in Table 3-8.
Table 3-8: Classification System
1. Builtup Land or Habitation
Industrial
2. Agricultural Land Crop Land / Fallow Land

Plantations
Land Without Scrub
3. Wastelands Mud land Area
Mining

4. Water Bodies
River
Scrub
5. Vegetation Cover Open Vegetation
Close Vegetation
Scrub Forest
6 Forest Blank Forest
Open Forest
7 Others Grass Land
The images classified into the abovementioned classes for different regions of interest are given in Figure 3-4.

Figure 3-4: Landuse Map of the Study Area

3.8.5 Class Wise Area Statistics
The area statistics of these classes are presented inTable 3-9.
Table 3-9: Area Statistics for Land Use / Land Cover Categories in the Study Area
Level 1 Level 2 Area, Level 2 classes Area, Level 1 classes
S. No.
classification classification Ha. ~km2 ~% Ha. ~km2 ~%
Residential / Commercial 1037.3 10.37 3.19

Builtup Land or
1. 1115 11.15 3.43
Habitation 0.24
Industrial 77.7 0.78
Crop Land / Fallow Land 22345.9 223.46 68.77

2. Agricultural Land 22399.8 224 68.94
Plantations 53.9 0.54 0.17
Land Without Scrub 2140.6 21.41 6.59
3. Wastelands Mud land Area 21.6 0.22 0.07 2310.8 23.12 7.12
Mining 148.6 1.49 0.46
Reservoir / Lakes / Ponds /

48.4 0.48 0.15
Tanks
4. Water Bodies 171.4 1.71 0.53
River 123.0 1.23 0.38
Scrub 4624.7 46.25 14.23

5. Vegetation Cover Open Vegetation 1171.2 11.71 3.60 5864.4 58.65 18.04
Close Vegetation 68.5 0.69 0.21

Scrub Forest 370.3 3.70 1.14
6 Forest Blank Forest 26.1 0.26 0.08 631.1 6.31 1.94
Open Forest 234.7 2.35 0.72
7 Others Grassland 2.6 0.03 0.01 2.6 0.03 0.01
Note: Roads, Railways, Canals are not calculated separately in area statistics.
Figure 3-5: Pie Chart of Area Statistics for Land Use / Land Cover Categories in the Study Area

3.9 Proximity to Sea / Water Body

The proximity to sea / water bodies for the study area is tabulated inTable 3-10.
Table 3-10: Proximity to Sea/Water Bodies

Sea / Water Body Aerial Distance from the Centre of the Project Site
Pond near Sidhguwan ~0.82 km in SW
Pond near Guda ~1.43 km in SW
Lakha Banjara Lake ~12.0 km in SW
Bewas river near Dungasra ~7.24 KM in SE
Bachlon Dam ~7.72 km in W
Source: Google Earth and Ground Truth Survey
3.9.1 Important Features within the Study Area
Details of the important features along with other sensitive ecological locations in the study area are provided
inTable 3-11.
Table 3-11: Important Features within the Study Area

S. Distance
Sensitive Ecological Features Location Direction
No. (~km)
Distance to Critically Polluted Area
1 No
from project site
2 National Park/Wildlife Sanctuary No
Tiger Reserve/Elephant Reserve /
3 No
Turtle Nesting Ground
4 Core Zone of Biosphere Reserve No
5 Habitat for migratory birds No
Chitoli Reserve Forest 8.91 WNW
6 Reserved / Protected / Social Forests
Matiya Reserve Forest 8.1 NNW
Pond near Sidhguwan 0.82 SW
Pond near Guda 1.43 SW
Lakes / Reservoir / Dams / Canals /
7 Lakha Banjara Lake 12.0 SW
Ponds
Bewas river near Dungasra 7.24 SE
Bachlon Dam 7.72 W
8 Mountains/Hills Hillocks near Badkuwa 7.19 WNW
9 Notified Archaeological sites No
10 Defense Installations No
Sagar City 12.0 SW
11 Densely populated or builtup area
Kerbana Village 2.24 N
12 Industries Yes
Jabalpur Airport, 145 SE
13 Airports
Raja Bhoj Airport, Bhopal 168 W
Makronia Railway Station 4.9 SW
14 Railway Station
Sagar Railway Station 12.5 SW
SH14 0.35 S
15 National/State Highways NH26 2.25 SW
NH86 1.98 W

3.10 Ambient Air Quality

Ambient Air Quality Monitoring was conducted at eight (8) locations within the study area.
3.10.1 Methodology Adopted for AAQM Parameters
The parameters monitored were PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, HCl & VOC. Other AAQM parameters specified in ToR, were
not analyzed because source of the same is not envisaged due to proposed activities. The detailed monitoring
methodology for ambient air is given inTable 3-12.
Table 3-12: Methodology of Analyzing Ambient Air Monitoring Parameters

Sampling Sampling equipment / Solution Analytical Sensitivity/
Methodology
Parameters used Equipment Detection Limit
Respirable Dust Sampler with Cyclone Electronic IS: 5182 (Part 23) 2006
PM10 10 µg/m3
& Flow measurement balance (RA 2017) Gravimetric
Electronic USEPA Quality Assurance
PM2.5 Fine Particulate Sampler 3 µg/m3
Balance Handbook
Gaseous Flow (Impinger with TCM) Spectro IS: 5182: (Part 2) 2001
SO2 3.7 µg/m3
with RDS photometer (RA 2017) Colorimetric
Gaseous Flow (Impinger with Sodium Spectro IS: 5182: (Part 6) 2006
NOx 6 µg/m3
Hydroxide (0.1 N) Media) with RDS photometer (RA 2017) Colorimetric
APHA 23rd Edition 4500

Gaseous Flow (Impinger with Distilled Titrimetric
HCl 1.0 µg/m3 ClC Mercuric Nitrate
Water) with RDS Method
Method
1.0 µg/m3 IS: 5182 (Part 2), 2006
VOC Charcoal adsorption / analyser GC
benzene (RA 2017)
3.10.2 Sampling Frequency
The frequency of monitoring was 24 hrs twice a week at each station spread over the entire season with gaseous
samples being changed six times (at 8hour intervals).
3.10.3 AAQM Locations
The locations for AAQM were decided based on the prescribed guidelines2. For this study, the purpose is to
ascertain the baseline pollutant concentrations in ambient air. Accordingly, the criterion was selected to ascertain
quality of air at important human settlements (residential areas).
Details of AAQM monitoring locations and justification for selecting these stations are presented inTable 3-13.
Photographs showing monitoring location is given in Photographs 3-3. Figure showing monitoring station
locations is given in Figure 3-2.
Table 3-13: AAQM Locations with Justification

Distance (Km) & Justification for
AAQM Area / Latitude
Location Longitude (E) Direction from selection of
Station Source (N)
site station
AA1 At Site Industrial 23°53'36.71" 78°51'0.67" 0.0 / Core Location
AA2 RSPL Unit – 1 Industrial 23°53'16.26" 78°50'46.69" 0.8 / SSW 1st Downwind (GLC)
AA3 Sidhguwan Residential 23°53'20.35" 78°50'13.02" 1.4 / WSW 2nd Downwind
AA4 Nayakheda Residential 23°53'5.55" 78°51'45.75" 1.3 / SE 1st Crosswind
AA5 Mujguwan Residential 23°54'26.84" 78°52'46.42" 3.2 / NE 1st Upwind
rd
AA6 Baheriya Residential 23°52'35.36" 78°49'6.07" 3.7 / WSW 3 Downwind
2 As per Guidelines for Ambient Air Quality Monitoring by CPCB, MoEF Published as SERIES: NAAQMS/ …/200304, April, 2013

Distance (Km) & Justification for

AAQM Area / Latitude
Location Longitude (E) Direction from selection of
Station Source (N)
site station
Major Habitation in
AA7 Makroniya Residential 23°51'53.45" 78°48'40.05" 5.3 / SW
Study Area
AA8 Sanoda Residential 23°53'12.95" 78°54'44.83" 6.2 / ESE 2nd Crosswind
Photographs 3-3: Photographs of AAQ Sampling Stations
At Site At RSPL Unit – 1, GLC
Sidhguwan Village Nayakheda Village
Mujguwan Village Baheriya Village

Makroniya Village Sanoda Village
3.10.4 AAQM Results
Detailed results of AAQM are given in Annexure 11. Complied average data are represented in Table 3-14.
Table 3-14: Ambient Air Monitoring Results

Pollutant Concentration (All units are in µg/m3)
NAAQ PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOX HCl VOC
Station Sampling
Standard
code Location 100 60 80 80 NS NS
[CPCB]
[24 Hours] [1 Hour]
Maximum 97 45 14.0 15.4 < 1.0 < 1.0
Minimum 55 19 < 3.7 10.9 < 1.0 < 1.0
AA1 At Site
Average 80 27 8.0 12.8 < 1.0 < 1.0
98 Percentile 96 43 13.6 15.3 < 1.0 < 1.0
Maximum 95 62 10.0 14.8 < 1.0 < 1.0
Minimum 55 15 5.5 9.6 < 1.0 < 1.0
AA2 RSPL Unit – 1
Average 82 25 7.6 12.1 < 1.0 < 1.0
98 Percentile 95 52 9.9 14.7 < 1.0 < 1.0
Maximum 94 48 9.9 15.2 < 1.0 < 1.0
Minimum 58 15 5.5 10.4 < 1.0 < 1.0
AA3 Sidhguwan
Average 82 31 7.5 12.0 < 1.0 < 1.0
98 Percentile 94 47 9.9 15.0 < 1.0 < 1.0
Maximum 91 46 9.9 14.8 < 1.0 < 1.0
Minimum 33 19 5.0 8.7 < 1.0 < 1.0
AA4 Nayakheda
Average 63 29 7.9 11.8 < 1.0 < 1.0
98 Percentile 90 44 9.7 14.7 < 1.0 < 1.0
Maximum 90 30 9.8 14.0 < 1.0 < 1.0
Minimum 39 15 5.0 10.6 < 1.0 < 1.0
AA5 Mujguwan
Average 68 23 8.0 11.7 < 1.0 < 1.0
98 Percentile 89 30 9.8 14.0 < 1.0 < 1.0
Maximum 91 33 9.5 13.4 < 1.0 < 1.0
Minimum 47 10 4.4 9.6 < 1.0 < 1.0
AA6 Baheriya
Average 70 22 7.2 11.2 < 1.0 < 1.0
98 Percentile 91 32 9.5 13.2 < 1.0 < 1.0
Maximum 92 35 9.4 14.0 < 1.0 < 1.0
Minimum 47 14 5.9 10.0 < 1.0 < 1.0
AA7 Makroniya
Average 66 23 7.6 11.9 < 1.0 < 1.0
98 Percentile 92 34 9.3 13.8 < 1.0 < 1.0


NAAQ PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOX HCl VOC
Station Sampling
Standard
[CPCB]
[24 Hours] [1 Hour]
Maximum 87 35 10.1 15.2 < 1.0 < 1.0
Minimum 36 14 5.1 10.9 < 1.0 < 1.0
AA8 Sanoda
Average 66 22 7.9 12.0 < 1.0 < 1.0
98 Percentile 86 33 9.8 14.9 < 1.0 < 1.0
Observations
The comparison of the results with the value range indicators provided by CPCB (Annexure 10) indicates:
 At various locations, average concentration of PM10 was observed to be varying from 63 µg/m3 (at Nayakheda)
to 82 µg/m3(at Sidhguwan);
 An average concentration of PM2.5 levels was observed to be in range of 22 to 31 µg/m3 which is well within
NAAQS by CPCB;
 The average concentration of SO2 (7.2 – 8.0 µg/m3), NOx (11.2 – 12.8 µg/m3)are within permissible limits as
prescribed by CPCB;
 HCl & VOC were found below detectable limit of 1.0µg/m3 at all locations.
3.11 Traffic Survey
Traffic Survey was carried out on SH – 14 in S direction of the proposed site on 7thJanuary, 2018. It is a road
connecting site to Sagar & Jabalpur. Width of this road is 18 feet (~6 meters), which is a 2 Lane (Two Way) Sub
Arterial Road3.
Average peak hourly (i.e. morning 0800 hours to 1200 hours and evening 1600 hours to 2000 hours) traffic on this
route i.e. from Chanatoliya to Sidhguwan and from Sidhguwan to Chanatoliya is 395 and 431 PCU respectively as
tabulated in Chapter4, Table 4-12 &Table 4-13.
Traffic Survey sheets are attached as Annexure 12.
3.12 Noise Environment
3.12.1 Monitoring Methodology of Noise Level
Monitoring of noise is done by identifying suitable number of noise quality monitoring locations. Background noise
quality is monitored in dB (A) Leq (d) and dB (A) Leq (n) at the selected locations
Methodology for Noise level analysis:
 Identification of sources of noise and vibrations at proposed project.

 Identification of baseline monitoring station within study area.
 Noise sampling during study period and report its results.
 To run Sound plan software for assessment of noise levels.
 Determining possible impacts of Noise & Vibrations on the environment.
 Checking whether the increase of SPL in the locations surrounding the project.
3As per The Indian Road Congress Guideline for capacity of roads in urban Area. (IRC:1061990), Table2, Recommended
Design Service Volumes, page – 11.

Suggestions of mitigation measures of Noise/Vibrations and to reduce noise/vibrations of sources exceeding the
allowable limits of SPL.
Table 3-15: Monitoring Methodology

Sample collection
Env. Sampling Sampling Sampling
Methodology Sampling Detection
Component location Frequency Parameter
equipment Limit
Once during
the study
8 (Hourly Sound Level Noise Level Decibels –
Ambient Noise 0.1 dB (A)
Locations reading for 24 Measurement (SLM) Meter dB (A)
hours at each
location)
The standard for monitoring ambient noise level as per CPCB guidelines is as given inTable 3-16.
Table 3-16: Ambient Air Quality Standards in Respect of Noise for Different Areas/Zones
Ambient Air Quality Standards in Area Limits in dB(A) Leq*
Category
Respect of NOISE Code Day Time Night Time
A Industrial 75.0 70.0
The Noise Pollution B Commercial 65.0 55.0
(Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000 C Residential 55.0 45.0
D Silence 50.0 45.0
Day Time: 6:00 AM to 10:00 PM; Night Time: 10:00 PM to 6:00 AM
Note: dB(A) Leq*: denotes the time weighted average of the level of sound in decibels on scale A which is relatable to human
hearing.
3.12.2 Noise Level Monitoring Locations
Locations for noise monitoring were identify by desktop study and fix the location during field survey at 2 km
maximum from the source of noise generation and at sensitive locations ambient noise monitoring i. e. habitation
area.
Noise readings were taken at Eight (8) different locations within the study area as presented inTable 3-17.
Photographs showing monitoring location is given inPhotographs 3-4. Map showing monitoring station locations
is given inFigure 3-2.
Table 3-17: Noise Level Monitoring Locations
Location Distance
Location Date Category Direction Lat./ Long
Code (kms)
At project site (Nr 23°53'31.93"N

NL01 30.10.17 Industrial
gate 1) 78°51'1.35"E
Nr Boiler & Coal 23°53'36.14"N
NL02 02.11.17 Industrial
storage 78°51'5.35"E
23°53'38.54"N
NL03 Nr Boiler House 2 31.10.17 Industrial
78°50'59.73"E
23°53'31.83"N
NL04 Nr Gate No 2 03.11.17 Industrial
78°51'6.86"E
23°53'23.93"N
NL05 Chanatoliya Village 04.11.17 Residential 0.4 SE
78°51'15.46"E
Nr GLC Area – RSPL 23°53'29.36"N
NL06 07.11.17 Industrial 0.2 SW
Unit 1 78°50'54.35"E
23°53'50.38"N
NL07 Kerbana Village 06.11.17 Residential 0.25 NE
78°51'6.73"E
NL08 Sidhguwan Village 05.11.17 Residential 1.35 West 23°53'23.88"N

Location Distance
Location Date Category Direction Lat./ Long
Code (kms)
78°50'12.88"E
Photographs 3-4: Photographs of Noise Level Monitoring Stations
At Project Site near Gate 1 Chanatoliya Village
Kerbana Village Sidhguwan Village
3.12.3 Noise Level Results
The average noise levels at monitoring stations are presented inTable 3-18.
Table 3-18: Noise Level Results

CPCB Limits in Average Noise
Location dB (A) levels in dB (A)
Location Date Category
Code Day Night Day Night
Time Time Time Time
NL01 At project site (Nr gate 1) 30.10.17 Industrial 75.0 70.0 58.4 55.2
NL02 Nr Boiler & Coal storage 02.11.17 Industrial 75.0 70.0 63.5 56.9
NL03 Nr Boiler House 2 31.10.17 Industrial 75.0 70.0 63.2 56.9
NL04 Nr Gate No 2 03.11.17 Industrial 75.0 70.0 54.6 52.7
NL05 Chanatoliya Village 04.11.17 Residential 55.0 45.0 57.6 51.9
NL06 Nr GLC Area 07.11.17 Industrial 75.0 70.0 51.2 46.6
NL07 Kerbana Village 06.11.17 Residential 55.0 45.0 50.6 45.6
NL08 Sidhguwan Village 05.11.17 Residential 55.0 45.0 55.6 44.2

Observations
Noise level during daytime & nighttime, in Industrial area & Residential area was observed within CPCB standards
i.e. Industrial area (75 dBA (d) & 70 dBA (n)) and residential area (55 dBA (d) & 45 dBA (n)) except in the
Chanatuliya Village because of vehicular movement of nearby highway.
3.13 Water Environment
3.13.1 Analysis Method Adopted for Surface and Ground Water
Surface and Ground water samples are collected using manual grab sampling.
The samples were further analysed as per the APHA Standard Methods (23rdEdition, 2017). Analytical methodology
with minimum detection limit of the instruments is presented in Table 3-19.
Table 3-19: Analysis Methods Adopted for Water Samples

Minimum Detection
S. No Parameters Methodology
Limit
1 pH APHA: 4500H+ B(23rdEdition), Electrometric method 2
rd
3 Temperature APHA: 2550 B (23 Edition), Standard Thermometer 0.5 Deg C
4 Turbidity APHA: 2130 B (23rdEdition), Nephelometric Method 0.1 NTU
rd
5 TDS APHA: 2540C (23 Edition), Gravimetric 3 mg/l
6 Electrical conductivity APHA: 2510 B (23rdEdition), Conductivity meter 1µmoh/cm
7 COD APHA: 5220 B(23rdEdition), Open reflux method 5 mg/l
8 BOD IS: 3025(part44):1993 (RA 2014) Iodometric 2mg/l
9 Chlorides APHA:4500Cl B (23rdEdition), Argentometric method 1.0 mg/l
10 Phenol APHA: 5530D (23rdEdition), Direct photometric Method 0.001 mg/l
rd
11 Sulphates APHA:4500E as SO4 2(23 Edition), Turbidimetric method 1 mg/l
12 Total Hardness APHA: 2340C (23rdEdition), EDTA Titrimetric method 2 mg/l
13 Ca++ Hardness APHA: 3500CaB (23rdEdition) EDTA Titrimetric method 2 mg/l
rd
14 Mg++ Hardness APHA: 3500MgB (23 Edition), By calculation 2 mg/l
15 Total Alkalinity APHA: 2320 B (23rdEdition), Titration method 5 mg/l
16 Nitrate IS:3025 (part34)1988 (RA 2014), 3.3 colorimetric method 0.1 mg/l
17 Nitrite IS:3025 (part34)1988 (RA 2014) 0.05 mg/l
18 Fluoride APHA:4500 FD(23rdEdition),SPANDS method 0.05 mg/l
rd
APHA:3500 NaB (23 Edition), Flame emission Photometric
19 Sodium 1 mg/l
method
APHA: 3500 KB (23rdEdition) Flame emission Photometric
20 Potassium 1 mg/l
method
21 Calcium APHA: 3500CaB (23rdEdition) EDTA Titrimetric method 2 mg/l
22 Magnesium APHA: 3500MgB (23rdEdition), Calculation method 2 mg/l
rd
23 Salinity APHA: 2520 B (23 Edition), Electrical Conductivity method
rd
24 Total Nitrogen APHA: 4500 N OrgB, (23 Edition), Macro Kjeldahl method 0.05 mg/l
25 Total Phosphorous APHA: 4500 PC (23rdEdition), Colorimetric method 0.02 mg/l
rd
26 Dissolved Oxygen APHA: 4500 OC(23 Edition), Iodometric method 0.2 mg/l
27 Ammonical Nitrogen IS:3025(part34), 1988 (RA 2014), Distillation & colorimetric 0.05 mg/l
28 SAR Flamephotmetric & EDTA method
29 Heavy Metals

Minimum Detection
S. No Parameters Methodology
Limit
APHA: 3500AsB (23rdEdition) Silver diethyldithiocarbamate
a Arsenic (as As) 0.01 mg/l
method/APHA: 3114B (23rd Edition) AAS
b Cadmium (as Cd) APHA: 3111B(23rdEdition) AAS 0.003 mg/l
c Chromium (as Cr) APHA: 3500CrB(23rdEdition), colorimetric method 0.02 mg/l
rd
APHA: 3500CuB (23 Edition) Neocuproine method/ APHA:
d Copper (as Cu) 0.03 mg/l
3111 B (23rdEdition) AAS
e Cyanide (as CN) APHA: 4500 CN D & E(23rdEdition) 0.03 mg/l
APHA: 3500FeB (23rdEdition), Phenanthroline method/APHA:
f Iron (as Fe) 0.05 mg/l
3111B(23rdEdition) AAS
g Lead (as Pb) APHA: 3111B(23rdEdition) AAS 0.01 mg/l
rd
IS 3025 (P48): 1994 (RA 2014))/ APHA: 3112B (23 Edition)
h Mercury (as Hg) 0.001 mg/l
Cold vapour AAS method
APHA: 3500MnB (23rdEdition) Persulphate method/ APHA:
i Manganese (as Mn) 0.02 mg/l
3111B(23rdEdition) AAS
j Nickel (as Ni) APHA: 3111B(23rdEdition) AAS 0.02 mg/l
rd
k Zinc (as Zn) APHA: 3111B(23 Edition) AAS 0.03 mg/
rd
l Boron (as B) APHA: 4500 BC (23 Edition), Carmine method 0.05 mg/l
30 Total Coliform APHA: 9221B (23rdEdition), Multiple Tube Fermentation Absent
rd
31 Fecal Coliform APHA: 9221E (23 Edition), Multiple Tube Fermentation Absent
3.13.2 Surface Water Quality
Surface water sampling locations are selected based on review of land use plan, surface drainage pattern/ground
water flow direction & nearby site habitation village /locations in 10 km radius of project.
Surface water samples were collected from four different locations within the study area as shown inTable 3-20,
Figure 3-2 & Photographs 3-5. Analysis results of collected samples are given inTable 3-21.
Table 3-20: Details of Surface Water Sampling Locations
Distance
Date of Latitude Longitude Justification of
Code Location Source (km)/Direction
Sampling (N) (E) Sample collection
from RSPL Site
To check the quality
Bewas River
SW 1 River 7.25/ESE 06.12.17 23°51'57.73" 78°54'58.24" of flowing water in
near Sanoda
Down Stream
Stagnant water body
SW 2 Guda Pond 1.4/SW 06.12.17 23°52'48.31" 78°50'29.34" in the Nearest
Habitation
Stagnant water body
SW 3 Bachlon Dam 7.8/W 06.12.17 23°53'48.31" 78°46'15.69"
in the study area
Stagnant water body
SW 4 Sidhguwan Pond 0.85/SW 07.12.17 23°53'9.71" 78°50'39.27" in the Nearest
Habitation

Photographs 3-5: Photographs of Surface Water Sampling
Bewas River near Sanoda Guda Village Pond
Bachlon Village Pond Sidhguwan Village Pond

RSPL LIMITED, SAGAR MANUFACTURING FACILITY DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT
Table 3-21: Analysis Results of Surface Water

Classification for Inland Surface Water4 Surface water Quality
S. SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4
No Parameters Unit A B C D E Bewas River Guda Pond Bachlon Pond Sidhguwan
. Pond
Date of Sampling 06.12.17 06.12.17 06.12.17 06.12.17
6.5 to
1 pH pH Scale 6.5 to 8.5 6.0 to 9.0 6.5 to 8.5 6.5 to 8.5 7.54 7.46 7.55 7.41
8.5
Total Dissolved
2 mg/l 6.0 5.0 4.0 4.0 NS 4.2 4.4 3.3 4.5
Oxygen
3 Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 500.0 NS 1500.0 NS 2100 292 272 268 282
μmohs/c
4 Electrical Conductivity NS NS NS 1000 2250 428 388 379 392
m
5 BOD mg/l 2.0 3.0 3.0 NS NS <4 <4 5 <4
6 Color Pt.co. 10 300 300 NS NS 10 10 10 10
7 Total Hardness mg/l 300 NS NS NS NS 190 170 150 170
8 Ca++ Hardness mg/l 200 NS NS NS NS 116 94 96 104
9 Mg++ Hardness mg/l 100 NS NS NS NS 74 76 54 66
10 Copper mg/l 1.5 NS 1.5 NS NS <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
11 Iron mg/l 0.3 NS 50 NS NS <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05
12 Manganese mg/l 0.5 NS NS NS NS <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
13 Chlorides (as Cl) mg/l 250 NS 600 NS 600 48 43 53 43
14 Sulphates mg/l 400 NS 400 NS 1000 5 25 4 6
15 Nitrate (as NO3) mg/l 20 NS 50 NS NS <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2
16 Fluoride mg/l 1.5 1.5 1.5 NS NS 0.36 0.39 0.36 0.50
17 Phenolic Compound mg/l 0.002 0.005 0.005 NS NS <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001
18 Free Ammonia mg/l NS NS NS 1.2 NS <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
19 Mercury mg/l 0.001 NS NS NS NS <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001
20 Cadmium mg/l 0.01 NS 0.01 NS NS <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003
21 Arsenic mg/l 0.05 NA 0.2 NS NS <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002
4IS 2296 – 1982 Inland Surface Water Standards

Classification for Inland Surface Water4 Surface water Quality

S. SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4
No Parameters Unit A B C D E Bewas River Guda Pond Bachlon Pond Sidhguwan
. Pond
Date of Sampling 06.12.17 06.12.17 06.12.17 06.12.17
22 Cyanide mg/l 0.05 0.05 0.05 NS NS <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05
23 Lead mg/l 0.1 NS 0.1 NS NS <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
24 Zinc mg/l 15 NS 15 NS NS <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
25 Chromium mg/l 0.05 1 0.05 NS NS <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
26 Boron mg/l NS NS NS NS 2 3.20 2.58 3.62 4.14
Sodium Absorption
27 mg/gm NS NS NS NS 26 0.47 0.52 0.58 0.54
Ratio
MPN/100
28 Total Coliform 50 500 5000 NS NS 780 1300 1100 1300
ml
NS: Not Specified
Classification of River Water as per their Intended Use

S. No. Class Intended Use
1 A Drinking water source without conventional treatment but after disinfection
2 B Outdoor bathing (organized)
3 C Drinking water source with conventional treatment followed by disinfection
4 D Propagation of wild life, fisheries
5 E Irrigation, industrial cooling etc.
Observations on Surface Water Quality
The quality of Bewas River, Guda pond and Sidhguwan pond is matching with class C as per classification of Inland Surface Water and it can be used for drinking
Source after conventional treatment.
The quality of Bachlon pond is matching with class D as per classification of Inland Surface water. The DO is very less at Bachlon pond and also BOD is slightly high
which may be due to some anthropogenic sources like washing and bathing etc. If there is no alternate source for potable water then it can be used for drinking
purpose with suitable treatment

3.13.3 Ground Water Quality
Ground water samples were collected from Eight (8) different locations within the study area as shown in Table
3-22,Figure 3-2&Photographs 3-6. Analysis results of collected samples are given inTable 3-23.
Table 3-22: Ground Water Sampling Locations
Distance Direction Justification
Sampling Date of
Location Source From site from site
Code Sampling
km
GW 1 At site Borewell 07.12.17 0.00 At site
GW 2 Sidguwan Dugwell 06.12.17 1.10 West
GW 3 Bamhori Dhunder Dugwell 06.12.17 3.12 SE
To check
GW 4 Lithora khurd Dugwell 06.12.17 6.12 SE ground water
GW 5 Baheri Gadgad Dugwell 06.12.17 3.13 SW quality within
the study area
GW6 Bamora Dugwell 06.12.17 4.06 SW
GW 7 Mohli Dugwell 06.12.17 3.26 NW
GW 8 Kerbana Dugwell 06.12.17 2.66 NE
Photographs 3-6: Photographs of Ground Water Sampling
Sidhguwan Village Bamhori Village
Lithorakhurd Baheriya Gadgad

Mohli Village Kerbana Village

Table 3-23: Quality of Ground water
IS 10500:2012 Standard Limits for

Ground Water Quality
drinking water
S. GW 3 GW 4 GW 5
Parameters Unit Permissible Limit
No. Acceptable GW 1 GW2 GW 6 GW 7 GW8
in the Absence of Bamhori Lithora Baheri
Limit At Site Sidhguwan Bamora Mohli Kerbana
Alternate Source Dhunder Khurd Gadgad
Date of Sampling 07.12.17 06.12.17 06.12.17 06.12.17 06.12.17 06.12.17 06.12.17 06.12.17
1 pH pH scale 6.58.5 NR 7.35 7.42 7.32 7.23 7.33 7.45 7.33 7.35
2 Temperature °C NS NS 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 27
3 Turbidity NTU 1 5 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1
4 TDS mg/lit 500 2000 716 592 1350 2960 794 970 680 794
Electrical
5 µmho/cm NS NS 1035 932 1943 4200 1129 1480 966 1156
conductivity
6 COD mg/lit NS NS <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2
7 BOD mg/lit NS NS <4 <4 <4 <4 <4 <4 <4 <4
8 Phenol mg/lit 0.001 0.002 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001
9 Chlorides mg/lit 250 1000 193 43 337 747 72 265 159 130
10 Sulphates mg/lit 200 400 60 9 88 289 53 80 11 16
Total
11 mg/lit 200 600 350 370 620 1700 460 290 410 490
Hardness
Ca++
12 mg/lit NS NS 180 300 550 1316 310 190 270 354
Hardness
Mg++
13 mg/lit NS NS 170 70 70 384 150 100 140 136
Hardness
Total
14 mg/lit 200 600 110 120 100 90 110 130 110 110
Alkalinity
15 Nitrate mg/lit 45 NR 5.29 16.71 56.60 67.24 24.69 10.12 29.98 29.98
16 Fluoride mg/lit 1 1.5 0.57 0.48 0.63 0.6 0.55 0.63 0.33 0.33
17 Sodium mg/lit NS NS 104.2 24.1 109.3 215.2 39.5 143.2 30.8 65.1
18 Potassium mg/lit NS NS 13.5 2.80 7.8 9.9 5.3 15.40 1.5 3.7
19 Calcium mg/lit 75 200 72.17 120.24 220.44 527.45 124.25 76.15 108.22 141.88
20 Magnesium mg/lit 30 100 41.31 17.01 17.01 93.31 36.45 24.30 34.02 33.05
21 Salinity mg/lit 347.51 78.19 608.16 1346.61 130.32 477.83 286.7 234.67


drinking water
S. Permissible Limit GW 3 GW 4 GW 5
Parameters Unit Acceptable GW 1 GW2 GW 6 GW 7 GW8
No. in the Absence of Bamhori Lithora Baheri
Date of Sampling 07.12.17 06.12.17 06.12.17 06.12.17 06.12.17 06.12.17 06.12.17 06.12.17
Total
22 mg/lit 0.5 NR 1.40 4.07 13.22 15.21 5.70 2.44 6.98 7.1
Nitrogen
Total
23 mg/lit NS NS <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1
Phosphorous
Dissolved
24 mg/lit NS NS 2.2 2.3 2.5 2.7 2.2 2.9 2.4 2.3
Oxygen
Ammonical
25 mg/lit NS NS <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1
Nitrogen
26 SAR NS NS 2.41 0.54 1.91 2.26 0.80 3.77 0.79 1.29
Heavy metals
Arsenic (as
a mg/l 0.01 0.05 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002
As)
Cadmium (as
b mg/l 0.003 NR <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003
Cd)
Chromium
c mg/l 0.05 NR <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
(as Cr)
Copper (as
d mg/l 0.05 1.5 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
Cu)
Cyanide (as
e mg/l 0.05 NR <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05
CN)
f Iron (as Fe) mg/l 0.3 NR <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05
g Lead (as Pb) mg/l 0.01 NR <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
Mercury (as
h mg/l 0.001 NR <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001
Hg)
Manganese
i mg/l 0.1 0.3 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
(as Mn)
j Nickel (as Ni) mg/l 0.02 NR <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
k Zinc (as Zn) mg/l 5 15 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03


drinking water
S. Permissible Limit GW 3 GW 4 GW 5
Parameters Unit Acceptable GW 1 GW2 GW 6 GW 7 GW8
No. in the Absence of Bamhori Lithora Baheri
Date of Sampling 07.12.17 06.12.17 06.12.17 06.12.17 06.12.17 06.12.17 06.12.17 06.12.17
Total Shall not be detectable
28 MPN/100ml Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent
Coliform in any 100 ml sample
Faecal Shall not be detectable
29 MPN/100ml Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent
Coliforms in any 100 ml sample
Observations on Ground Water Quality
 The PH values are within normal acceptable limits.

 TDS values is above the permissible limit in one sample of Lithora khurd village, rest in all other location found within the permissible limit
 The chloride concentration in the area is below 250 mg/l. at all the locations, except at two locations (Bamori Dundhar, Lithora khurd and Bamora villages) where
the water is saline. The higher chloride values in the area in general coincide with areas having high EC thus indicating that the salinity in ground water is mainly
due to chloride.
 The magnesium concentration in the area is within permissible limits. The concentration of sodium in the area ranges between 24.1 and 215 mg/l. The nitrate
concentration in the area ranges between 5.29 to 67.51 mg/l.
 The fluoride concentration in the area ranges between 0.33 and 0.63 mg/l. There is no problem of excess fluoride in the ground water of the area
 Hardness in the area ranges between 290 and 1700 mg /l. falling within permissible limits except at Bamhori Dundhar and Lithora khurd village. In general, the
ground water in the area is slightly hard since the total hardness in most of the samples in between 250 and 350 mg/l.
 Calcium content is within the permissible limit expect at village Bamhori Dundhar and Lithora khurd village.

3.14 Hydrology & Geology
3.14.1 Hydrogeological Conditions
The area is having drainages starting from 1st order till the 4th order in the form of Sonar River. The streams have
stagnant pool of water due to effluent condition and groundwater level higher than the river bed. However the
effluent rate is very low because of the highly weathered basalt. At few places the water flow is through basalt flow
contact.
Deccan traps are the most important formations in the district due to their large aerial extent. The weathered
jointed, fractured and vesicular units of basalts form moderately potential aquifers.
The moderately weathered basalt, below the weathered zone, are tapped as aquifer. Dugwells, with a diameter
ranging from 5 to 7 m, are preferred to bore well for storage and aquifer characteristics.
3.14.2 Geology of Sagar District
Geologically, greater part of the district is situated on the rocks of the Vindhyan system and the Deccan Trap
volcanic series, the latter covering about twothirds of the district. The Achaeans are oldest rocks in the district.
Table 3-24: General Geological Succession and groundwater Yield in the District
Geological Era Group/Super Group Rock formation Groundwater Yield
Liter/sec
Recent Alluvial Plain Unconsolidated Up to 30
Pleistocene Older Alluvium Laterite and Bauxite
Cretaceous Deccan Trap Basalt 110
to Bagh & Lameta Bed Sandstone and cherty
Eocene (Intratrappean) Limestone
Paleozoic Gondwana Super Group Boulder beds, Sandstone, Up to 10
to shale, clays, limestone, coal
seams
Cretaceous
Precambrian Vindhyan & Cuddapah Super Sandstone, Shale and 110
Group limestone
Achaean Dharwar Super Group Dharwar Schist, 15
Metamorphosed
conglomerate, Quartzite,
Crystalline limestone
Old metamorphics Basic Intrusives <1
Sauser Group Granite and Gneiss,
Bundelkhand Granite Gneisses &
Granite Schist, Quartzite
Source: Central Groundwater Year Book :199899 & 200304
3.14.3 Geology within the radius of 10 km of proposed site
Geologically, the basement rock is of the Rewa Group, which comprise sandstone and Quartzite belongs to
Vindhyan Super Group, Overlain by younger Volcanics flows Deccan Trap (Basalt). The soil cover is of insitu
material derived from basalt.
3.14.4 Topography
The area is characterized by flat mounds of basalt flows, the height ranging from 5 to 40 m, with very thin cover of
soil, Debris is found in the form of rounded rock pieces and it is the result of spheroidal weathering. The literature
and site conditions reveal that there are number of lava flows and intrusive bodies.

Depressions in valley fill area have deep seated weathering. Because of the deep seated weathering the area is
fertile and used for farming and is now flat. The weathering is observed in open wells to the depth of sometimes
2025 m. Another indirect evidence to weathering is use of quartzite for well masonry, since basalt available in this
area is not suitable for masonry blocks due to close space jointing and weathered infilling.
3.14.5 Drainage
The Sagar district falls in two major river systems Ken and Betwa which falls outside the study area. About 44%
of the district falls in sub basin of the Ganga basin, 53% in Betwa subbasin of Yamuna basin and 3% in Narmada
basin. Bewas, Sonar, Kopra and Bearma are the tributaries of river Ken and Bina, Jamni, Naren and Dhasan are the
tributaries of river Betwa. The drainage of the district is directed towards the north and northeast. The five rivers,
from west to east are the Bina, the Dhasan, the Bewas, the Sonar and the Bamner. They form the main streams,
which are joined by a number of small tributaries, most of which are only wetweather rills coming down the
intervening ridges, and joining the main streams at an acute angle.
The drainage in the Study area has small seasonal streams, expect river Bewas. Drainage map of the study area is
presented in Figure 3-6.
The storm water drainage within the site is collected in a pit and recycled back in plant premises for industrial use
after treatment in ETP.

Figure 3-6: Drainage Map of the Study Area

3.15 Soil
3.15.1 Introduction
The project area falls under Agro climatic zone (NARP)Vindhya Plateau Zone (MP5). The average annual rainfall is
1197.6 mm, mostly through South West monsoon. The major soil types are Deep Black (55.9 %), Shallow soils
(28.2 %) and Medium Black (15.7 %). The main source of irrigation is open wells (47.9 %), followed be reservoirs
(31.28 %) and bore wells (15.2 %), canal (3.4 %).The major crops grown in the area are soybean, black gram,
rice, maize and sorghum in kharif and in winter chick pea, wheat, lentil, pea, and linseed are grown. Main vegetable
crops are potato, onion, tomato, brinjal, okra, cauliflower, chilli and coriander, ashwagandha and safed musli are
prominent medicinal crops. The horticultural crops grown in the region are citrus, papaya, guava, mango and aonla.
The cropping intensity is 137 % of the district.
3.15.2 Methodology Adopted for Soil Samples Collection and Analysis
The locations for soil sample collection were randomly selected at the project site as well as from the surrounding
areas namely Soil1 to Soil08. The soil samples from 015 cm depth were collected by using spade and hoe. The
samples were homogenized and about 1 Kg soil sample was collected in the polyethylene bag. Labelled with sample
ID which includes site numbers and project name. The samples were brought to the laboratory for analysis of
physical (porosity, water holding capacity, permeability and particle size distribution) and chemical properties
(cation exchange, electrical conductivity, sodium adsorption ratio, pH, Ca, Mg, Na, and K).
Table 3-25: Methodology for Soil Sample Collection and Analysis

Analytical
Sampling Parameters Sample collection Methodology Remarks
Equipment
Porosity IS: 2720 Part 7
Water holding capacity Keen Apparatus HMSO, UK
Trial pit method
Permeability IS: 2720 Part 17 for topsoil sample
collection;
Moisture content Electronic Balance IS: 2720 Part 2 disturbed samples
Texture Manual sample IS: 2720 Part 4

Particle size Distribution collection using Glass wares IS: 2720 Part 4
hammer and
Cation Exchange Capacity Centrifuge IS: 2720 Part 24 (1976) 5% Leachate to
container tube for
collecting undisturbed F. Photometer (Na, K) be made and
SAR Calculation analysed as per
top soil. Titration ( Ca & Mg)
APHA, “Standard
pH pH Meter 4500 H+B Methods”
Electrical Conductivity Conductivity Meter As per IS 14767 2000 All method
numbers are as
Calcium Glass wares 3500 Ca B
per APHA
Magnesium Glass Wares 3500 Mg B “Standard
Methods” (23rd
Sodium (Na) F. Photometer 3500 Na B edition, 2017)
Potassium F. Photometer 3500 K B
3.15.3 Soil Sampling Locations
Soil samples were collected from Eight (8) different locations within the study area as shown in Table 3-26,Figure
3-2&Photographs 3-7. Analysis results of collected samples are given inTable 3-27.
Table 3-26: Soil Sampling Locations
Sampling Distance From site Direction from site
Location Date of Sampling
Code km
S1 At site 07.12.17 0.00 At site

Sampling Distance From site Direction from site

Location Date of Sampling
Code km
S2 Sidguwan 06.12.17 1.10 West
S3 Bamhori Dundhar 06.12.17 3.12 SE
S4 Lithora khurd 06.12.17 6.12 SE
S5 Baheria Gadgad 06.12.17 3.13 SW
S6 Bamora 06.12.17 4.06 SW
S7 Mohli 06.12.17 3.26 NW
S8 Kerbana 06.12.17 2.66 NE
Photographs 3-7: Soil Sampling Photographs
At Site Sidhguwan Village
Bamhori Dundhar Lithora khurd
Mohli Kerbana Village

Table 3-27: Soil Analysis Results

Sr. Parameter Unit S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8
No At Site Sidhguwan Bamhori Lidhora Baheria Bamora Mohli Kerbana
Dhunder Khurd Gadgad
Sampling Date 07.12.17 06.12.17 06.12.17 06.12.17 06.12.17 06.12.17 06.12.17 06.12.17
1 Porosity % 50 54 53 62 50 54 53 62
2 Water Holding %
74.50 75.40 65.90 78.50 74.50 75.40 65.90 78.50
Capacity
3 Permeability mm/hr 27.3 15.9 15.3 14 27.3 15.9 15.3 14
4 Particle Size distribution
a Sand % 58 42 42 32 58 42 42 32
b Silt % 8 20 21 20 8 20 21 20
C Clay % 34 38 37 48 34 38 37 48
d Texture Sandy loam Loam Loam Loam Sandy loam Loam Loam Loam
5 Cation meq/100gm
Exchange 23 27 26 30 23 27 26 30
capacity
6 Electrical dS/m
84 108 267 88 84 108 267 88
Conductivity
7 Exchangeable %
<0.1 <0.1 7.71 0.64 <0.1 <0.1 7.71 0.64
Sodium
8 pH 6.74 8.08 8.48 7.91 6.74 8.08 8.48 7.91
90 Calcium g/kg 0.10 0.29 0.14 0.16 0.10 0.29 0.14 0.16
10 Magnesium g/kg
1.89 1.82 0.79 0.39 1.89 1.82 0.79 0.39
11 Sodium g/kg 0.49 0.68 1.26 0.60 0.49 0.68 1.26 0.60
12 Potassium g/kg 0.09 0.15 0.03 0.19 0.09 0.15 0.03 0.19

3.15.4 Soil Quality
The soil samples were collected from the site as well as surrounding areas to know the basic physical and chemical
properties of soils. The porosity ranged from 5062 % and WHC from 62.5078.50 %, while permeability was low to
moderate and varied from 1430.1 mm/hr. The texture of soil was sandy loam to loam, which governs the
permeability of soil and it was the least in a soil having loam texture and maximum under sandy loam soils. The
CEC varied from 23.030.0 meq/100 g soil indicative of loam texture of soil. The EC (0.084 – 0.307 dS/m) and ESP
(<0.010.64) were within prescribed limits of <0.8 dS/m and <15 %, respectively. And pH ranged from 6.74 8.48,
indicative of neutral to slightly alkaline soils. Among basic cations there was predominance of Mg (0.391.89 gm/kg)
followed by Na (0.331.26 gm/kg), Ca (0.100.88 gm/kg) and K (0.050.25 gm/kg).
Overall soil quality results indicate that soils are nonsaline and slightly alkaline. As soils are having sandy loam to
loam texture they are having all desirable properties with regard to soil aeration, soil water retention and
percolation rate of soil.
3.16 Ecology & Biodiversity

As a part of EIA, this report represents existing biodiversity status of the project site (core zone) and its
surrounding environ of the project study area (buffer zone of 10 km. radius). Also, an effort has been made to
predict likely impacts of project and its associated activities, and suggests mitigation measures to reduce impacts
on various biological components of the project study area
3.16.1 Scope, Aim & Objectives
 To inventories floral and faunal components of project area (project site or core zone and 10 km. radius /
buffer zone).
 To locate / demarcate and understand ecological setting of the project area in terms of national parks / wildlife
sanctuary / reserve forests / tiger reserve / Ecosensitive Areas / wetlands etc. within 10 km. radius from
project site (if any).
 To identify scheduleI, rare, endemic and endangered species within the project study area and prepare
conservation plan for same.
 To identify impact zone and evaluate the likely impact of the proposed project on floral and faunal components
of the project study area.
 To suggest / prepare action plan to mitigate likely impacts on the biodiversity of the project area through
plantation around project area to reduce / mitigate likely impacts.
3.16.2 Study Area
Project Site / Core Zone & Buffer Zone

Project site considered as a core zone and surrounding area up to 10 km radius from the project boundary
considered as a buffer zone for biodiversity sampling.
Ecological Sensitivity/ Habitats of the Study Area

There is no Wildlife Sanctuary, Biosphere Reserve, Tiger / Elephant Reserve, Migratory Corridors, falls in the project
study area of 10 km radius except two Reserve forests and one protected forest. Study area encompasses industrial
areas, urban areas, agriculture land, seasonal water bodies and River. Details of sensitive ecological attributes are
given in Table 3-28 &Table 3-29.

Table 3-28: Details of the Water Bodies in the Buffer Zone

Water Bodies Approximate Distance from Project Site (km) Direction
Lakha Banjara Lake ~12.0 SW
Bewas River ~7.24 E
Baheria Village Pond ~4.0 SE
Sidhgawn Village pond ~0.82 SW
Bachhlon Village Dam ~7.72 W
Table 3-29: Details of Forest in the Buffer Zone

Type of Forest Distance from Project Site Direction
Semra Dant Protected Forest 13.01 km N
Matiya Reserve Forest 8.1 km NNW
Chitoli Reserve Forest 8.91 km WNW
3.16.3 Methodology
Secondary / Desktop Literature Review

No site specific (project site) data is available of flora and fauna, however information available on websites of
Botanical Survey of India (BSI), Zoological Survey of India (ZSI), MP Biodiversity Board, published literature,
reports and research papers have been consulted.
Primary / Field Data Collection

Sampling with standard methods was carried out to understand different floral and faunal components of the
project site. The buffer zone of the study area is dominated by scrub, shrubs and crop / fallow land while the core
zone of the study area is occupied with Existing industry and green belt and expansion area is occupied with very
few shrubs and herbs.
Detailed methodology for each group of vegetation has been described in Table 3-30.
Table 3-30: Sampling Methodology for Floral Components

Biological Component Sampling Size References
Floral Survey
Trees 10 x 10 m Radius circular plot MuellerDombois, D. & H.
Shrub 5 x 5 m quadrate Ellenberg. 19675,Kershaw, K.A.
Herbs & Grass 1m x 1m quadrate 19736
Birds were noted and identified with the help of binocular and standard field identification guides. Animals were
directly observed from amongst the vegetation, bushes and roadside fields. Other information regarding wild
animals has been collected from the local people. Floral and faunal details along with other agriculture information
have been collected during the field survey.
Sampling Details
The field visit was conducted on 4th January 2018.
5MuellerDombois, D. & H. Ellenberg. 1967. Aims and methods of vegetation ecology. John Wiley and Sons, New York, London.
545 pp
6Kershaw, K.A. (ed). 1973. Sampling test of Comparison and application of quadrat measures Pp: 2139. In: Quantitative and
Dynamic Plant Ecology. Second edition. William Clowes and Sons Limited, London.

Overall 15 plots for flora were laid / sampled in the project area to enlist floral & faunal elements. Also, many
villagers from six villages were also interviewed.
Quantitative Analysis of Terrestrial Vegetation

Quantification / phytosociological analysis and Simpson diversity index were calculated for flora recorded from
project site. Quantitative analysis was carried out by using quadrate method.
Threatened Biodiversity Assessment Criteria

Indian Wild Life Protection Act, 1972, Botanical Survey of India (BSI), Zoological Survey of India (ZSI), Red Data
Book (Nayar & Sastry, 19907) etc.
Photographs 3-8: Biodiversity Survey at Site and Surroundings
3.16.4 Baseline Status of Biodiversity
Flora
Core Zone
The core zone area is occupied with existing industry and green belt and expansion area is occupied with very few
shrubs and herbs. There is no tree species in expansion area at site. Overall 09 species of common flora including
04 shrubs, 04 herbs ans 01 grass were recorded from the core zone.
All species are arranged in alphabetical order. Species names are followed by vernacular names/local names and
families are given inTable 3-31.
Table 3-31: Floral Species Reported from the Proposed Project Site / Core Zone
S.No. Scientific Name Local/Common Name Family
SHRUBS
1 Abutilon indicum Kanghi Malvaceae
2 Calotropis procera Nano Akdo Apocynaceae
3 Carissa spinarum karonda Apocynaceae
4 Zizyphus nummularia Jhahrberi Rhamnaceae
HERBS
5 Echinops echinatus Oontkateli Asteraceae
6 Euphorbia hirta Duddhi Euphorbiaceae
7 Malvestrum coromandelianum Bariar Malvaceae
8 Xanthium strumarium Chota gokhru Solanaceae
7Nayar, M. P. & A. R. K.Sastry (Eds.) (1990). Red data book of Indian plants. Vol. 3. Botanical Survey of India, Calcutta

S.No. Scientific Name Local/Common Name Family

GRASSES
9 Cyndon dactylon Duv Poaceae
Buffer Zone
Total 228 plant species of flora were reported from the study area. Trees were dominant life form and reported
with maximum 91 species, followed by herbs with 62, shrubs 41 species while climbers with 15 species and 19
species of grasses and bamboos.
All species are arranged in alphabetical order. Species names are followed by vernacular names/local names and
families are given inTable 3-32.
Table 3-32: Floral Species Reported From the Buffer Zone

Sr.No. Scientific Name Local Name Family
TREES
1 Acacia arabica Babul Fabaceae
2 Acacia leucophloea Renja/Khejda Fabaceae
3 Acacia nilotica Babul Fabaceae
4 Adina cardifolia Haldu Rubiaceae
5 Aegle marmelos Bel Rutaceae
6 Ailanthus excelsa Marukh Simaroubaceae
7 Alangium salvifolium Akol Alangiaceae
8 Albizia lebbeck Siris Fabaceae
9 Albizia odoratissima Chichwa Fabaceae
10 Albizia procera Safed siris Fabaceae
11 Anogeissus accuminata Kardhai Combretaceae
12 Anogeissus latifolia Dhavada Combretaceae
13 Anthocephalus cadamba Kadam Rubiaceae
14 Azadirachta indica Neem Meliaceae
15 Balanites aegyptiaca Hingot Balanitaceae
16 Bauhinia purpurea Keolar Fabaceae
17 Bauhinia racemosa Asta Fabaceae
18 Bauhinia variegata Kachnar Fabaceae
19 Bombex ceiba Sembal Bonnbacaceae
20 Boswellia serrata Salai Burseraceae
21 Bridelia retusa Ksai Euphorbiaceae
22 Buchanania lanzan Achar Anacardiaceae
23 Butea monosperma Palash Fabaceae
24 Cassia fistula Amaltas Fabaceae
25 Cassia siamea Kassod tree Fabaceae
26 Cordia dichotoma Lasoda Boraginaceae
27 Cordia myxa Lsora Boraginaceae
28 Crataeva nurvala Varuna Capparaceae
29 Dalbergia latifolia Kala Sisam Fabaceae
30 Dalbergia peniculata Dhiban Fabaceae
31 Dalbergia sisoo Sissoo Fabaceae
32 Delonix elata Chhota Gulmohr Fabaceae
33 Delonix regia Gulmohr Fabaceae
34 Diospyros melanoxylon Tendu Ebenaceae


35 Diospyros Montana Kala tendu Ebenaceae
36 Elaeodendron glaucum Jamrasi Celastraceae
37 Emblica offcinalis Amla Euphorbiaceae
38 Eucalyptus citridora Nilgiri Myrtaceae
39 Ficus benghalensis Vad Moraceae
40 Ficus carica Angir Moraceae
41 Ficus infectoria Pakar Moraceae
42 Ficus racemosa Gular Moraceae
43 Ficus religiosa Pipalo Moraceae
44 Ficus rumphii Gjana Moraceae
45 Gmelina arborea Gamari Verbenaceae
46 Grevillea robusta Silvar aok Proteaceae
47 Grewia tiliaefolia Dhaman Tiliaceae
48 Hardwickia binata Anjan Fabaceae
49 Holoptelea integrifolia Kanju Ulmaceae
50 Jacaranda mimosifolia Jekerendi Bignoniaceae
51 Lannea coromandelica Kanker Anacardiaceae
52 Leucaena leucocephala Subbul Fabaceae
53 Liminia acidissima Kaith bel Rutaceae
54 Madhuca lindica Mahua Sapotaceae
55 Mallotus philippinensis Sinduri Euphorbiaceae
56 Mangifera indica Aam Anacardiaceae
57 Melia azadirachta Bakain Meliaceae
58 Millingtonia hortensis Akash neem Bignoniaceae
59 Mimusops elengi Molshri Sapotaceae
60 Moringa oleifera Sehjan Moringaceae
61 Morus alba Shahtoot Moraceae
62 Murraya koenigii Mitha Neem Rutaceae
63 Murraya paniculata Kamini Rutaceae
64 Ougeinia oojeinensis Tinsa Fabaceae
65 Peltophorum pterocarpum Gulmohar Fabaceae
66 Petrocarpus marsupium Bija Fabaceae
67 Phoenix sylvestris Chind Arecaceae
68 Pithecellobium dulce Jangal Jalebi Fabaceae
69 Pongamia pinnata Karanj Fabaceae
70 Prosopis juliflora Khejra Fabaceae
71 Psidium guava Amrood Myrtaceae
72 Saccopetalum tomentosum Kari Annonaceae
73 Sapindus emarginata Reetha Sapindaceae
74 Schleichera oleosa Kusum Sapindaceae
75 Schrebera swietenioides Mokha Oleaceae
76 Semecarpus anacardium Bhilma Anacardiaceae
77 Soymida febrifuga Rohini Miliaceae
78 Sterculia urens Kullu Sterculiaceae
79 Syzygium cumini Jamun Myrtaceae
80 Tamarindus indica Imli Fabaceae
81 Tectona grandis Teak Verbenaceae


82 Terminalia arjuna Arjun Combretaceae
83 Terminalia bellirica Baheda Combretaceae
84 Terminalia catappa Deshi babam Combretaceae
85 Terminalia chebula Harra Combretaceae
86 Terminalia tomentosa Saja Combretaceae
87 Thespesia populnea Paras Pipal Malvaceae
88 Toona ciliata Tun Meliaceae
89 Wrightia tinctoria Kalidudhi Apocynaceae
90 Zizyphus mauritiana Ber Rhamnaceae
91 Zizyphus xylopyrus Ghont Rhamnaceae
SHRUBS
1 Abelmoschus ficulneus Ranbhidee Malvaceae
2 Abutilon indicum Kanghee Malvaceae
3 Abutilon persicum Bandi kanghee Malvaceae
4 Adhatoda vasica Adusa Acanthaceae
5 Agave Americana Seesal Agavaceae
6 Agave sissalana Ketki Agavaceae
7 Anona squamosa Sitaphal Anonaceae
8 Barleria prionitis Vjradanti Acanthaceae
9 Blepharis repens Samadana Acanthaceae
10 Calotropis gigantean Aak Asclepiadaceae
11 Calotropis procera Safed Aak Asclepiadaceae
12 Carissa spinarum karonda Apocynaceae
13 Cassia obtusifolia Sicklepod Fabaceae
14 Clerodendrum viscosum Kaleevansha Lamiaceae
15 Colebrookea oppositifolia Bhandar Lamiaceae
16 Dedonoea visocosa Kharenta Sapindaceae
17 Duranta repens Nilkanta Verbenaceae
18 Euphorbia caducifolia Thor Euphorbiaceae
19 Euphorbia heterophylla Milkweed Euphorbiaceae
20 Grewia hirsuta Van sulee Tiliaceae
21 Helicteres isora Maror phali Sterculiaceae
22 Holarrhena antidysenterica Dudhi Apocynaceae
23 Ipomoea carnea Besharam Convolvulaceae
24 Jatropha curcas Ratanjyot Euphorbiaceae
25 Jatropha gossipifolia Ratanjyot Euphorbiaceae
26 Lantana camara Ban tulsi Verbenaceae
27 lndigofera tinctoria Neel Fabaceae
28 lndigofera trifoliata Malmandi Fabaceae
29 Nerium indicum Kaner Apocynaceae
30 Racinus communis Arand Euphorbiaceae
31 Sida acuta Kharetha Malvaceae
32 Sida cordifolia Mmas Malvaceae
33 Solanum nigrum Bhathkanthi Solanaceae
34 Strobilanthes callosus Maruadona Acanthaceae
35 Tamarix ericoides Jhau Caesalpiniaceae
36 Tecoma stans Piliya Bignoniaceae


37 Tephrosia purpurea Vajrdantee Fabaceae
38 Vitex negundo Nirgundi Fabaceae
39 Waltheria indica Halduli Sterculiaceae
40 Woodfordia cardiflora Dhavai Lythraceae
41 Zyziphus nummalaria Jharberi Rhamnaceae
HERBS
1 Acalypha indica Kuppee Khoklee Euphorbiaceae
2 Acalypha lanceolata Indian Copperleaf Euphorbiaceae
3 Acanthospermum hispidum Dokanta Asteraceae
4 Achyranthes aspera Chir chita Amranthaceae
5 Aerva lanata Gorakh ganjo Amranthaceae
6 Aeschynomene indica Budda pea Fabaceae
7 Aeschynomene procumbens Agati Fabaceae
8 Ageratum conyzoides Kaimee Asteraceae
9 Ageratum houstonianum Blue billygoat weed Asteraceae
10 Aloe barbadensis Aloe Vera Liliaceae
11 Alternanthera pungens Khaki burr Amaranthaceae
12 Alysicarpus bupleurifolius Sweet Alyce Clover Fabaceae
13 Alysicarpus hamosus Silari Fabaceae
14 Alysicarpus vaginalis OneLeaf Clover Fabaceae
15 Amaranthus spinosus Kanta chaulai Amranthaceae
16 Amaranthus viridis Jangali chaulai Amranthaceae
17 Ammannia baccifera Acrid weed Lythraceae
18 Ammannia multiflora Jerryjerry Lythraceae
19 Anisomeles indica Kala bhangra Lamiaceae
20 Antidesma diandrum Khthuva Acanthaceae
21 Argemone mexicana Darudi Papavaraceae
22 Blumea lacera Mulangee Asteraceae
23 Boerhavia diffusa punarnava Nyctaginaceae
24 Cassia auriculata Tarwar Fabaceae
25 Cassia occidentalis Kasaundi Fabaceae
26 Cassia tora Panwar Fabaceae
27 Catharanthus roseus Barmasi Apocynaceae
28 Chenopodium album Bathua Chenopodiaceae
29 Cleome viscosa Hulhul Capparaceae
30 Clitoria ternatea Aparajita Fabaceae
31 Coccinia grandis Bimva Cucurbitaceae
32 Cocculus hirsutus Patal Grudee Menispermaceae
33 Commelina benghalensis Benghal dayflower Commelinaceae
34 Convolvulus arvensis Hiranpug Convolvulaceae
35 Conyza stricta Erect Horseweed Asteraceae
36 Corchorus aestuans Jute Tiliaceae
37 Dhatura metel Dhatura Solanaceae
38 Dioscorea bulbifera Jmeekand Dioscoreaceae
39 Echinops echinatus Oontkateli Asteraceae
40 Erigeron bonariensis Erigeron Asteraceae
41 Euphorbia hirta Badi Dudhi Euphorbiaceae


42 Evolvulus alsinoides Shankhpushpi Convolvulaceae
43 Gomphrena celosioides Soft Khaki weed Amaranthaceae
44 lpomoea herifolia Ipomoea Convolvulaceae
45 lpomoea obscura Obscure Morningglory Convolvulaceae
46 lpomoea pestigridis Panchpatia Convolvulaceae
47 Malvastrum coromandelianum Bariar Marthyniaceae
48 Naravelia zeylanica Vatanasini Ranunculaceae
49 Ocimum americanum Kali tulsi Lamiaceae
50 Ocimum basilicum Damro Lamiaceae
51 Ocimum sanctum Tulsi Lamiaceae
52 Parthenium hysterophorus Gajar ghas Asteraceae
53 Physalis minima Rasbhari Solanaceae
54 Pueraria tuberosa Gurbel Fabaceae
55 Solanum nigrum Piludi Solanaceae
56 Solanum surattense Kantkari Solanaceae
57 Sonchus brachyotus Duddhi Solanaceae
58 Tephrosia strigosa Tephrosia Fabaceae
59 Tephrosia villosa Sarphonk Fabaceae
60 Tribulus terrestres Gokharu Zygophylaceae
61 Tridax procumbens Tridax daisy Asteraceae
62 Xanthium strumarium Chota gokhru Solanaceae
CLIMBERS
1 Abrus precatorius Ratti Fabaceae
2 Acacia pennata Chilati Kevti Fabaceae
3 Bauhinia vahlii Mahul Caesalpiniaceae
4 Bongainvillea spectabilis Bouganvel Nyctaginaceae
5 Butea superva Palash bel Fabaceae
6 Cissampelos pareira Patha Menispermaceae
7 Cryptolepis buchanani Nagbel Apocynaceae
8 Cuscuta reflexa Amarbel Cuscutaceae
9 Derris scandens Tupbel Fabaceae
10 Gymnema sylvestris Gudmar Apocynaceae
11 Ipomoea pestigridis Vagpadi Convolvulaceae
12 Millettia auriculata Gurar Fabaceae
13 Tinospora Cardifolio Giloy Menispermaceae
14 Vallaris heynei Dudhi Solanaceae
15 Zizyphus oenoplia Makor Rhamnaceae
GRASSES & BAMBOOS
1 Apluda mutica Phulvari poni Poaceae
2 Bambusa arundinacea Kanta Bans Poaceae
3 Bothriochloa intermedia Lautoka grass Poaceae
4 Brachiaria reptans Chaurila Poaceae
5 Cenchrus ciliaris Dhaman Poaceae
6 Cyndon dactylon Darb Poaceae
7 Cyperus niverus Snow White Sedge Cyperaceae
8 Cyprus Rotandus Nagarmotha Cyperaceae
9 Dendrocalamus strictus Bans Poaceae


10 Desmostachya bipinnata Kush Poaceae
11 Eragrostis tenella Bhurbhusi Poaceae
12 Eulaliopsis binata Sabai Poaceae
13 Heteropogon controtus Kusal Poaceae
14 Saccharum munja Munj Poaceae
15 Saccharum spontaneum Kel Poaceae
16 Sacciolepis indica Kahs Poaceae
17 Sorghum halepense Barua Poaceae
18 Sprobolus coromandefianus Choti Bhurvansi Poaceae
19 Themeda quadrivalvis Chira gunher Poaceae
Phyto-Sociological / Quantitative Analysis
Phytosociological data is tabulated inTable 3-33 toTable 3-35.
Table 3-33: Phyto-sociological Study of Trees

Density BA
S. No. Tree species F (%) RF RD RDm IVI
(t/ha) (m2)
1 Albizia procera 126.67 80.00 0.38 8.00 8.88 1.12 18.00
2 Bridelia retusa 73.33 53.33 2.54 5.33 5.14 7.39 17.86
3 Butea monosperma 106.67 73.33 6.15 7.33 7.48 17.87 32.68
4 Cordia dichotoma 80.00 53.33 0.38 5.67 5.94 1.15 12.77
5 Dalbergia sisoo 80.00 53.33 0.38 5.33 5.61 1.12 12.06
6 Diospyros melanoxylon 93.33 66.67 0.64 6.67 6.54 1.85 15.06
7 Holoptelea integrifolia 106.67 80.00 4.91 8.00 7.48 14.25 29.72
8 Liminia acidissima 86.67 60.00 1.77 6.38 6.44 5.30 18.12
9 Petrocarpus marsupium 73.33 60.00 3.14 6.00 5.14 9.12 20.26
10 Melia azadirachta 66.67 46.67 0.50 4.96 4.95 1.51 11.42
11 Pongamia pinnata 60.00 46.67 0.50 4.67 4.21 1.46 10.33
12 Pithecellobium dulce 113.33 73.33 3.14 7.33 7.94 9.12 24.40
13 Tectona grandis 86.67 66.67 1.13 6.67 6.07 3.28 16.02
14 Terminalia arjuna 100.00 66.67 0.66 6.67 7.01 1.93 15.61
15 Terminalia tomentosa 93.33 60.00 7.07 6.00 6.54 20.52 33.06
16 Zizyphus mauritiana 80.00 60.00 1.13 6.00 5.61 3.28 14.89
Note 1: F: Frequency, BA: Basal Area, RF: Relative Frequency, RD: Relative Density, RDm: Relative Dominance,
IVI: Important Value Index.
Note 2: Density, Dominance and Frequency are shown where area of quadrant studied, not for the entire study
area.
Table 3-34: Phyto-sociological Study of Shrubs
Density
S. No. Shrub species F(%) RF RD RAB IVI
(t/ha)
1 Abutilon indicum 193.33 86.67 9.77 4.45 7.19 21.42
2 Barleria prionitis 133.33 66.67 8.33 3.22 6.94 18.49
3 Carissa spinarum 173.33 80.00 10.91 4.32 8.08 23.31
4 Cassia obtusifolia 133.33 73.33 10.00 3.32 6.78 20.10
5 lndigofera tinctoria 140.00 60.00 8.18 3.49 8.70 20.37
6 Echinops echinatus 140.00 73.33 10.00 3.49 7.12 20.61
7 Helicteres isora 173.33 66.67 9.09 4.32 9.70 23.11

Density
(t/ha)
8 Holarrhena antidysenterica 126.67 73.33 10.00 3.16 6.44 19.60
9 Lantana sp. 546.67 86.67 11.82 13.62 23.53 48.97
10 Sida acuta 220.00 66.67 9.09 5.48 12.31 26.88
11 Tephrosia purpurea 200.00 73.33 10.00 4.98 10.17 25.16
12 Zyziphus nummalaria 153.33 80.00 10.91 3.82 7.15 21.88
Table 3-35: Phyto-sociological Study of Herbs

Density
(t/ha)
1 Achyranthes aspera 386.67 80.00 8.51 6.65 12.11 27.27
2 Argemone mexicana 360.00 80.00 8.51 6.19 11.28 25.98
3 Boerhavia diffusa 206.67 73.33 7.80 3.56 7.06 18.42
4 Cassia auriculata 180.00 66.67 7.09 3.10 6.77 16.95
5 Cassia tora 240.00 73.33 7.80 4.13 8.20 20.13
6 Chenopodium album 186.67 73.33 7.80 3.21 6.38 17.39
7 Echinops echinatus 166.67 53.33 5.67 2.87 7.83 16.37
8 Euphorbia hirta 173.33 66.67 7.75 2.98 6.51 17.25
Malvastrum
9 193.33 66.67 7.09 3.33 7.27 17.68
coromandelianum
10 Solanum surattense 153.33 73.33 23.91 4.12 19.70 47.73
11 Tribulus terrestres 266.67 93.33 30.43 7.17 26.92 64.52
12 Tridax procumbens 213.33 80.00 26.09 5.73 25.12 56.94
13 Xanthium strumarium 180.00 60.00 19.57 4.84 28.26 52.67
Fauna
Core Zone
Only 2 common species of birds were reported from the project site. While, No direct or indirect evidences of
mammals were reported from the core zone.
Table 3-36: Avifauna Reported from Core Zone / Project Site

S. No. Scientific Name Common Name IWPA-1972 Schedule
1 Corvus splendens House Crow IV, LC
2 Dicrurus adsimmlis Black drongo IV, LC
Buffer Zone
There is no evidence of presence of tiger, leopard, or other larger animals including specie of conservation
importance were encountered in area under study. It is observed that, biodiversity of the area is facing
considerable anthropogenic pressure especially in the open fringed areas of the forest where very little wildlife was
reported.
A total of 60 species were reported based on field observations and consultation with local people including 8
species of mammals, 47 species of birds and 3 species of lizards and 2 species of amphibians during the site visit. It
is further clarify that No ScheduleI species or endemic species were reported during site visit in buffer zone of 10
Km radius.
While other species mentioned in the list have been referred from working plan of South Sagar, Madhya Pradesh
Forest Division, 2009.

A faunal enlisting of mammals, birds, reptiles and amphibians with their scientific names, common names and the
schedule (as per Wildlife Protection Act, 1972) to which they belong arranged in alphabetical order and presented
inTable 3-37&Table 3-38.
Table 3-37: Faunal Groups (Mammals and Birds) present in Buffer Zone of Proposed site
S. No. Zoological Name Local/ English Name IWPA-1972 /
IUCN Category
MAMMALS
Antilopinae
1 Boselaphus tragocamelus* Blue bull III, LC
Canidae
2 Canis aureus Jackal II (PartI)
3 Cuon alpines alpinus Indian Wild dog II
4 Vulpes benglensis Indian fox II, LC
Cervidae
5 Axis axis Spotted deer III
6 Cervus unicolor Sambhar III
7 Muntiacus muntijac Indian Barking deer III
CIRCOPHTECIDAE
8 Macaca mulatta* Rhesus macaque II
Colobidae
9 Presbytia entellus* Common Langur II,LC
Erinaceidae
10 Hemiechinus collaris Collared Hedgehog IV
Felidae
11 Felis chaus Common Jungle cat II
Herpestidae
12 Herpestes edwardsi* Common Mongoose II (PartI)
Hyaenidae
13 Hyaena hyaena Striped hyaena III
Hystricidae
14 Hystrix indica Common Indian Porcupine IV,LC
Leporidae
15 Lepus nigricollis* Common Indian hare IV,LC
Muridae
15 Bandicota bengalensis* Indian Mole rat IV,LC
16 Golunda ellioti* The Indian bush rat IV,LC
17 Neosocia bandicota Bandicoot IV,LC
18 Rattus rattus rufescens* Commonhouse rat V, LC
Pteropodidae
19 Cynopterus sphinx Short nosed fruit bat IV
Sciuridae
20 Funambulus pennantii* Common five Striped Squirrel IV,LC
Suidae
21 Sus scrofa Indian wild Boar III, LC
Tupaiidae
22 Suncus murinus Muskshrew IV
BIRDS
Accipitridae


IUCN Category
23 Accipiter badius Shikra IV,LC
24 Aquila refax Towny eagle IV
25 Elanus caeruleus* Blackwinged kite IV, LC
26 Milvus migrans Common pariah kite IV, LC
27 Spizaetus cirrhatus Crested Hawk Eagle IV
28 Gyps bengalensis Bengal Vulture IV
29 Neophron percnopterus White scavanger Vulture IV
30 Torgas calvus King Vulture IV
Alaudidae
31 Ammomanes phoenicurus* Rufous tailed Lark IV,LC
32 Eremopterix grisea* Black belied finch lark IV,LC
Alcedinidae
33 Alcedo atthis* Common king fisher IV,LC
34 Ceryle rudis Piedking fisher IV,LC
35 Halcyon pileata Black capped king fisher IV,LC
36 Halcyon smyrnensis* White breasted King fisher IV,LC
Anatidae
37 Anas clypeata Shoveler IV,LC
38 Anas crecea* Common teal IV,LC
39 Anas querquedula Gargany IV,LC
40 Arthya nyroca White eyed Pochard IV
41 Aythya fuligula Tufted pochard Tufted duck IV,LC
42 Dendrocygna javanica* Lesser Whistling IV,LC
43 Netta rufina Red crested pochard IV,LC
44 Tadorna ferruginea* Braminy Duck IV,LC
45 Nettapus coromondelianus Cotton teal IV,
46 Sarkidiornis melanotos Comb duck IV,LC
Apodidae
47 Apus affinis House swift IV,LC
48 Apus melba Alpine swift IV,LC
Ardeidae
49 Ardea alba* Large Egret IV,LC
50 Ardea Cinerea* Gray Heron IV,LC
51 Ardeola grayii* Paddy Bird, pond Hero IV,LC
52 Bubulcus ibis* Cattle egret IV,LC
53 Egretta garzetta* Little Egret IV,LC
Artamidae
54 Artamus fuscus Ashy Shollow shrike IV,LC
BUCEROTIDAE
55 Tockus birostris Common hornbill
Burhinidae
56 Burhinus oedicnemus Stone curlew IV,LC
Campephagidae
57 Coracina novaehollandiae Large Cuckoo IV,LC
58 Pericrocotus cinnamomeus Small minivet IV,LC
59 Pericrocotus flammeus Scarlet minivet IV,LC
Capitonidae


IUCN Category
60 Megalaima haemacephala Crimson breasted barbot IV,LC
Coppersmith
Caprimulgidae
61 Caprimulgus asiaticus Common Indian night jar IV,LC
Charadridae
62 Vanellus indicus* Red wattled lapwing IV,LC
63 Pluvialia columbus Eastern golden plover IV
64 Vanellus malabaricus Yellow wattled lapwing IV,LC
65 Mycteria leucocephala Painted stork IV
Ciconidasae
66 Anastomus oscitans Asian Open bill stork IV,LC
67 Ciconia ciconia White stork IV,LC
68 Ciconia episcpus White neck stork IV
69 Leptoptilos dubius Adjutant stork IV
Collumbidae
70 Columba livia* Blue rock pigeon IV,LC
71 Streptopelia chinensis* Spotted dove IV,LC
72 Streptopelia decaocto* Indian ring dove IV,LC
73 Streptopelia tranquebarica* Red turtle dove IV,LC
74 Treron phoenicopterus Common green pigeon IV,LC
Coracidae
75 Coracias benghalensis* Indian roller IV,LC
Corvidae
76 Corvus macrorhynchos* Jungle crow V,LC
77 Corvus splendens* House crow V,LC
78 Dendrocitta vagabunda* Mahalot IV,LC
Cuculidae
79 Centropus sinensis* Great Coucal IV
80 Clamator jacobinus Pied crested Cuckoo IV
81 Cuculus varius Cuckoo IV
82 Eudynamys scolopaceus* Koel IV
Dicaedae
83 Dicaeum erythrorhynchas Tickellus flower peaker IV
84 Dicaeum ignipectus Fire Breasted fower Peaker IV
Dicuridae
85 Dicrurus adsimilis Black Drongo IV,LC
86 Dicrurus caerulescens* White bellied Drongo IV, LC
87 Dicrurus paradiseus Large Racket tailed Drongo IV,LC
Emberizidae
88 Melophus lathami Crested Bunbing IV
GRUIDAE
89 Grus grus Common crane IV, LC
90 Grus antigone Sarus crane IV,VU
Hirumiidae
91 Hirundo fluvicola Indian clift swallon IV,LC
92 Hirundo smithii Wire tailed swallow IV,LC
Jacanidae


IUCN Category
93 Hydrophasianus chirurgus Pheasant tailed Jacana IV,LC
94 Metopidius indicus Bronze winged Tacona IV,LC
Laniidae
95 Lanius schach Rufaus backed Shrike IV,LC
Lrenidae
96 Aegithina tiphia Common Iora IV,LC
97 Chloropsis aurifrons Green Bulbul IV,LC
98 Chloropsis chochinchinensis Gold melted IV,LC
Meropidae
99 Merops orientalis* Green bee eater IV,LC
100 Merops Philipinus Blue tailed beeeater IV,LC
101 Merops superciliosus Blue cheeked bee eater IV,LC
Motacillidae
102 Motacilla alba* White Wagtail IV,LC
103 Motacilla caspica Grey wagtail IV,LC
104 Motacilla flava Yellow Wagtail IV
105 Motacilla maderaspatensis Large pied wagtail IV
Muscicapidae
106 Copsychus malabaricus Whie rumped shama IV
107 Cyornis tickelline Tickell's bule flycatcher IV
108 Hypothymis azurea Black naped blue flycatcher IV
109 Prinia socialis* Ashy wren warbler IV
110 Rhipidura albicollis White spotted flycatcher IV
111 Rhipidura aureola White browed fantail flycatcher IV
112 Saxicola caprata Pied Bushchat IV
113 Terpsiphone paradisi Paradise flycatcher IV
Nectarinidae
114 Nectarinia asiatica* Purple sun Bird IV
Orioladae
115 Oriolus oriolus Golden Oriole IV
116 Oriolus xanthomus Black headed oriole IV
Paridae
117 Parus major Grey tit IV
118 parus xanthogenys Yellow check tit IV
Phalcrocoracoda
119 Phalacrocorax niger Little cormorant IV
Phasianidae
120 Coturnix coturnix Common or Gray quail IV
121 Francolinus francolinus* Black parteidge IV
122 Francolinus pictus Painted Patrdge IV
123 Francolinus pondicerianus* Gray partridge IV
124 Galloperdix spadicea Red spur fowl IV
125 Gallus gallus Red jungle fowl IV
126 Perdicula asiatica Jungle Bush quail IV
Picidae
127 Dinopium benghalense Golden backed wood peacker IV
128 Hermicircus conente Heart spotted wood pecker IV


IUCN Category
129 Picoides manrattensis Yellow fronted Pied woodpecker IV
Pittiade
130 Pitta brachyura Indian pitta IV,LC
Ploceidae
131 Estrilda amandava Red munia IV
132 Lonchura malacca Black Headed Munia IV,LC
133 Passer domesticus* House Sparrow IV,LC
134 Ploceus philippinus* Weaver bird IV,LC
Psittacidae
135 Psittacula cyanocephala Blossom headed Parakeet IV,LC
136 Psittacula eupatria* Large Indian Parakeet IV,LC
137 Psittacula krameri* Rose ringed Parakeet IV,LC
Pycnontidae
138 Pycnonotus cafer* Red vented bulbul IV
139 Pycnonotus jacosus* Red whisked bulbul IV
Rallidae
140 Gallinula chloropus* Purple moorhen IV,LC
141 Porphyrio poliocephalus* Moor hen IV,LC
Recurvirostridae
142 Himantopus himantopus* Black winged stilts IV,LC
Rostratulidae
143 Rostratula benghalensis Painted Snipe IV,LC
Scolopacidae
144 Capella gallinago Fantail snipe IV,LC
145 Tringa totanus* Red shank IV,LC
Sittaidae
146 Sitta castanea Chestnut Ballied Nuthatch IV,LC
147 Sitta frontalis Velvet fronted Nuthatch IV,LC
Strigidae
148 Bubo bubo Owl IV,LC
149 Glaucidium radiatum Owlet IV,LC
Sturnidae
150 Acridotheres fuscus* Jungle myna IV,LC
151 Acridotheres tristis* Common myna IV,LC
152 Sturnus contra contra Pied myna IV,LC
153 Sturnus malabaricus Grayheaded myna IV,LC
154 Sturnus pagodarum Black headed myna IV,LC
155 Sturnus roseus Rosy pastar IV, LC
156 Chlidonias hybrida Indian whiskered tern IV, LC
Threskiornithidae
157 Threskiornis melanocephalus White Ibis IV,NT
Timaliidae
158 Turdoides striatus* Jungle babblar IV,LC
159 Pomatorhinus schisticeps Slaty heated Scimitar bulbular IV,LC
160 Alcippe poioicephale Quaker Babbler IV
Turdinae
161 Copsychus saularis* Magpie Robin IV,LC


IUCN Category
162 Monticola cinclorthnchus Blue headed Rock Thrush IV,LC
163 Phoenicurus ochruros Red start IV,LC
164 Saxicola tarqnata Collared Bushchat IV,LC
165 Saxicolides falicata* Indian Robin IV,LC
Upupidiae
166 Upupa epops* Indian Hoopoe IV,LC
I,II, III, IV & V are Schedules of Indian Wildlife Protection Act, 1972.
LC Least Concern, ENEndangered, NT Near Threatened, VUVulnerable, RRare are the status assigned by IUCN
*Species reported by Kadam Team.
Source: Working Plan, South Sagar, MP Forest Division, 2009.
Table 3-38: Herpetofauna reported in the Study Area

S. No. Group / Scientific Name Common English Name IWPA ,1972
FROGS/TOADS
1 Bufo melanostictus* Common Indian Toad IV,LC
2 Euphlyctis cyanophlyctis* Skittering Frog IV,LC
3 Rana limnocharis Cricket frog IV
LIZARDS
4 Calotes versicolor* Indian Garden Lizard IV
5 Hemidactylus brookii* Spotted Indian House Gecko IV
6 Hemidactylus flaviviridis Yellow Bellied House Gecko IV
7 Mabuya carinata* Common Keeled Grass Skink II,LC
SNAKES
8 Bungarus fasciatus Common Indian Krait IV, LC
9 Naja naja Cobra II
10 Ptyas Mucosa Dhaman II
I,II, III, IV & V are Schedules of Indian Wildlife Protection Act, 1972.
LC Least Concern, ENEndangered, NT Near Threatened, VUVulnerable, RRare are the status assigned by IUCN
*Species reported by Kadam Team.
Source: Working Plan, South Sagar, MP Forest Division, 2009.
Agriculture Crops
The main agriculture crop in the study area is paddy, maize, jowar and wheat among cereals. Soyabean and Urad
among Pulses, while Rapeseed, Mustard and Ground nut among oil seed. Horticulture crops like Citrus, Papaya and
Guava along with vegetable crops like Potato, Onion, Tomato, Okra, Brinjal, Cauliflower, Chilli and Coriander. The
agriculture crops in study area are mainly categorized as Kharif and Rabi Crops. Wheat (Triticum aestivum) is the
main Rabi crop and Soyabean is the main kharif crop within study area.
Medicinal Plants
Among reported floral species some of the plants are used for medicinal purposes includes Aegle marmelos,
Bombax ceiba, Emblica officinalis, Jatropha sp., Ocimum basilicum, Pongamia pinnata, Ricinus communis and
Solanum nigrum etc.

Social Forestry
Social Forestry Division of State Forest Department, Madhya Pradesh carried out plantation along the roadsides,
highways, village land and revenue land. The plant species mostly used in social forestry activities are Tectona
grandis, Emblica offcinalis, Terminalia Arjuna, Aegle marmelos, Butea monospermous, Diospyros melanoxylon,
Terminalia bellirica, Melia azadirchta, Mangifera indica, Albizia procera, Anthocephalus indicus and Cassia fistula etc.
3.16.5 Status of Threatened and Endemic Biodiversity
No ScheduleI species were reported from the project study area of 10 km radius. However, some ScheduleI
species exists in the forest areas falling at the distance 1015 km from the project site (Working plan, South Sagar,
MP Forest Division, 2009). Also, none of the reported species can be designated as an endemic species.
3.17 Socio Economics
3.17.1 Social Profile
Population Distribution
The statistics regarding the human population and the number of households in the study area as given in Table
3-39, indicates that there are 66 habitation/settlements/ villages within the study area of which Sidhguwan,
Nayakhera, Khiria Tajkhan and Kerbana settlements falls within 03 kms within close proximity of the study area.
Almost all the villages are coming under Sagar taluka. This information is gathered from the Census of India, 2011.
Table 3-39: List of Villages, Population and Households in the Study Area
Sr. No. District Sub-district Habitation Distance Household Population
1 Sagar Sagar Sidguwan 0 3 kms 575 2,478

2 Sagar Sagar Nayakhera 0 3 kms
3 Sagar Sagar Khiria Tajkhan 0 3 kms 16 108
4 Sagar Sagar Kerbana 0 3 kms 795 4,121
Sub- Total 1,386 6,707
5 Sagar Sagar Guda 3 5 kms 239 913
6 Sagar Sagar Narwani 3 5 kms 271 1,251
7 Sagar Sagar Pipariya Karkat 3 5 kms 175 815
8 Sagar Sagar Bamhori Dhunder 3 5 kms 638 2,943
9 Sagar Sagar Majguwan 3 5 kms 637 2,563
10 Sagar Sagar Khiria 3 5 kms
11 Sagar Sagar Berkheri Gangaram 3 5 kms 204 803
12 Sagar Sagar Mohli 3 5 kms 418 2,058
13 Sagar Sagar Rusalla 3 5 kms 359 1,742
14 Sagar Sagar Bamora 3 5 kms 106 622
15 Sagar Sagar Baheria Gadgad 3 5 kms 391 1,930
16 Sagar Sagar Gamiria Sagar (CT) 3 5 kms 1,673 7,984
Sub- Total 5,111 23,624
17 Sagar Sagar Lidhorahat 5 7 kms 240 1,244
18 Sagar Sagar Saikheda 5 7 kms 416 2,039
19 Sagar Sagar Lidhora Khurd 5 7 kms 203 958
20 Sagar Sagar Dhungasra 5 7 kms 667 2,890

21 Sagar Sagar Sanodha 5 7 kms 1,497 6,394

22 Sagar Sagar Simariya 5 7 kms 358 1,637
23 Sagar Sagar Dharkheri 5 7 kms 26 129
24 Sagar Banda Simariya Chhapri 5 7 kms 183 736
25 Sagar Sagar Gora 5 7 kms 168 844
26 Sagar Sagar Karrapur (CT) 5 7 kms 2,359 10,647
27 Sagar Sagar Barchha 5 7 kms 266 1,088
28 Sagar Sagar Saderi 5 7 kms 355 1,643
29 Sagar Sagar Gidwani 5 7 kms 268 1,290
30 Sagar Sagar Badkuwan 5 7 kms 421 2,057
31 Sagar Sagar Barkhera Mafi 5 7 kms 58 322
32 Sagar Sagar Jinda 5 7 kms 130 674
33 Sagar Sagar Semrabag 5 7 kms 547 2,992
34 Sagar Sagar Rajakhedi (CT) 5 7 kms 5,030 24,232
35 Sagar Sagar Makronia Buzurg (CT) 5 7 kms 4,928 23,861
36 Sagar Sagar Badtuma 5 7 kms 565 2,752
Sub- Total 18,685 88,429
37 Sagar Sagar Pamakhedi 7 10kms 678 2,912
38 Sagar Sagar Khaejra Budhu 7 10kms 199 767
39 Sagar Sagar Richhawar 7 10kms 323 1,194
40 Sagar Sagar Ghureta 7 10kms 155 733
41 Sagar Sagar Bhonhari 7 10kms 360 1,543
42 Sagar Sagar Singpur 7 10kms 9 48
43 Sagar Sagar Chandwar 7 10kms 266 1,123
44 Sagar Sagar Parsoriya 7 10kms 961 4,398
45 Sagar Sagar Amoda 7 10kms 153 774
46 Sagar Banda Midwasa 7 10kms 147 534
47 Sagar Banda Chandhok 7 10kms 248 1,034
48 Sagar Banda Alampur Bheda 7 10kms 41 155
49 Sagar Banda Chhapri 7 10kms 684 2,685
50 Sagar Banda Pipariya Chamari 7 10kms 240 1,095
51 Sagar Banda Kethora 7 10kms 265 951
52 Sagar Sagar Tinsuwa 7 10kms 289 1,201
53 Sagar Banda Gondai 7 10kms 202 829
54 Sagar Sagar Chitai 7 10kms 28 135
55 Sagar Sagar Lalai 7 10kms
56 Sagar Sagar Kadera Belkhader 7 10kms 75 331
57 Sagar Sagar Khadera Khurd 7 10kms 94 491
58 Sagar Sagar Shyampura 7 10kms 82 378
59 Sagar Sagar Bachhlon 7 10kms 437 2,241
60 Sagar Sagar Ama Khurd 7 10kms 25 258
61 Sagar Sagar Bararu 7 10kms 683 3,567

62 Sagar Sagar Patkui 7 10kms 293 1,566

63 Sagar Sagar Gaulipura Rajakheri 7 10kms
Gaur Nagar (OG) WARD
64 Sagar Sagar NO.0049 (Rural MDDS 7 10kms 260 1,260
CODE:460967)
65 Sagar Sagar Patheriya Raiyatwari 7 10kms 102 520
66 Sagar Sagar Sironja 7 10kms 440 2,083
Sub- Total 7,739 34,806
Grand Total 32,921 1,53,566
Source: Primary Census Abstract, 2011
‘ ‘ Indicates the household /population is not clearly mentioned under the name of habitation. It may be included in nearby of
the habitation.
According to the Census of India 2011, the above table shows that the study area consists of 32,921 households
and 1, 53,566 total population. The overall average household size of the study area is around 5 person per
household.
Sex Ratio
The sex ration of the study area is given inTable 3-40.
Table 3-40: Sex Ration in the Study Area

2011
Distance
Male Female Sex Ratio
03 Kms 3,519 3,188 906
35 Kms 12,579 11,045 878
57 Kms 46,329 42,100 909
710 Kms 18,461 16,345 885
Total 80,888 72,678 899
The above table depicts that the Sex ratio of the study area is 899 per thousand male. In the villages surrounding
the proposed project site i.e. 03 km aerial distance, it is 906 per thousand male.
Social Characteristics
The district of Sagar lies in the north central region of Madhya Pradesh. It was spelled as Saugor during the British
period. The district has a truly central location in the country. Sagar district is the eight largest district in size in the
State, and the largest in the Sagar revenue division. The district is divided into eleven tahsils, viz, Bina, Khurai,
Malthone Banda, Shahgarh, Rahatgarh, Sagar, Rehli, Garhakota, Deori and Kesli each in the charge of a Tahsildar.
The study area is falling in the Sagar Tehsil & Sagar District.
Vulnerable Groups
The statistics regarding the distribution of SC / ST in the study area are given inTable 3-41.

Table 3-41: Table showing SC/ST population distribution in the study area
2011
Distance % SC % ST
Total Male Female Total Male Female
03 Kms 18.85 52.53 47.47 3.04 53.92 46.08
3 5 Kms 24.35 53.21 46.79 1.69 56.14 43.86
5 7 Kms 32.59 52.90 47.10 3.10 52.94 47.06
7 10 Kms 26.89 53.19 46.81 6.69 53.00 47.00
Total 29.43 52.99 47.01 3.69 53.23 46.77
The SC population in the study area, as per the Primary Census Abstract 2011, is 29.43% and ST population is
3.69% of the total population in study area. The ratio SC male in comparison to female is around 53:47 and ST
Male ratio is also same.
Basic Infrastructure Facilities
Education Facilities
The statistics regarding to the educational facilities within the study area are given inTable 3-42
Table 3-42: No. of Villages having Educational Facilities in the Study Area
Government Private
Pre- Primary
Pre- Primary
Secondary
Secondary
Secondary
Secondary
Primary
Primary
School
School
School
School
School
School
School
School
School
School
Middle
Middle
Senior
Senior
Distance
03 Kms 2 2 1 2 2
35 Kms 13 6 2 2 2 1
57 Kms 18 9 3 5 2
710 Kms 27 12 3 3 4 6 2 2
Total 60 29 6 5 9 14 6 2
According to Primary Census Abstract 2011, the study area has 60 primary schools, 29 Middle Schools, 6 secondary
schools and 5 senior secondary schools operated by Government authority. The study area has also 9 preprimary
schools, 14 primary schools, 6 middle schools and 2 secondary schools which is operated by private company. The
college and adult literacy centre is absent within the aerial distance of 10 kms of the proposed site.

Photographs 3-9: Educational Facilities in the Study Area
Class Room of Primary School at Lidhora Hat Govt. Middle School Guda Village
Source: Primary Social Survey2017
Literacy Rate
The statistics regarding the Literacy Rate within the study area is given in Table 3-43.
Table 3-43: Literacy within the Study Area
2011
Distance % Literacy
Total Male Female
03 Kms 67.36 75.02 58.91
35 Kms 71.40 77.98 63.90
57 Kms 73.19 78.73 67.09
710 Kms 66.11 73.84 57.38
Total 71.05 77.33 64.06
The average literacy rate, according to Census 2011, within the study area is 71.05 percent of which male literacy
rate is 77.33 percent and female literacy is 64.06 percent.
There are Anganwadi in each village where nutrition for pregnant and nursing woman and childrens between the
age group of 3 months to 1 year and 6 months to 3 years are provided. The average number of children who go to
the Anganwadi ranges between 1315 numbers where the anganwadi workers teach them PT, poetry and about
cleanliness. There is no furniture or seating place provided for the children. They have to sit down in the open to
sky. Even in the govt. schools the children are sitting on the floor under one roof.
Health Facilities
The statistics regarding to the health facilities within the study area are given in theTable 3-44.

Table 3-44: No. of Villages having Health Facilities within the Study Area
Medical facilities Out

Mobile Health Clinic
Maternity And Child
Primary Health Sub
Veterinary Hospital
Community Health
Non-Government
Primary Health
Welfare Centre
Family Welfare
Dispensary
Patient
Centre
Centre
Centre
Centre
Distance
03 Kms 1 1
35 Kms 2 2
57 Kms 1 1 1 1
7 10 Kms 5 2 1 2 3
Total - - 9 - 3 2 - 3 6
‘ ‘ Not Available
According to Primary Census Abstract 2011, there is no Community or Primary Health Centre but 9 primary health
subcentres and 2 Veterinary hospital in the study area. Private Doctors commonly pay visits to villages as and
when required by the people.
Drinking Water Facilities

The statistics regarding to the drinking water facilities within the study area are given inTable 3-45.
Table 3-45: No. of Villages having Drinking Water Facilities within the Study Area
Tap Water-Treated
Tank/Pond/Lake
Uncovered Well
Covered Well
River/Canal
Hand Pump
Tube Wells
Tap Water
Untreated
/Borehole
Others
Spring
Distance
03 Kms √ √ √ √ √ √ × √ √ ×
35 Kms × √ × √ √ √ × √ √ ×
57 Kms √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ ×
7 10 Kms √ √ × √ √ √ √ √ √ ×
‘ √ ’ Available, ‘×’ Not available
According to Primary Census Abstract, 2011, it is seen that the untreated tap water, Hand pumpfacilities and tube
well facilities is readily available in the study area. Even several household use the Panchayat tube well water for
domestic use.

Photographs 3-10: Source of Drinking Water
Drinking Water Supply by Panchayat Storage Tank Dry Hand Pump at Gudda Village Primary School
3.17.2 Economic profile
Agriculture and Allied Sectors
Agriculture
The study area is rich for cultivation of Soyabean, Grams and Wheat. However, Masoor, Jowar, Maize, Eggplant,
Toor and Potato are also grown in some parts.
Animal Husbandry
Animal husbandry is the auxiliary occupation for the few households of the study area. They keeps bullock, cows,
buffaloes, goats and sheep.
Mining
The stone crushing quarries are present in the 03 km of site.
Photographs 3-11: Mining Activities and Agricultural Practices in the Study Area
Mining Activities at Guda Village Agricultural Practices at Lidhora Haat Village
Industries/Factories
The Bina Oman Refinery is the main public sector industry in the region. There are no exportable products unit
available in the region. There is potential for setting up Oil expeller, Spices grinding, bakery products, footwear,
leather bags, plastic products , Bidi mfg., clay bricks mfg. , stone crusher, stone statue & toys, RCC pipes,
detergent soap/ powder, petrochemicals, packing materials Readymade Garment & embroidery, Solvant /oil pant,
leather products & flour mill etc.

Occupational Patterns in the Study Area

The statistics regarding to the distribution of the workers within the study area are given inTable 3-46.
Table 3-46: Occupational Pattern within the Study Area

% Occupational Status (2011)
Distance Total
Agricultural Household Marginal
Working Cultivators Others
Labour Workers Workers
Population
03 kms 40.51 17.70 29.96 7.66 28.89 15.79
35 kms 38.42 15.16 15.88 10.88 38.38 19.70
57 kms 36.22 10.84 11.51 16.28 47.47 13.90
710 kms 43.83 14.61 24.50 17.58 19.03 24.28
Total 38.47 12.79 16.38 15.39 37.87 17.56
According to the Census Data 2011, there are 12.79 percent cultivators, 16.38 percent agricultural labourers, 15.39
percent household workers and 17.56 percent marginal workers in the study area. The 37.87 percent of the people
fall in other workers category.
Employment Generation
Most of the people within the study area practice agriculture as a source of income. The agriculture is the main
occupation of the people of core zone. The main crops grown in the surrounding villages are wheat, gram, soya
bean etc. As the secondary job many of the youth are engaged in the industries of the industrial area on contract
basis or running the eatery shop at the junction of the village roads.
Infrastructure (Physical)
According to the Social expert field survey it is revealed that the village roads are pucca but not properly
maintained. At few places stagnant water pools are seen around the Harijanbasti. Here the roads are generally
covered by earth rather than bricks. Sanitation is poor and the residents are very careless about keeping the
environment clean and hygiene. Regarding sanitation, the people in the surrounding villages prefer to go for open
defecation to common wasteland or surrounding fields early in the morning to relieve themselves. It was common
to see that the children squatting on roadsides and in lanes, convert the village in one filthy open toilet. Even the
toilets of the government primary schools are in wear and tear condition and not in use since long because of non
supply of water. It can be said that the infrastructure of the villages still requires improvement.
Transportation Facility
Table 3-47: Transportation Facilities within the Study Area

Bus Service
Railway
Distance Auto Rickshaw Taxi
Government Private Station
03 kms √ √ × √ √
35 kms √ √ √ √ √
57 kms √ √ √ √ √
710 kms √ √ × √ √
The study area is well connected by roads and all the villages have bus services facilities that connect the area to
the nearby bigger villages and towns.

Railway line passes only through Lidhora Khurd.
Availability of Power Supply
The electricity in study area is being provided by the state electricity board. Although there is no regular supply of
electricity in the rural areas according to villagers.
Means of Communication
The statistics regarding to the means of communication within the study area are given inTable 3-48.
Table 3-48: No. of Villages having Communication Facilities within the Study Area
Internet
Public Call Cafes /
Mobile Private
Post Sub Post Telephone Office Common
Distance Phone Courier
Office Office (landlines) /Mobile Service
Coverage Facility
(PCO) Centre
(CSC)
03 Kms √ × √ √ √ × ×
35 Kms √ √ √ × √ × ×
57 Kms √ × √ √ √ × ×
710 Kms √ × √ √ √ × ×
The internet and private courier facility is absent in the study are according to Primary Census Abstract, 2011. As
per above table it is reflected that Mobile Phone, Post Office and Landline telephone facilities is available in all the
villages of the study area.
Cultural Profile
Archeological or Historical Sites/ Places of Religious Importance

There is no archeological sites in the proximity of the core zone except Shiv Shakti Dham Temple at BaheriaMor and
the Shree Jhanda Baba Mandir at Kerbana is religious place for Hindus worship.
Photographs 3-12: Places of religious importance in the study area
Mahadev Temple, Baheriamor Shree Jhanda Baba Mandir, Kerbana
Lifestyle
Although the people of the study area are poor but having strong social bonding.

EIA REPORT FOR EXPANSION OF OPTICAL BRIGHTENER AGENT ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS &
RSPL LIMITED, SAGAR (OBA) PLANT IN THE EXISTING MANUFACTURING FACILITY MITIGATION MEASURES
4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION

MEASURES
In this chapter, we:
 Identify project activities that could have positive impact or negative adverse impact on environment of study
area or project affected area;
 Predict and assess the environmental impacts of such activities;
 Examine each environmental aspectimpact relationship in detail and identify its degree of significance;
 Identify possible mitigation measures for these project activities and select the most appropriate mitigation
measure, based on the reduction in significance achieved and practicality in implementation;
 In case impact are low or moderate and can be suitably managed by SOP’s / OCP’s, to minimize / control the
consequences, no specific management plans are prescribed;
 If consequences are high / indicating Moderate, Major (or higher) impacts, then implementation of mitigation
measures requires specific management plan. These are prescribed
4.1 Details of Investigated Environmental Impacts
4.1.1 Methodology of Impact Assessment
Key Definitions
Environmental Aspects
These are elements of an organization’s activities or products or services that can interact with the environment.
Environmental aspects could include activities that occur during normal, abnormal and emergency operations.
Environmental aspects selected for further study should be large enough for meaningful examination and small
enough to be easily understood.
Environmental Impacts
Environmental impacts are defined as any change to the environment, whether adverse or beneficial, wholly or
partially resulting from an organization’s environmental aspects.
Environmental Indices
The environment includes surroundings in which an organization operates such as air, water, land, natural
resources, flora, fauna, humans and their interrelation.
The environmental indices (or parts of the receiving environment on which impacts are being assessed) include:
Land use/land cover, air quality, noise quality, surface water environment, ground water environment, soil, ecology
and bio diversity, socio economics, occupational health, community health and safety
After the identification of impacting activities, impacts require to be assessed based on subjective / objective criteria
to assess the impacting activities. This is done in the following steps.
Identification of Impacts
This entails employing a simple checklist method requiring:
1. Listing of environmental aspects (i.e. activities or parts thereof that can cause environmental impacts)

2. Identifying applicable components of the environment on which the environmental aspects can cause an
environmental impact
3. Making notes of the reason / possible interrelationships that lead to environmental impact creation
4. Listing the environmental components likely to receive impacts, along with the key impacting activities on each
component.
Component Wise Environment Risk Assessment and Mitigation
A component wise approach to environmental risk assessment and mitigation is now applied. For each
environmental component this is carried through a series of steps as follows.
Step 1: Review and Assessment of the Specific Aspects Generating Environmental Risk
Several scientific techniques and methodologies are also used to predict impacts on the environment. Mathematical
models are useful tools (where applicable) to quantitatively describe the cause and effect relationships between
sources of pollution and different components of environment. In cases where it is not possible to identify and
validate a model for a particular situation, predictions have been arrived based on logical reasoning / consultation /
extrapolation or overlay methods. In any case, for each component of the environment, the methods used to arrive
at the likely impacts require to be described.
Step 2: Quantifying the Environmental Risk, Identifying Aspects Causing Unacceptable Levels of Risk
and Prioritizing Aspects Requiring Mitigation Measures
Once a general understanding of the impacts has been studied and understood, efforts are made to compare
different impacts so as to prioritize mitigation measures, focusing on those impacting activities (i.e. aspects) that
require urgent mitigation. For ease of comparison across different activities, a summary environmental risk score is
calculated. Two key elements are taken into consideration based on standard environmental risk assessment
methodologies:
 Severity / consequence: The resultant effect of an activity and its interaction with the physical, biological
and/or socioeconomic environments
 Probability: The likelihood that an impact may occur due to the project activity/aspect
A combination of severity / consequence with probability gives a reasonable measure of environmental risk, which
aids in decision making. It must always be kept in mind that any scoring methodology howsoever welldefined is
subjective and different persons can arrive at different impact risk scores based on their understanding / opinion.
Therefore end results should be evaluated against past experience, professional judgment as well as project and
activity specific conditions to ensure adequacy and equity. Kadam has made an effort to ensure that the scoring
does not change significantly assuming that different evaluators are equally well informed on the project as well as
knowledgeable on the concerned issues. The steps in identifying environmental risk is as follows.
Scoring the Overall Impact Severity / Consequence
The consequences on various environmental receptors have been ranked into 5 levels ranging from insignificant to
catastrophic consequence and are given inTable 4-5.

EIA REPORT FOR EXPANSION OF OPTICAL BRIGHTENER AGENT (OBA) PLANT IN THE
RSPL LIMITED, SAGAR EXISTING MANUFACTURING FACILITY ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES
Table 4-1: Overall Impact Scoring System due to Proposed Project – Consequence Assessment
Environmental Severity (Impact and Score8)
S
Component Insignificant Moderate Major Catastrophic
No. Minor (+/-) 2 points
Impacted (+/-) 1 point (+/-) 3 points (+/-) 4 points (+) 5 points
C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7
Unacceptable environmental
Moderate environmental Significant environmental
Minor environmental impact* impact*** leading to
impact* leading to visual impact** leading to
1 Air Quality Temporary nuisance* with no lasting detrimental possibility of chronic / acute
impacts, at significant exceedance of limits specified
effects health issues, injuries or
nuisance levels in EP Rules
fatalities
Background Noise Levels, with respect to Applicable Limit9 as per The Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000, as Measured at
Boundary of Relevant Noise Generating Unit
<10% or more Between <10 to <5% Between <5% or the limit Upto 5% above the limit >5% above the limit
Incremental Noise Levels, as Predicted at Boundary of Relevant Noise Generating Unit
2 Ambient Noise
1 dB(A) or less 1 dB(A) – 2 dB(A) 2 dB(A) – 3 dB(A) 3 dB(A) – 4 dB(A) 4 dB(A) or more
Incremental Noise Levels, as Predicted at Boundary of Nearest Human Settlement / Sensitive Receptor from Boundary of Relevant Noise
Generating Unit
0.5 dB(A) or less 0.5 dB(A) – 1 dB(A) 1 dB(A) – 1.5 dB(A) 1.5 dB(A) – 2 dB(A) 2 dB(A) or more
Water Consumption (KLD)
< 50 51 – 100 101 – 250 250 – 500 501 and above
Water Consumption, Duration
3.1 Surface Water < 1 year 1 – 3 years 3 – 5 years 5 – 10 years 10 years or more
Wastewater Discharge Quality
Other discharge, outside
Discharge to an authorized, Other discharge within limits
No wastewater generation Zero Discharge10 limits specified by the EP
functional CETP specified by the EP Rules
Rules
Location of Drawl, as per CGWA / CGWB Regulations
3.2 Ground Water Safe Semicritical Critical Overexploited Notified
Water Drawl (KLD)
8In case none of the impacts are applicable, then Not Applicable (NA) is written in the appropriate cell.
9For Leq (day) or Leq (night), whichever is higher.
10 Meaning that any wastewater generated is recycled and any nonrecycled water is disposed without discharge, through an appropriate means such as thermal destruction.


S
C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7
< 50 51 – 100 101 250 250 – 500 501 and more
Water Drawl, Duration
< 1 year 1 – 3 years 3 – 5 years 5 – 10 years 10 years or more
Wastewater Discharge Quality
Other discharge, outside
Discharge to an authorized, Other discharge within limits
No wastewater generation Zero Discharge limits specified by the EP
functional CETP specified by the EP Rules
Rules
Loss of upto 80% topsoil, or Loss of upto 100% topsoil,

Loss of upto 20% topsoil, or Loss of upto 40% topsoil, or Loss of upto 60% topsoil, or actual or possible or actual or possible
minor contamination of soil actual or possible actual or possible contamination of soil volume contamination of soil
4.1 Soil Quality that can be easily restored contamination of soil volume contamination of soil >25 m3 and above Dutch volume >25 m3 and above
close to original condition for <25 m3 but below Dutch volume <25 m3 but above Intervention Values, but not Dutch Intervention
volume <10 m3 Intervention Values Dutch Intervention Values deemed to require urgent Values11, and deemed to
remediation require urgent remediation
Duration
Very short term Short term Long term
Medium term (>3 5 years) Very long term (>10 years)
(upto 1 year) (>1 3 years) (> 510 years)
Land Use /
Landcover Extent (Area affected)
(Average Score Medium Range Long Range
4.2 to be taken Very Limited (Within core Limited Extensive
zone) >1 – 3.0 km around core (>3 – 7 km around core (>7.0 km around core zone)
based on (<1 km around core zone)
zone) zone)
Duration, Extent
and Intensity) Effect on land use/cover classes
Nonagricultural land, Land
Agricultural land, Open and
without scrub, Industrial area Scrub land Water body Forest Area
Close Vegetation
with scrub land
4.3 Solid Hazardous Type
11Source: Ministry of Housing Spatial Planning and the Environment, Netherlands; Soil Remediation Circular 2009, Annex A.


S
C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7
Waste ISW MSW Ewaste / Plastic Waste Biomedical Waste HW
(Average Score Quantity Generated (MT/Annum)
to be taken
based on Type, < 50 50 to <150 150 to <250 250 – 500 > 500
Quantity, Storage (days)
Storage & Mode <5 5 <25 25 <50 50 <75 75 – 90
of Disposal)
Mode of Disposal
Site specific loss (removal) of Site specific loss (removal) of Site specific loss (removal) Site specific impact on Impact on threatened
common floral species (but some saplings of trees. of some common well threatened species but species listed in as a
not any tree or trees). Minor temporary impacts on grown tree / trees species. impacted species is widely endemic / ScheduleI as per
Vegetation composition does ecosystem functioning or Site specific loss of nesting / distributed outside the project IWPA 1972, BSI, Red Data
not form a habitat character habitat ecology of common / breeding habitat of common site. Short term impacts may Book, ZSI, BSI or literature
for any species of generalist species. / generalist species of flora lead to loss of abundance or published by any State
conservation significance. fauna but will not result in extent, but unlikely to cause Govt. Institute, University
Minor short term / long term
permanent loss of habitat. local population extinction. and Collage etc.
No short term or long term impacts on surrounding /
impacts are likely to immediate / adjacent habitats Short term or long term Site specific habitat loss of Loss of habitat of above
Ecology and fauna listed in IUCN, WCMC, said florafauna.
adversely affect the and are resilient to changes in impacts are likely to
5.1 Biodiversity: Birdlife International, or any
surrounding habitat / habitat structure or condition. adversely affect the Impact on genetic diversity
Terrestrial other international literature
ecosystem. Impact on surrounding agro surrounding habitat Impact on NP /PF /WLS
character/ habitat ecology/ secondary information. /ESZ /IBA / tiger reserve /
Site specific disturbance to ecosystem / agriculture when
common / generalist faunal environmental data / functioning of ecosystem. Impacts on habitats / elephant corridor / corridor.
species (e.g. movement parameters are within Impact on surrounding ecosystems of international Impact on ecosystem like
pattern, displacement etc.). permissible limits. agroecosystem / importance. river, forest, wetland (e.g.
No negative impacts on agriculture when physical RAMSAR site etc.) etc.
surrounding ecosystem parameters with marginal
functioning or habitat increase but can be
ecology. mitigated.
Damage to an extensive
Significant localized impacts
Minor impact on aquatic portion of aquatic
but without long term Significant widespread impact
Ecology and Occasional short term impact ecosystem, including flora, ecosystem resulting in
impact on aquatic on protected wildlife or
5.2 Biodiversity: and / or disruption to aquatic fauna and habitat. No severe impacts on aquatic
ecosystem and/or short aquatic ecosystem of
Aquatic flora and fauna significant impact on water population and habitats and
term impacts on water moderate duration
resources. or long term impact on
resources.
water resources.


S
C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7
Possible Temporary or Permanent Migration, Persons as a % of Population of Study Area
<0.5% <1% <1.5% <2% 2.5%
Possible Change in Ethnicity, vis-à-vis Major Existing Ethnicities Present in Study Area
Socioeconomic Not Likely Possible Limited Significant Severe
6.1 Environment:
Social Aspects Gender Imbalance, as a Proportion to Existing Sex-Ratio
Not Likely Possible Limited Significant Severe
Possibility of Return to Original Status in Terms of Any or All of the Above Changes
<1 year <2 years <3 years <5 years Permanent Change
No of Jobs Gained or Lost
<50 Up to 75 Up to 100 Up to 250 Up to 500 or more
Persons Having Loss or Gain in Income
Socioeconomic
Environment: <50 100 250 500 1000 or more
6.2
Economic Land Losers
Aspects
<10 <20 <50 <100 >100
Losers of Homesteads
<5 <10 <25 <50 >50
Moderate damage to Major damage to structures /
Minor repairable damage to Irreparable damage to
Socioeconomic structures/ items of cultural items of cultural significance,
Minor repairable damage to structures / items of cultural highly various structures /
6.3 Aspects: significance, or significant, or major infringement of
commonplace structures significance, or minor items / locations of cultural
Cultural infringement of cultural cultural values / sacred
infringements of cultural values significance or sacred value
values/ sacred location locations
Consequence Distance
Minor injury or health effects Major injury of health
Slight injury or health effects Affecting work performance, effects (including
permanent disability) Single fatality or permanent
(including first aid case and e.g. restriction to activities, or Multiple FatalitiesFrom an
Affecting work performance total disability from an
7.1 Risk to People medical treatment case). Not need to take a time off work to accident of occupational
in the longer term. e.g. accident or occupational
affecting work performance recover. Limited, reversible illness
prolonged absence from illness
or causing disability health effects e.g. skin
irritation, food poisoning work. Irreversible health
damage without loss of life,


S
C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7
e.g. noise induced hearing
loss, chronic back injuries
Massive effectPersistent
severe environmental
Localized effect Limited Major effect Severe
Minor effect contamination. damage or severe nuisance
loss of discharges of known environmental damage. The
Slight Effect Local Damage sufficiently large to extending over a large area.
toxicity. Repeated company is required to take
Environment damage. Within attack the environment. Single In terms of commercial or
Risk to exceeding of statutory or extensive measures to restore
7.2 the fence and within system. exceeding of statutory or recreational use or nature
Environment prescribed limit. Affecting polluted or damaged
Negligible financial prescribed criterion. Single conservation, a major
neighborhood. Spontaneous environment to its original
consequences complaint. No permanent economic loss for the
recovery of limited damage state. Extended exceeding of
effect on the environment company. Constant, high
within one year statutory or prescribed limits
exceeding of statutory or
prescribed limits
Resource
8 Severity is scored as per the professional judgment of the EIA coordinator.
Depletion
* Due to controlled / uncontrolled release of air emissions, odor / dust or greenhouse gases.
** Due to release of air emissions, odor / dust or greenhouse gases.
*** Due to release of air emissions, odor / dust.

Quantifying the Probability of Occurrence of the Impact
After identifying the consequence severity as shown in Table 41, the probability of occurrence also needs to be
estimated to arrive at a complete picture of environmental impact risk. Table 4-2 pprovides probability / likelihood
ratings on a scale of 15. These ratings are used for estimating the likelihood of each occurrence.
Table 4-2: Probability of Occurrence

Description Environment/Health and Safety Probability
Frequent Continuous occurrence or each day during the project life cycle 5
Regular Occurs several times each year during the project life cycle 4
Periodic Might occur annually during the project life cycle 3
Occasional Might happen few times during the project life cycle 2
Rare One time or oneoff event during the project life cycle 1
Quantifying Environmental Impact Risk
The level of environmental impact risk is calculated by multiplying the consequence score and the probability of
occurrence together. Thus,
Significance of Impact = Consequence Score × Probability of Occurrence

The final score is in relative point score, rather than actual impact. Environmentalmental Management Plans
(EMPs). Mitigation measures require being formulated and implemented for all extreme, high and moderate severe
activities.
Table 43below assigns significance criteria, based on the scale of 125, used for prioritizing mitigation measures
for reducing the environmental impact risks and thereafter, formulating and implementing Environmental
Management Plans (EMPs). Mitigation measures require being formulated and implemented for all extreme, high
and moderate severe activities.
Table 4-3: Environmental Impact Significance Criteria

Consequence (Risk)
Probability
Insignificant (1) Minor (2) Moderate (3) Major (4) Catastrophic (5)
Rare (1) 1 2 3 4 5
Possible (2) 2 4 6 8 10
Likely (3) 3 6 9 12 15
Often (4) 4 8 12 16 20
Certain (5) 5 10 15 20 25
Identifying Activities Causing Unacceptable Levels of Environmental Risk
Environmental risks are now clubbed into five levels from extreme severe to negligible activities.
 Extreme risk activities are unacceptable and therefore need to be either stopped or modified such that they are
brought to a lower level of environmental risk.
 High and moderate risk activities, although acceptable, require being evaluated and mitigated in a manner that
their consequences / probabilities are lowered, with more focus on high risk activities visàvis moderate risk
activities.
 Low risk activities do not require further mitigation unless escalation of risk is possible.
This is summarized inTable 4-4.

Table 4-4: Environmental Risk Categorization

Scoring Negative Impacts (-) Scoring Positive Impacts (+)
Colour Code and Colour Code and
Type of Risk Inference Inference
Score Range Score Range
Activity should not Activity has Extensive
25 Extremely Severe 25
proceed in current form Positive Benefits
Activity should be
modified to include
remedial planning and Activity has Major
1520 Very Severe 1520
actions and be subject to Benefits
detailed ecological
assessment
Activity can operate
Activity has Moderate
812 Moderately Severe subject to management 812
Benefits
and / or modification
No action required unless
Activity has Minor
46 Less Severe escalation of risk is 46
Benefits
possible
Activity has mildly
13 Minor / Negligible Negligible Risk of activity 13
positive impacts
Identification of Impacting Activities for the Proposed Project
As discussed earlier, environmental impacts have been identified based on an assessment of environmental aspects
associated with the project. The symbol ‘●’ indicates a negative impact and ‘o’ indicates a beneficial (positive)
impact. Identified environmental impacts have been listed inTable 4-5.

Table 4-5: Aspect-Impact Identification from Proposed Project

Impact Potential Environmental Impacts on Environment
(Type: O,
S.
Project Activities N, A, E; LU Remarks
No. Effluent/
Duration: / AQ NV SW GW S EB SE RH SHW OH/CH&S
Sewage
T, P) LC
1 Pre-construction phase
LU: change in landuse due to development of
industrial unit at site and preparing for
Site
approach road; AQ: generation of dust; NV:
1.1 cleaning/Preparation of N ● ● ● ● o ●
Generation of Noise; EB: Removal of shrubs,
Site
herbs and grasses; SE: generation of
employment; OH: risk of occupational injuries
2 Construction /Establishment Phase
LU: Generation of debris; AQ: generation of
dust; NV: Generation of Noise; HG: Alter
drainage pattern and runoff characteristics; SC:
2.1 Excavation work O, N & T ● ● ● ● ● o ●
removal of topsoil; SE: Temporary job creation
for excavation; OH: Occupational risk due to
excavation work
AQ: generation of dust; ; NV: Noise and
vibration due filing of foundation; SE:
2.2 Filling of foundation O, N & P ● o ●
Temporary job creation; OH: Occupational risk
due to foundation work
Building of structures
AQ: generation of dust; NV: Generation of
2.3 including temporary O, N & P ● ●
Noise
structures
AQ: generation of dust, flue gases emission;
NV & EB: Generation of Noise; SC: Spillage of
Vehicle movement due concrete mixture containing additives &
to transportation of plasticizers and construction materials
2.4 O, N & T ● ● ● ● o ●
construction materials containing heavy metals, paints, coating, liners
and equipment etc. SE: hiring of vehicles and transport
equipment / potential damage to roads; OH/
CH&S: risk of spillage of hazardous materials


(Type: O,
S. LU
Project Activities N, A, E; Effluent/ Remarks
No. / AQ NV SW GW S EB SE RH SHW OH/CH&S
Duration: Sewage
T, P) LC
NV: Generation of Noise; AQ: VOC’s emission
Heavy fabrication work due to painting; SHW: Solid waste generation
2.5 including metal cutting O, N & T ● ● o ● from fabrication work and metal waste; SE:
(Gas cutting, welding) Temporary job creation; OH: Risk of
occupational injuries
GW / S: Possibility of ground water and soil
contamination if leakage of construction
Disposal of construction material; RH & OH/OH&S: Risk to community
2.6 O, N & T ● ● ● ● ●
waste health due to spillage
EB: Effect on Flora
SW: Usage of Water and sewage generation;
Influx of construction
2.7 O, N & T ● ● ● SHW: Solid waste generation due to
workers
construction workers.
SW/GW: Domestic sewage generation will be
wastewater / sewage disposedoff in Soak pit and Septic tank. Water
2.8 O, N & T ● ●
management contamination due to overflow of this tank as it
can mix with runoff water.
AQ: Particulate emission due to machinery and
instrument operation, Fumes and gases near
Laying of underground
2.9 O, N & P ● ● o the work area due to welding activities; GW:
& aboveground pipeline
ground water contamination during
construction work; SE: Temporary job creation
Commissioning of AQ: air emissions NV: Generation of Noise;
equipments like, SW&GW: Water contamination due to leakage
2.10 Compressors , storage O, N & P ● ● ● ● of chemicals, fuel and generation of waste
tanks, DG Set, boiler, water / effluents. Contamination of storm
etc. waters and in turn surface waters.
AQ: VOC’s emission due to painting; SHW:
Solid waste generation from containers of
2.11 Coating, Painting O, N & P ● ● o ●
paint; SE: Temporary job creation; EB:
Deposition of VOCs & pigments
AQ: air emissions during final cleaning; SE:
Final cleaning of site,
2.12 O, N & P ● o ● Temporary job creation; SHW: Solid waste
temporary structures
generation


(Type: O,
S. LU
Duration: Sewage
T, P) LC
3 Operational & Maintenance Phase
AQ: emission of dust from raw materials; NV:
Generation of Noise; SW/GW: Possibility of
Transportation of Raw water contamination due leakage or spillage of
3.1 N ● ● ● ● o
material, Fuel, etc. chemicals/ materials;
SE: Job Creation
AQ: emission of dust from raw materials; EB:
Contamination of nearby area; RH: Risk due to
Handling & Storage of leakage of hazardous chemicals
3.2 N, P ● ● ●
Raw material, fuel, etc.
SW/GW: Possibility of water contamination due
leakage of raw materials & fuel.
AQ: Dust generation for powder plant, emission
of pollutants from process vents;
SW/GW/effluent: Water consumption and
wastewater generation; SHW: Generation of
3.3 Product Manufacturing N, P ● ● ● ● ● o ● ● ● solid and hazardous waste
NV: Noise Generation due to machineries;
OH & S: risk of occupational injuries & Spillage
of Chemicals;
SE: Job Creation
3.4 Usage of Water N, P ● ● SW/GW: Resource Depletion
NV: noise generation due operation of ETP, RO

Wastewater
3.5 N, P ● ● & MEE; SHW: generation of ETP sludge and
Treatment/management
MEE salts
SW: Untreated effluent generation due to

Operation of ETP, RO & abnormal operation of ETP, RO & MEE.; SHW:
3.6 N, P ● ● ● Generation of ETP sludge & MEE salts
MEE
NV: noise generation due operation of ETP, RO


(Type: O,
S. LU
Duration: Sewage
T, P) LC
AQ: Fugitive emission; SW/GW: Contamination
Storage and handling of of water due to leakage; EB: Contamination of
3.7 E, N, P ● ● ● ● ●
Solid &Hazardous waste nearby area by hazardous waste; RH/OH&S:
Risk to community health due to spillage
SW/GW& SHW: Water contamination due to
Spillage of diesel, oil,
3.8 T ● ● ● ● leakage and spillage of oil; EB: Contamination
lubes, etc.
of nearby area
AQ: emission of flue gases; NV: Generation of
3.9 Use of DG sets E ● ● ● ● Noise; SHW: Used oil generation from the DG
set; EB: Deposition of PM, SO2
AQ: Air emission from flue gas stacks, NV:
Noise from operation of Boiler; SW: fresh water
Operation of Boiler,
3.10 (N,P) ● ● ● ● will reduce by use of water through condensate
Cooling Tower
recovery. Effluent generation due to blow
down.
Storage, handling & AQ: emission of VOC; WP: Possibility of water
3.12 transportation of final N, P ● ● ● contamination due leakage or spillage of
products materials.; EB: Effect on flora nad Fauna
Startup and shutdown
activities like operation
3.13 N ● NV: Generation of Noise
of equipment for all the
proposed plants
4 Decommissioning Phase
LU: Change in Landcover; AQ/NV: Dust and
Dismantling of
noise generation due to dismantling activities;
4.1 structures of the project (O & T) ● ● ● ● ●
SHW: Generation of waste; OH/OH&S: Risk to
components
Community health due to dismantling work
Type of Impact – O:One Time; N: Normal; A: Abnormal; E: Emergency; Duration of Impact –T: Temporary; P: LongTerm/ Permanent
LU/LC: Landuse/ Landcover; AQ: Air Quality; NV: Noise and Vibration; SW: Surface Water; GW: Ground Water; S: Soil; EB: Ecology & Biodiversity; SE: SocioEconomic; RH: Risk &
Hazard; SHW: Solid &Hazardous waste generation; OH/CH&S: Occupational Health, Community Health & Safety

4.2 Land Environment
4.2.1 Identification of Impact
Land Acquisition leading to Change in Land Use
The project activities will require acquiring of land for which land acquisition will be carried out directly with the
government since the entire area is government owned, based on agreed terms and conditions.
Site Preparation leading to Change in Land Use
This will lead to change in landuse from scrub land to industrial (nonagricultural).
Excavation and Paving of Site
Excavation and paving of site to allow for the impact loads due to construction activities will lead to minor impacts
on land use.
During Operation& Maintenance
During operational phase, soil property may get affected due to clearing of undergrowth for movement of trucks.
During the operation, domestic waste and sewage from labor camps may also cause land contamination.
4.2.2 Mitigation Measures
The following mitigation measures are suggested to manage the anticipated environmental impacts:
 Necessary efforts will be made during selection of site to minimize disruption of current land use to the extent
possible;
 On completion of works (in phases), all temporary structures, surplus materials and wastes will be completely
removed below the surface;
 Existing roads will be used wherever possible for movement of personnel as well as materials and machineries;
all transportation of hazardous materials will be done as per applicable laws and using drivers qualified to
transfer such materials safely and with suitable permits and training including spill control training.
 Optimization of land requirement through proper site lay out design will be a basic criteria at the design phase;
Considering the above mitigation measures, the impact scores on land environment are likely to be as mentioned in
Table 4-6.
Table 4-6: Impact Scoring-Land Use
Impact Scoring
Impacting
Code Consequence, Probability, P Remarks
Activity Final Score C x P
C
C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6
Minor Impact
Preparation of
1 1 3 3 The change in land use/cover is from
Site
scrub land to the industrial use
Minor Impact
2 Excavation Work 1 2 2 generate debris and if not properly
managed could change the topography
of the site
Dismantling of
structures of the Negligible impact
3 1 1 1
project Change in Landuse
components

4.3 Air Environment

As discussed earlier, environmental aspects and impacts have been identified based on an assessment of
environmental aspects associated with the project, which include emissions:
 During Project Design Stage;

 During Project Construction;
 During Project Operation;
 During General Operation phase of Utilities;
For the purpose of impact predictions on air environment, emission sources can be classified into point and area
sources. Whilst no area sources have been identified as part of the project, point sources have been identified and
these include stacks attached to various units.
Potential impacts on Air Environment / Nearby Ambient Air Quality are tabulated inTable 4-7.

Table 4-7: Impact Scoring for Air Environment
N / AN / E
Impact Scoring
Significance
S Final Operation Controls / EMP
Project Activity Identified Aspect Legal Severity, Probability, /
No. Score, Mitigation Measures Required
S P Consequence
SxP
1 Pre-construction phase
Site
Barricading will be done wherever
1.1 cleaning/Preparation of Generation of dust N No 1 4 4 Low No
required.
Site
2 Construction Phase
Dust generation due to
paving of site, Movement
2.1 Excavation work N No 1 5 5 Low required. Water sprinkling is No
of JCBs, other machinery,
carried out as and when required.
workers / labors etc
2.2 Filling of foundation Dust generation N No 1 4 4 Low No
required.
Building of structures
2.3 including temporary Dust generation N No 1 4 4 Low No
required.
structures
Vehicle movement due
PUC Certified vehicles will be used.
to transportation of
2.4 Dust generation N No 2 4 8 Moderate Traffic management will be No
construction materials
ensured.
and equipment
Heavy fabrication work
VOC’s emission due to Proper PPE will be provided to
2.5 including metal cutting N No 1 4 4 Low No
painting; workers.
(Gas cutting, welding)
Particulate emission due
to machinery and
Laying of underground
instrument operation, Properly certified, tested and
2.6 & above ground N No 1 4 4 Low No
Fumes and gases near calibrated equipment will be used.
pipeline
the work area due to
welding activities
VOC’s emission due to Properly certified, tested and
2.7 Coating, Painting N No 1 4 4 Low No
painting calibrated equipment will be used.
Final cleaning of site, Barricading will be done wherever
2.8 Dust generation N No 1 4 4 Low No
temporary structures required.

N / AN / E
Impact Scoring
Significance
S Final Operation Controls / EMP
Project Activity Identified Aspect Legal Severity, Probability, /
No. Score, Mitigation Measures Required
S P Consequence
SxP
Process Emissions of PM
Commissioning of AN No 3 2 6 Low SOP's, OCP, OEP will be made and No
& HCl
equipments like, followed. APC will be provided.
2.9 Flue gas Emissions of PM,
reactors, storage tanks, Firefighting and emergency
DG Set, boiler, etc. NOx, CO, unburnt fuel, AN No 3 2 6 Low response team will be at place. No
etc.
PUC Certified vehicles will be used.
Transportation of Raw SPM Generation and
3.1 N No 3 5 15 High Traffic management will be Yes
material, Fuel, etc. Emission of HC & CO.
ensured.
Proper housekeeping will be
ensured. Regular work place
Handling & Storage of
3.2 Fugitive emissions of VOC N No 4 4 16 High monitoring will be done. Leakages Yes
Raw material, fuel, etc.
will be immediately attended. OCP
will be followed.
Bag Filter will be attached to Spin
Product Manufacturing Process Emissions of PM Flash Dryer and Alkali Scrubber
3.3 N Yes NR NR NR Significant Yes
& Operation of reactors & HCl will be attached to day tanks of
Aniline & MEA.
Suppression of air
3.7 Greenbelt development N No NR NR NR Positive No
pollutants
Mechanical Dust Collector and Bag
Operation of Boiler, Flue gas Emissions of PM,
Filter will be provided to control
3.9 Thermic Fluid Heater & NOx, CO, unburnt fuel, N Yes NR NR NR Significant Yes
PM. Adequate Stack height will be
DG Sets etc.
provided for proper dispersion.

4.3.1 Emission Rates & Prediction of GLCs
As per the discussions with RSPL officials, following relevant data were collected to calculate emission rates of
relevant pollutants from point source due to proposed activities during operation phase:
 Quantity of fuel;
 Fuel analysis;
 Stack details: Internal diameter at top, height*, exit gas velocity, temperature.
* Stack Height is calculated based on the sulphur content in coal, considering worst case, i.e. when all APCM fails.
Details of proposed stacks & APCM are given in Chapter 2, Table 2-23 &Table 2-24. Sulphur and Ash content in
HSD & Coal is tabulated in Table 4-8.
Table 4-8: Assumptions for Calculating Emission Estimate for Point Source
Sulphur Ash
S.
Fuel Type Content, Content, Source
No.
% %
1 HSD 0.25 0.01 Secondary Source: Bharat Petroleum
2 Coal 0.75 10.05 Proximate analysis as provided in Error! Reference source not found..
Emissions rates from proposed point sources (flue gas stacks & process stacks) are shown inTable 4-9.
Area Source Emission
From the proposed project, no area source emissions are envisaged, as the coal storage yard will be covered with
shed. Hence, modelling for the same is not carried out.
Line Source Emission
Emissions due to movement of additional 5 trucks on 6 meter width road (SH14) is envisaged. But, since these
road is a “pakka” road, dispersion modelling is not carried out.

RSPL LIMITED, SAGAR EIA REPORT FOR EXPANSION OF OPTICAL BRIGHTENER AGENT (OBA) PLANT IN THE EXISTING MANUFACTURING FACILITY ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES
Table 4-9: Emission Estimates for Point Source Emissions

SO2 PM10 HCl
Required Stack Stack NOx
Stack Stack Stack Exit Stack SO2 SO2 Emitted Emitted NOx HCl Emitted
Stack Stack Exit PM Emission, Emitted
No.
Stack Attached to
Height,
Height to be Dia. Velocity,
Temp,
Exhaust, Exhaust, Emission, Emitted, After
mg/Nm3
After Emitted,
After APCM,
Emitted, After
provided, m (Top), m m/s m3/s Nm3/s mg/Nm3 kg/hr APCM, APCM, mg/Nm3 mg/Nm3 APCM,
m °K gm/sec
gm/sec gm/sec gm/sec
A Flue Gas Stacks
1 Boiler 5 TPH 13.3 30 3 7.5 423 53.0 37.3 100 13.4 3.73 150 5.60 50 1.87
Boiler (Thermic Fluid Heater)
2 12.8 30 3 7.5 423 53.0 37.3 100 13.4 3.73 150 5.60 50 1.87
15 Lac Kilo Calorie
3 DG Set 1,050 kVA 8.7 10 0.3 10 423 0.7 0.5 100 0.2 0.05 150 0.07 50 0.02
4 DG Set 1,010 kVA*
B Process Vents/Stacks
1 Spin Flash Dryer2 11 0.3 1.5 308 0.1 0.1 150 0.02
OBA Scrubber2 for Process
2 Reactor, Aniline Day Tank 10 0.15 1.5 308 0.03 0.03 20 0.0005
and MEA Day Tank
* Not considered for dispersion modeling, as it will operate during emergency conditions as stand by.

Dispersion Modelling
Emissions from all the proposed stacks were analyzed for their impacts on the GLC for various distances using the
dispersion modelling guidelines of AERMOD, developed by the AERMIC (American Meteorological Society (AMS)/United
States Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA), as directed by CPCB.
About AERMOD
AMS/EPA Regulatory Model (AERMOD) is a steadystate plume model. It is designed to apply to source releases and
meteorological conditions that can be assumed to be steady over individual modelling periods (typically one hour or
less). AERMOD has been designed to handle the computation of pollutant impacts in both flat and complex terrain
within the same modelling framework.
The American Meteorological Society/Environmental Protection Agency Regulatory Model Improvement Committee
(AERMIC) was formed to introduce stateoftheart modelling concepts into the EPA's air quality models. Through
AERMIC, a modelling system, AERMOD, was introduced that incorporated air dispersion based on planetary boundary
layer turbulence structure and scaling concepts, including treatment of both surface and elevated sources, and both
simple and complex terrain.
AERMET is an input data processor that is one of the regulatory components of the AERMOD modelling system. It
incorporates air dispersion based on planetary boundary layer turbulence structure and scaling concepts. Data flow in
AERMOD modelling system is shown in Figure 4-1.
Figure 4-1: Data Flow in AERMOD Modelling System
Meteorological Parameters
The hourly meteorological data considered were wind speed, wind direction, ambient atmospheric temperature, cloud
cover, humidity & rainfall.
Other Assumptions
The dispersion modeling assumptions considered are as follows:

 The terrain of the study area was considered as FLAT;

 Stability class and Atmospheric inversion level is based on software’s database.
 Since, no AAQ norms of SPM is available, it is assumed the entire PM emitted from flue gas stack is PM10.
 Other assumptions to evaluate emission estimate are provided inTable 4-9.
Results
Air dispersion modelling results with predicted GLC (Isopleths) from proposed activity of all parameters are provided in
Annexure 13. Maximum 24 hourly average GLC’s for PM10, SO2& NOx and hourly average GLC’s for HCl are tabulated
in Table 4-10.
Table 4-10: Summary of Air Dispersion Modeling for Proposed Stacks

Number of Maximum GLC Distance,
S No. Parameters Direction
Sources Concentration, µg/m3 m
1 PM10 4 15.7 250 SW
2 SO2 3 9.9 250 SW
3 NOx 3 4.8 250 SW
4 HCl 1 0.24 250 NE
The worst combined environmental situation is predicted as the sum of average baseline monitored value of a
parameter and the incremental GLC at the monitoring location. Incremental GLC’s due to the proposed activities /
emissions as tabulated in Table 4-11.
Table 4-11: Incremental GLC from Proposed Project

Name of Village Baseline Total Predictive
CPCB Limit Incremental
S No. (Distance in Pollutant Concentration GLC due to
Concentration GLC
km/Direction) (Avg.) proposed project
PM10 100 80 15.7 95.7
SO2 80 8 9.9 17.9
1 At Project Site ( 0.0 / )
NOx 80 12.8 4.8 17.6
HCl BDL 0.24 0.24
PM10 100 82 4.3 86.3
SO2 80 7.6 2.8 10.4
2 RSPL Unit 1 (0.8 / SSW)
NOx 80 12.1 1.4 13.5
HCl BDL 0.035 0.035
PM10 100 82 2.6 84.6
SO2 80 7.5 1.7 9.2
3 Sidhguwan (1.4 / WSW)
NOx 80 12 0.9 12.9
HCl BDL 0.017 0.017
PM10 100 63 1.2 64.2
SO2 80 7.9 0.8 8.7
4 Nayakheda (1.3 / SE)
NOx 80 11.8 0.4 12.2
HCl BDL 0.045 0.045
PM10 100 68 0.9 68.9
5 Mujguwan (3.2 / NE) SO2 80 8 0.6 8.6
NOx 80 11.7 0.3 12

Name of Village Baseline Total Predictive

CPCB Limit Incremental
S No. (Distance in Pollutant Concentration GLC due to
Concentration GLC
km/Direction) (Avg.) proposed project
HCl BDL 0.018 0.018
PM10 100 70 1.9 71.9
SO2 80 7.2 1.3 8.5
6 Baheriya (3.7 / WSW)
NOx 80 11.2 0.6 11.8
HCl BDL 0.005 0.005
PM10 100 66 3.4 69.4
SO2 80 7.6 2.3 9.9
7 Makroniya (5.3 / SW)
NOx 80 11.9 1.1 13
HCl BDL 0.003 0.003
PM10 100 66 1 67
SO2 80 7.9 0.6 8.5
8 Sanoda (6.2 / ESE)
NOx 80 12 0.3 12.3
HCl BDL 0.028 0.028
All Values in µg/m3
Conclusion
Comparing the incremental ground level concentrations of pollutants with the CPCB limits and allowable limits as per
factories act, it can be concluded that proposed activities are not expected to cause any effect on vegetation and
human settlements in the vicinity of the project site.
Mitigation measures for air quality impacts are:
 APC like Bag Filters, Scrubbers will be provided along with adequate heights;
 Effective water spraying will be done on the access roads to control reentrained dust during dry season (if
required);
 Proper operating procedures will be followed during startup and shutdown;
 Proper PPE like dust masks will be provided to workers and its use ensured;
 Regular Work place monitoring will be done.
4.3.2 Incremental Traffic
During operation phase, vehicular emissions due to transportation of raw materials, finished goods and local travel of
employees are envisaged. Approximately additional 5 trucks per day shall be using the state highway connecting Site
with Sagar & Jabalpur, SH14 (Chanatoliya to Sidhguwan Road).
Based on the traffic survey conducted, it is noted:
 Average peak hourly traffic on this route is 395 and 431 PCU respectively;
 From the proposed project, additional 2 PCU’s per hour will be added on SH14;
 Thus, the maximum PCU on the road will be 397 (Chanatoliya to Sidhguwan) & 433 (Sidhguwan to Chanatoliya).
 As per IRC, carrying capacity of this approach road is 1,200 PCU;
Thus, the road is capable of carrying the excess traffic from the proposed project. Summary of traffic survey (peak
hourly) are given in Table 4-12 & Table 4-13. Detailed Traffic Survey sheets are given in Annexure 12.

Table 4-12: Hourly Average Traffic on SH 14 – Chanatoliya to Sidhguwan

Additional
From Chanatoliya % of Total Equivalent PCU Additional Total PCUs After
Type of Vehicle Converted PCUs Vehicles per
to Sidhguwan Stream Factor PCUs / Hr. Proposed Project
day
Two wheeler 37 22% 0.75 28 0 0 28
Three wheeler 17 10% 2 34 0 0 34
Car/Jeeps 54 31% 1 54 0 0 54
Truck/Buses/Tractors 31 18% 3.7 114 5 2 116
Non Motorable vehicles 33 19% 5 165 0 0 165
Total 172 395 5 2 397
Table 4-13: Hourly Average Traffic on SH 14 – Sidhguwan to Chanatoliya

Additional
From Sidhguwan % of Total Equivalent PCU Additional Total PCUs After
Type of Vehicle Converted PCUs Vehicles per
to Chanatoliya Stream Factor PCUs / Hr. Proposed Project
day
Two wheeler 42 26% 0.75 31 0 0 31
Three wheeler 14 9% 2 29 0 0 29
Car/Jeeps 28 17% 1 28 0 0 28
Truck/Buses/Tractors 39 24% 3.7 145 5 2 147
Non Motorable vehicles 40 24% 5 199 0 0 199
Total 163 431 5 2 433

Impacts due to traffic
 Increase in transportation will lead to increase in road traffic.

 Dispersion of dust and particulate matters from open truck transporting goods.
 Emission of pollutants like HC, SO2, CO, CO2.
 Noise generation from vehicular movement.
 Spillage or leak of raw materials during transportation.
Mitigation measures
 The trucks transporting raw materials and finished goods will be covered.
 It will be assured that vehicles are PUC certified.
 Adequate measures will be taken to avoid spillage or leak of raw material and drivers will be instructed to
control leakages and collection of spilled material.
 Ensuring the availability of valid Pollution under Control Certificates (PUCC) for all vehicles used on site.
 Traffic management plan shall be made and implemented
The proposed project related activities will lead to emission of noise that may have minor impact on the
surrounding communities in terms of minor increase in noise levels. The potential impacts on noise level may arise
out of the following:
4.4.1 Noise from Machinery
During construction phase, operation of earth movers like crane, dumper, roller, bulldozers etc. will be used. The
machinery will be used during daytime and will emit noise within permissible limits. Thus, there will not be any
adverse impact on nearby habitation due to proposed activity.
4.4.2 Noise from Vehicle /Traffic
Vehicle movement for transportation of materials and work force to the site will cause minor noise emission as the
frequency of vehicular movement is few times in a week.
4.4.3 Noise from DG Set, Boiler, Cooling Tower, etc.
Noise generated from DG Set, Boiler, Cooling tower, etc. will have a permanent effect to the workers working in the
nearby vicinity, if they will work for more hours in a day.

Table 4-14: Environmental Impact Scoring for Noise Level
Impact Scoring
S Identified Significance/ Operation Controls/Mitigation EMP
Project Activity N/AN/E Legal Final
No. Aspect Consequence Probability Consequence Measures required
Score
C P
C×P
C1 C2 C3 C4 C8 C9 C10 C11 C12 C13 C14
1 Pre-Construction Phase
Site cleaning/Preparation Noise Earplugs and Earmuffs will be

1.1 N Yes 2 3 6 Less Severe No
of Site Generation provided to workers

Periodic Maintenance and servicing
Noise of mechanized equipment and
2.1 Excavation work N Yes 2 3 6 Less Severe vehicles used for site clearing. No
Generation
PUC certified vehicles will be used
Periodic Maintenance and servicing
Building of structures of mechanized equipment and
Noise
2.2 including temporary N No 2 3 6 Less Severe vehicles used for site clearing. No
Generation
structures
PUC certified vehicles will be used
Vehicle movement due to
transportation of Noise Moderately Earplugs and Earmuffs will be
2.3 N No 2 4 8 No
construction materials and Generation Severe provided to workers
equipment
Heavy fabrication work
Noise Use of sharp equipment, periodic
2.4 including metal cutting N No 2 3 6 Less Severe No
Generation servicing of mechanized equipment
(Gas cutting, welding)
Commissioning of
equipment like, Noise Use of Good equipment, periodic
2.5 N No 2 3 6 Less Severe No
Compressors , storage Generation servicing of mechanized equipment
tanks, DG Set, boiler, etc.
Project activities to be undertaken

Transportation of Raw Noise Moderately
3.1 N No 2 5 10 during regular working hours, No
material, Fuel, etc. Generation Severe
Erection of temporary barriers

Impact Scoring
S Identified Significance/ Operation Controls/Mitigation EMP
Project Activity N/AN/E Legal Final
No. Aspect Consequence Probability Consequence Measures required
Score
C P
C×P
C1 C2 C3 C4 C8 C9 C10 C11 C12 C13 C14
Project activities to be undertaken
Noise Moderately
3.2 Product Manufacturing N No 2 5 10 during regular working hours, No
Generation Severe
Erection of temporary barriers
Noise Moderately Use of Good equipment, periodic

3.3 Wastewater management N No 2 5 10 No
Generation Severe servicing of mechanized equipment
Operation of ETP, RO & Noise Moderately Use of Good equipment, periodic

3.4 N No 2 5 10 No
MEE Generation Severe servicing of mechanized equipment
Noise Moderately Acoustic enclosures will be

3.5 Use of DG sets N No 2 5 10 No
Generation Severe provided
Noise Moderately Use of Good equipment, periodic

3.6 Operation of Boiler N No 2 5 10 No
Generation Severe servicing of mechanized equipment
Startup and shutdown SOP’s will be followed. Acoustic

activities like operation of Noise enclosures will be provided.
3.7 N No 2 3 6 Less Severe Yes
equipment for all the generation Earplugs and Earmuffs will be
proposed plants provided to workers.

4.4.4 Assessment of Noise using SoundPlan
Noise modeling study was done using the Software tool called “Sound Plan” which predicts the Noise Map
generated due to the sources present at the project site, and predicts the Noise Levels at various receiver points
due to the sources present at the project site.
To analyze the Noise Map of the project site, first, the geometrically coordinated Google Earth images of the Project
site were imported into the software. Various Sources of noise were added with their approximate Sound Pressure
Levels, and the “Receiver points” were added at various locations where Noise Monitoring was conducted.
“SoundPlan” generates the Noise Map with colored pattern isoplates, which indicate whether or not the SPL in that
particular region is above the limits mentioned by CPCB or not. If the Limit for Sound Pressure Level indicated by
CPCB for that particular area is 75 dB during the day, and if the predicted SPL is below that, the Noise Map will
show diffrent colour for that area. But if the SPL is above the “user set” allowable limit, the same will be shown in
different colour depending upon the Difference between then Predicted SPL and the Allowable SPL, and the
“Conflict” in SPL is mentioned in the table if any conflict is predicted.
Consideration during the analysis
The sources considered at the project site for the analysis with their approximate Sound Pressure Levels are
considered slightly on the higher side for more critical analysis. The sources of noise considered are asTable 4-15
Table 4-15: Sources of Noise with their Sound Pressure Levels

S. No. Sources Levels dB(A)
1 DG Sets 85
2 Cooling Tower 85
3 Pump 85
4 Boiler 95
5 Mixer 90
6 Dryer 90
7 Reactors 90
8 Condenser 90
9 Compressor 85
Using above consideration the isopleths generated during daytime and nighttime are as given in Figure
4-2&Figure 4-3.

Figure 4-2: Isopleths for Incremental Noise Generated During Daytime

Figure 4-3: Isopleths for Incremental Noise Generated During Nighttime

Observations
The sound pressure levels were predicted at different sources as mentioned above. The observations are:
 The project site is located in a designated industrial area, where the CPCB limits defined for Noise Levels are 75 dB during the day and 70 dB during the night.
However, sound pressure levels are considered on higher side for more critical analysis.
 Since the sources of noise are present within the project site, and the boundary wall of the project site being present, increase beyond 75 dB at the site was not
observed.
 From Figure 4-2andFigure 4-3, it can be observed at project site, noise is predicted in the range of 44dB (A) 64 dB (A) which is within the permissible limit
for industrial area.
 The incremental increase of noise level by 0.8 dB (A) is observed in the Chanatuliya is observed due to the vehicular traffic nearby.
The predicted noise levels along with the incremental increase in Noise levels are given in Table 4-16.
Table 4-16: Noise Level at Receptor Locations

Predicted Cumulative
Baseline Average Noise Incremental increase in
CPCB Limits in dB (A) incremental increase in
levels in dB (A) Noise level dB (A)
Noise level dB (A)
S. No. Receiver Name Category Day Night Day Night Day Night
Day Night A B C
Baseline Algorithmic Calculation C=B-A
1 Nr. Main Gate Industrial 75.0 70.0 58.4 55.2 58.8 55.5 0.4 0.3
2 Nr. Boiler & Coal Storage Area Industrial 75.0 70.0 63.5 56.9 63.7 57.5 0.2 0.6
3 Nr. Boiler House No. 2 Industrial 75.0 70.0 63.2 56.9 63.4 57.7 0.2 0.8
4 Nr. Gate No. 2 Industrial 75.0 70.0 54.6 52.7 55.7 53.3 1.1 0.6
5 Chanatuliya Residential 55.0 45.0 57.6 51.9 58.4 52.1 0.8 0.2
6 Nr GLC Stack area Industrial 75.0 70.0 51.2 46.6 51.5 46.9 0.3 0.3
7 Kerwana Village Residential 55.0 45.0 50.6 45.6 50.7 45.9 0.1 0.3
8 Sidguwan Village Residential 55.0 45.0 55.6 44.2 55.7 44.2 0.1 0.0

Conclusion
From above, during the day time and night time only 0 to 0.8 dB increase are noticed in the Industrial area and
Residential area, which is negligible considering that the minimum increase noticeable by a human ear is 0.5 dB.
Mitigation Measures
Although there was no increase beyond the allowable limit predicted at any of the noise monitoring locations
outside the project site, the noise environment also includes the people who are working within the project site,
and who may face permanent hearing damage in case they face the Noise Dosage beyond the allowable level of
Noise. Therefore, it is important to implement the following mitigation in order to avoid any permanent hearing
damage to the people working inside the project site.
Sr. Source of Sound Mitigation suggested

No. Noise Pressure
Level (dB)
The limit set by CPCB for DG Sets is 75 dBA for a spatial average of 16 readings
taken surrounding the DG Set. It is often observed that the Noise generated by the
1. DG Sets 85 dB DG set exceeds the CPCB limit.
In the above case, Acoustical Enclosure with 15+ dB should be implemented for the
Acoustical Enclosure.
The main source of noise in cooling tower is the noise generated of falling water. In
order to overcome the same, a noise barrier shall be constructed to reduce the
2. Cooling Tower 85 dB noise levels.
Also the pumps used in the cooling tower shall be provided with Acoustic
enclosures.
Depending upon capacity, Pumps have noise levels ranging in 75~95 dB.
For pumps with noise levels below 75 dB, no mitigation measures are required.
3. Pumps 75~95 dB
For pumps with Noise Levels within 85~95 dB i.e. for Large capacity pumps,
Acoustical Enclosures with 10~25 dB Transmission Loss Ratings are recommended.
Vehicular The SPL for regular vehicle movement is below 70 dB and no mitigation are
4. < 70 dB necessary for this source of noise.
Movement
Trucks can get noisy and generate SPL up to 90 dB. The only mitigation possible for
this source is to do regular maintenance of the trucks and keep their Sound Levels
Trucks at lowest possible levels.
5. < 85 dB
Movement In case any kind of Loading/Unloading is involved, the loading/unloading should not
be done during the night time, during which it may cause more disturbance to the
surrounding.
4.5 Water environment
4.5.1 Ground Water
Impact Identification
RSPL will utilize 327 KLD water sourced from own borewell & from MPAKVN. While meeting the demand, study of
existing data and field data is studied besides the rules/orders issued by government authorities.
 As per CGWA Guidelines Sagar district falls under Semi Critical Zone, so it is mandatory to recharge at least
50% of total quantity of groundwater withdrawal and a necessary approval from CGWA required for
groundwater abstraction if any.
 Our site visit around the project and interaction with local people at village Kerbana on 4thJanuary, 2018
reveled that water levels are falling, at an average rate of 6 m/annum, due to depletion of groundwater. Earlier
Tubewells having depth of 100120 m are going defunct and hence trend is to go deeper upto 200m.The
discharge measured at various places ranges around 3 to 6 lps. Situation is heading towards Criticality

 The study carried out by G S Thakur and T Thomas ,from the department of applied Geology Sagar, is
Published in JOURNAL GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF INDIA Vol.77, April 2011, pp.303308. The study reveals that
water level is falling in Sagar Block.
Mitigation Measures
Rain water harvesting will be carried out to recharge ground water and improve the ground water condition.
Based on the above discussion, the post mitigation impact score is presented inTable 4-17.
Table 4-17: Impact Scoring for Ground Water

Impact Scoring
Final
Code Impacting Activity Probability, Remarks
Consequence, C Score
P
CxP
C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6
LowImpact
Runoff generated from plant during
1.1 Excavation work 2 2 4
monsoon will be used for
rainwater recharging
Minor risk
Laying of underground Care will be taken during laying of
1.2 2 1 2
& aboveground pipeline pipeline to avoid ground water
contamination.
Commissioning of
equipments like, Low impact. Waste generated during
1.3 Compressors , storage 2 2 4 commissioning activities will be stored
tanks, DG Set, boiler, properly to avoid leakage
etc.
2 Operation Phase
Modearte Impact.
Minimum water will be used from
2.1 Product Manufacturing 2 4 8 borewell and rain water harvesting will
be carried out to recharge ground water
and to improve ground water condition.
High Risk (However, Sagar district is
categorized as SemiCritical area by
CGWA)
2.2 Usage of Water 3 4 12 Minimum water will be used from
borewell and rain water harvesting will
be carried out to recharge ground water
and to improve ground water condition.
Minor Impact
Storage and handling of Proper storage area will be proposed
2.3 2 1 2
Hazardous waste with impervious flooring to avoid
leakage of any waste.
Minor Impact
Spillage of diesel, oil, It is assumed that storage is having
2.4 2 1 2
lubes, etc. impervious foundation base and guard
around the structure to restrict flow

4.5.2 Surface Water
Impact identification
The main raw water source for the proposed project will be met from borewell as well as from MPAKVN. Total
water requirement will be 327 KLD after recycling of treated water. Due to huge quanity of water
consumption,natural resources will be depleted.
The plant will provide Zero Liquid Discharge facility by providing recycling RO & MEE. So no wastewater will be
discharged outside the project premises. Hence surface water quality will not get polluted due to proposed project
activities.
Mitigation Measures
To reduce the fresh water demand and conserve the natural resource, proper mitigation measures will be proposed
by RSPL.
 Recycling RO will be installed after ETP and treated water will be reused in plant.
 Condensate recovery from boiler which will reduce the overall fresh water demand.
 Rain water harvesting will be carried out to recharge borewell and improve the ground water level.
 Separate drainage will be provided for wastewater and storm water to avoid runoff contamination during rainy
season.
 All chemical and fuel storage and handling areas will be provided with proper bunds to avoid runoff
contamination.
Table 4-18: Impact Scoring for Surface Water Quality

Impact Scoring
Code Impacting Activity Consequence, Final Score Basis of scoring
C Probability, P CxP
C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6
Influx of construction Low impact as temporary

1.1 2 2 4
workers activity.
Low impact. Sewage will be

disposed into soak pit and
Wastewater / sewage
1.2 2 2 4 septic tank. Regular cleaning
management
will be carried out to avoid
overflow of tank.
Minor impact. Wastewater
Commissioning of
generation during the
equipment like, mixer,
1.3 1 2 2 commissioning activities will be
storage tanks, DG Set,
transferred to ETP for
boiler, etc.
treatment.
Minor impact as proper care
shall be taken during raw
Transportation of Raw
2.1 2 1 2 material transportation and
material, Fuel etc.
handling to avoid spillage and
leakage.
Moderate impact as wastewater
will be treated in proposed ETP,
RO and MEE and treated water
2.2 Product Manufacturing 2 5 10
will be completely reused in
plant premises which will reduce
the overall fresh water demand.

Impact Scoring
C Probability, P CxP
C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6
Moderate impact, to reduce the
fresh water demand, proper
mitigation measures will be
proposed at site. To reduce
overall water demand, recycling
2.3 Usage of Water 3 5 15 RO will be proposed at site.
Rain water harvesting will be
carried out to recharge borewell
and to improve ground water
level.
Low impact. Adequate storage
facility will be given to store
untreated effluent generation
due to abnormal operation if
Operation of ETP, RO & any.
2.4 2 3 6
MEE
Hazardous waste like ETP
sludge and MEE salts will be
disposed at approved TSDF
facility.
Low impact. Proper storage
area will be proposed with
impervious flooring to avoid
Storage and handling of
2.5 3 2 6 leakage of waste. Bunding will
Solid &Hazardous waste
be provided to avoid runoff
contamination due to any
leakage of waste.
Low impact. Proper collection
Spillage of diesel, oil, system will be in place to collect
2.6 2 2 4
lubes, etc. the leakage Oils and it will be
disposed as per SPCB norms.
Moderate impact as wastewater
will be treated in proposed ETP,
Operation of Boiler, RO and MEE and treated water
2.7 2 5 10
Cooling Tower will be completely reused in
plant premises which will reduce
the overall fresh water demand.
Low impact as proper storage
area will be provided to avoid
Storage, handling & leakage and spillage
2.8 transportation of final 2 2 4 problem.Care will be taken
Chemicals & Products duringtransportation of raw
materials and final product to
avoid any spillages.
4.6 Solid and Hazardous waste Management

Likely impact scores on Hazardous waste Management are presented in Table 4-19.
Table 4-19: Impact Scoring for Solid & Hazardous Waste Management
Impact Scoring
S. No. Impacting Activity Remarks
Consequence, C Probability, P Final Score, C x P
C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6

Impact Scoring
S. No. Impacting Activity Remarks
Consequence, C Probability, P Final Score, C x P
C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6
Minor Impact as
Heavy fabrication temporary activity and
work including metal waste like scrap
1.1 1 2 2 generated will be sold to
cutting (Gas cutting,
welding) recyclers.
Minor impact. Domestic

Influx of
1.2 1 2 2 waste will be handed over
construction workers
to local venders.
Minor impact.
1.3 Coating and Painting 1 2 2 Empty carboys will be sold
to recyclers.
Low impact. Waste
Final cleaning of site, segregation will be carried
1.4 2 3 6
temporary structures out at site and disposed
as per SPB norms.
2 Operation Phase
Moderate impact as
Hazardous waste will be
stored in hazardous waste
storage area given with
impervious flooring to
avoid leakage and
Product
2.1 2 5 10 disposed at nearest TSDF
Manufacturing
facility. Bunds will be
proposed around the
hazardous waste storage
area to avoid runoff
contamination if any
leakage.
Low impact. Sludge
generated from the ETP
and MEE salt will be
Operation of ETP,RO disposed at approved
& MEE for TSDF facility. Adequate
2.2 1 5 5
wastewater storage will be provided to
treatment store hazardous waste
considering rainy season
as during this period
waste can not be dump.
Minor impact. Used oil
generated form the DG
sets and other
machineries will store
Use of DG set &
2.3 1 2 2 properly and disposed as
other Machineries
per hazardous and other
waste (Management &
Transboundary
Movement) rules 2016
3 Decommissioning Phase
Low impact. Waste will be
handed over to othorized
Dismantling of
vendors as per SPB
3.1 structures of the 2 1 2
norms. C & D waste if any
project components
will be used for filling of
law lying areas.

 Proper storage area with impervious flooring will be provided for storage of hazardous waste. Bunds will be
proposed to control overflow of any spillage/leakage which can contaminate the runn off water and
surroundings.
 All solid and hazardous waste with be handled with proper PPEs ensuring safety of the individuals working with
the solid and hazardous waste handling.
 The wastes will be stored in drums and HDPE bags and further transferred at the Solid cum Hazardous storage
area.
 Adequate storage area will be proposed to store hazardous waste considering rainy season as during monsoon
waste cannot be dumped.
 All solid and hazardous waste will be disposed as per the conditions /rules given by the SPCB.
4.7 Soil Environment
Impact scoring for soil environment is given inTable 4-20.
Table 4-20: Impact Scoring for Soil

Impact Scoring
Probability, P
C CxP
C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6
1 Pre-Construction Phase
Moderate impact on loss of
1.1 Site cleaning/Preparation of Site 3 3 9 soil due to erosion as soils
are hilly
Low impact. Top soil will be
used for filling of law lying
areas at site and
2.1 Excavation work 2 2 4
surroundings. Also top soil
will use for greenbelt
development.
Vehicle movement due to
Minor impact as temporary
2.2 transportation of construction 2 1 2
activity
materials and equipment
Low impact as temporary

2.3 Disposal of construction waste 2 2 4
activity.
3.1 Spillage of diesel, oil, lubes, etc. 2 1 2 Minor impact.
 During excavation there may increase in soil erosion, level the soil by cutting & filling.
 Spillage of construction materials may be taken care of to avoid soil contamination and deterioration on soil
quality as cement is highly alkaline
 Spillage of oil, diesel etc. take care to avoid soil contamination.
 If soil becomes saline/alkaline due to fall of construction materials, use of ETP waste water/municipal solid
waste etc.; use gypsum, organic manures and provide drainage for removal of excess salt.

4.8 Ecology & Biodiversity
4.8.1 Determination of Ecological Components Likely Impacted
As discussed earlier, environmental aspects and impacts have been identified based on an assessment of
environmental aspects associated with the project. Potential impacts on Ecology and Biodiversity are given inTable
4-21.
Impacts on the flora, fauna and habitats have assessed in the following table on the basis of multiplication of
consequence and probability scorings. Two major activities found to be impacting to the ecological components.
Final scores are obtained for impacting activities and they are tabulated below. Looking towards the likely impacts
mitigation measures as mentioned in below table will be implemented. Details regarding plantation scheme and
plant species have been described in the EMP section.

Table 4-21: Aspect – Impact Identification, Impact Scoring and Mitigation Measures
Likely Impact Scoring
Impacts on Impact Consequence -
S. Project Aspect Significance / Mitigation EMP
Ecology and Probability Description Legal Final
No. Description Severity, Probability, Consequence Measures Required
Biodiversity / Justification Score,
S P
(EB) SxP
C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11
1. Pre- Construction Phase
Site possesses common
Site specific floral species; clearing of Operation subject
loss of common same will not result in loss to periodic
floral diversity of flora in true sense. This monitoring /
will be site specific impact. surveillance.
Faunal species reported However,
from site are common / greenbelt /
Site specific generalist species which plantation will be
Site
loss of uses wide variety of developed in
1.1 cleaning/Preparation No 2 3 6 Less severe No
associated habitats of the local project site and in
of Site
faunal diversity environment so there is no periphery of the
threat of loss of faunal project boundary,
diversity. which will
Project site forms common improve floral
Site specific and faunal
habitat structure which is
loss of habitat / diversity of the
very common component
habitat project area.
of the buffer zone
diversity
habitats.
2. Construction /Establishment Phase
Species reported from Operation subject

project site and buffer to periodic
zone are common / monitoring /
generalist species of the surveillance.
Vehicle movement However, all
local environment and not
due to transportation Site specific species reported
very sensitive to the
2.1 of construction disturbance to No 3 3 9 Moderately severe from project site Yes
routine activities of the
materials and faunal species are common and
urban and periurban area,
equipment well adapted to
so there will be no threat
of facing disturbance. the routine urban
However, its site specific activities, so they
and temporary impact. will not face
significant impact


S P
(EB) SxP
C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11
on their normal
movements.
However,
greenbelt
development will
help to recall
these temporary
displaced species.
Species reported from
project site and buffer
Construction
zone are common /
waste will be
generalist species of the
disposed off as
local environment and not
Site specific per Construction
Disposal of very sensitive to the
2.2 disturbance to No 2 2 4 Less severe and demolition No
construction waste routine activities of the
floral species Rules 2016.
urban and periurban area,
Water sprinkling
so there will be no threat
will be done on a
of facing disturbance.
regular basis.
However, its site specific
and temporary impact.
Operation subject
to management
by operational
controls. Emission
levels of all
pollutants will be
Deposition of VOCs & kept within
Deposition of
pigments will result in permissible levels
2.3 Coating, Painting VOCs & No 3 2 6 Less severe Yes
impaired health of fauna through various
pigments
and loss of floral diversity. engineering
control measures.
However, green
belt development
with suitable
species will help
to mitigate likely


S P
(EB) SxP
C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11
cumulative
impacts.
3. Operational & Maintenance Phase
Operation subject
Handling & Storage of Impact on surrounding
Contamination to periodic
3.1 Raw material, fuel, vegetation and associated No 3 5 15 Very severe Yes
of nearby area monitoring /
etc. biodiversity.
surveillance.
Contamination Operation subject

Impact on surrounding
Storage and handling of nearby area to periodic
3.2 vegetation and associated No 3 5 15 Very severe Yes
of Hazardous waste by hazardous monitoring /
biodiversity.
waste surveillance.
Operation subject
to management
by operational
controls. Emission
levels of all
pollutants will be
Impact on surrounding kept within
Deposition of
3.3 Use of DG sets vegetation and associated No 3 4 12 Moderately severe permissible levels Yes
PM, SO2
biodiversity. through various
engineering
control measures.
However, green
belt development
with suitable
species will help


S P
(EB) SxP
C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11
to mitigate likely
cumulative
impacts.
Operation subject
Storage, handling & Impact on surrounding
Contamination to periodic
3.4 transportation of final vegetation and associated No 3 5 15 Very severe Yes
of nearby area monitoring /
products biodiversity.
surveillance.

4.9 Occupational Health & Safety

Due to leakage of storage tank of hazardous chemicals
This includes,
 Hazards Identification,
 Selection of Potential Loss Scenarios,
 Simulation of release source model, and
 Plotting of contour maps
A detailed risk assessment and consequence analysis study is presented in chapter 7 i.e. Additional Studies of EIA
report.
On the basis of that study MLCs (as shown in Table 74) have been selected and studied. On the basis of the
outcomes of the study a detailed impact scoring was under taken and presented in Table 4-22, including the
following general safety measures and mitigation measures.
Table 4-22: Impact Scoring of Occupational Health, Community Health and Safety
Impact Scoring Safety Measures/
Code Impacting Activity Basis of Scoring
C P C×P Mitigation Measures
Leak C = 2 as flash
point is low and P Level indicator, earthing,
1 Aniline Catastrophic 2 2 4 = 2 as sufficient flame arrestor & visual
Rupture safety measures observation
provided
Leak C = 5 as highly
Level indicator, earthing,
Mono Ethanol toxic and P = 2 as
2 Catastrophic 5 2 10 flame arrestor & visual
Amine sufficient safety
Rupture observation
measures provided
C: Consequence; P: Probability; C x P: Final Score
4.9.1 General Safety Measures
Considering the various chemicals handled and stored at site; following safety measures will be provided at the site.
 Requisite personnel protective equipment shall be provided. Instruction/Notice to wear the same will be
displayed. Further, it will be insisted to use the same while at work.
 Provision of safety shower with eye washer.
 MSDS of all hazardous chemicals will be available at office and with responsible persons.
 Antidotes for all chemicals being used as per MSDS will be available at the site.
 Regular training programme for safety awareness.
 Provisions of First Aid Box and trained person in first aid.
 Prohibition on eating, drinking or smoking at workarea.
 Any leakage/spillage of liquid chemical shall be immediately attended.
 Work area will be monitored to maintain work environment free from any dust/chemicalsfumes/vapours and to
keep well within below permissible limit.
 Provision of adequate Fire Extinguishers at site and training will be imparted to the workers also.
 Maintaining the FireProtection System adequately.
 Availability of Self Breathing Apparatus at site.
 Provisions of immediate accident/incident reporting and investigation.
 Instructions on Emergency/Disaster will be displayed.
 Safety Posters and slogans will be exhibited at conspicuous places.
 Arrangement of Periodical Training to workers and supervisors.

 Work permit systems will be strictly followed

 Safety Committee will be constituted and safety, health and environmental matters/issues will be discussed in
the meeting and enlighten the participants in these respect.
 Medical checkup would be carried out at an regular intervals

 During site preparation proper care would be taken by RSPL, appropriate PPEs will be provided to site workers
and staff members
 Appropriate personnel protective clothing to be used to prevent skin contact.
 Safety Goggles will be used to prevent eye contact.
 Hand gloves of natural rubber, neoprene, and polyvinyl chloride will be used as and when required
 Acoustic enclosures will be provided to DG sets and other noise generating equipment
 RSPL will develop and implement a spill management plan to prevent risk of spill which may cause health
problem.
4.10 Socio Economics
Positive impact due to creation of temporary jobs and increase in indirect income. Likely impact score is presented
in Table 4-23.
Table 4-23: Socio-economic Impact Assessment

Impact Scoring
Code Impacting Activity Final Score, Remarks
Consequence, C Probability, P
CxP
C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6
1 Pre-construction Phase
Site Cleaning/Preparation of (Acyivity has Minor Benefits)
1.1 1 4 4
site Temporary job creation
(Moderately Severe)
Vehicle movement for Vehicular movement will
2.1 transportation of materials and 2 4 8 increase possibility of
equipmen accident and wear and tear
of approach lane roads of
villages.
(Acyivity has Minor Benefits)
Employment for skilled
2.2 Excavation work 1 4 4 labours and effect on the
existing infrastructure and
socioeconomic conditions.
Employment for skilled
2.3 Filling of foundation 1 4 4 labours and effect on the
existing infrastructure and
socioeconomic conditions.
Heavy fabrication work (Acyivity has Minor Benefits)
2.4 including metal cutting (Gas 1 4 4 Employment for skilled
cutting, welding) labours.
Laying of underground & Beneficial Impact
2.5 1 3 3
aboveground pipeline Temporary job creation
Beneficial Impact
2.6 Coating &Painting 2 2 4
Temporary job creation

Impact Scoring
Code Impacting Activity Final Score, Remarks
Consequence, C Probability, P
CxP
C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6
Beneficial Impact
2.7 Final cleaning of site 1 2 2
Temporary job creation
3 Operational Phase
Transportation of Raw Employment generation will
3.1 1 4 4
Materials and Products be accompanied by minor
effect on existing roads.
Employment generation will
3.2 Product Manufacturing 1 4 4 be accompanied by minor
effect on existing socio
economic condition.
4.10.1 Current Scenario of Impact Zone Area and Summarization
After on site field survey of the study area it was revealed that the proposed area for expansion of the M/s RSPL
Limited is located on Sidguan and Kerbana village limit boundary of Sagar district (MP) which falls in purview of
Madhya Pradesh Notified Industrial Area. The majority population of the core zone area are SC, ST and OBCs. The
village roads are pucca but not properly maintained. At few places stagnant water pools are seen around the
Harijanbasti. Here the roads are generally covered by earth rather than bricks. Sanitation is poor and the residents
are very careless about keeping the environment clean and hygiene. Regarding sanitation, the people in the
surrounding villages prefer to go for open defecation to common wasteland or surrounding fields early in the
morning to relieve themselves. It was common to see that the children squatting on roadsides and in lanes, convert
the village in one filthy open toilet. Even the toilets of the government primary schools are in wear and tear
condition and not in use since long because of nonsupply of water.
The agriculture is the main occupation of the people of core zone. The main crops grown in the surrounding villages
are wheat, gram, soya bean etc. They sell kharif and rabi crops to the Sagar local market. As the secondary job
many of the youth are engaged in the industries of the industrial area on contract basis or running the eatery shop
at the junction of the village roads. Animal husbandry is the other occupation for the few households of the study
area. They keeps bullock, cows, buffaloes, goats and sheep.
There is ample supply of water in the study area. Hand pump is also readily available for the villages. Even several
household use the panchyat tube well water for domestic use. Infrastructure of the villages still requires
improvement.
There are Anganwadi in each village where nutrition for bracing and lactating mothers and children between the
ages of 3 months to 1 year and 6 months to 3 years are provided. The average number of children who go to the
Anganwadi ranges between 1315 numbers where the anganwadi workers teach them PT, poetry and about
cleanliness. There is no furniture or seating place provided for the children. They have to sit down in the open hot
sun. Even in the govt. schools the children are sitting on the floor under one roof.
In few villages there is no active PHC or dispensary. There is no maternity centre in the village. The two Balmiki
traditional dais help during the child birth. Through the interaction with the villagers it revealed that the infant
mortality is high in the area.
Although the people of the study area are poor but social bonding is strong. There is no archeological sites in the
proximity of the core zone except Shiv Shakti Dham Temple which is religious place for Hindus.

4.10.2 Outcome of the Public Consultation
During the public consultation carried out w.e.f 18/12/2017 to 23/12/2017 it is found that the local communities of
Nayakhera, Sidguwan, Guda, Kerbana, Mohlli were having complain that the youth for employment are hired from
outside state and local people are not given priority. The villagers apprecieated that earlier their crops were spoiled
due to effluent and gas discharged coming from existing RSPL site but now it is under control as they have
constructed ETP in their premises. Now there is air pollution due to mining activities being carried out in the
jurisdiction of Guda Village panchayat. During the primary social survey it is seen that the schools were not having
better infrastructure facilities as well as at few places iinternal village road were under wear and tear condition. At
few places the construction activities were in process under Pradhan Mantri Gramin Sadak Pariyojana. The
Sarpanch of Sidguwan Mr. Dasarath Aheerwal put the suggestion that RSPL company should increase the size of
Panchayat Overhead Water Tank under Company CSR Scheme becasuse all th migratory labour of RSPL are
residing in the village have put extra burden on the available drinking water facilities meant for the existing
population.
The project proponent should assist in bringing out the permanent solution for the regular supply of drinking water
in village or schools, either by increasing the capacity of Panchayat Overhead Storage Tank or supplying drinking
water through tanker at regular interval and improvement in the education of the children. For the upcoming of the
RSPL project the project proponent has to build better rapport at the community level through community
development programme. To mitigate the existing adverse impact on the socioeconomic environment the project
proponent will adopt the following given measures to get local people confidence so as to avoid any misconceptions
and conflicts.
 Meeting will be arranged at regular interval with the community of the core zone by the project proponent to
avoid any conflict.
 Project proponent to organize environmental awareness programme for improving the quality of life in the
surrounding areas.
 Social Welfare Activities/Community Development programme will be conducted under CSR Scheme in co
ordination with the local administration, Village Panchayat, Block Development Office etc.
 Proper land and crops compensation if applicable, will be given by the project proponent to avoid any conflict in
future.
 The locally available workforce will be given priority in employment for the skilled and unskilled work in the
company.
Photographs 4-1: Photographs Showing Consultation with Local Peoples
Public Consultation at Kerbana Village Consultation with School Teacher at Nayakheda
4.10.3 Mitigation Measures & Social Management Plan (SMP)
To strengthen the socioeconomic conditions of the people of the surrounding areas the project proponent will
perform its roles & responsibilities towards the communities at regular interval. It is the commitment of the project
proponent that it will carry out different social activities under CSR Scheme in the fields of health, education,

infrastructure, skill enhancement or development program in the full block. According to “The Companies Act
2013”, the project proponent will invest at least 2% of their net profit for the cause of social development of the
area. The undermentioned activities will conducted at regular interval by the project proponent as a mitigation
measures for the adverse impact.
 The project proponent will initiate to improve the sanitation, education and health quality of people under
company’s CSR Scheme.
 Health Clinic, Immunizations and Free Eye Checkup camps will be organized twice a year for the surrounding
villages.
 Drinking water facilities will be provided in the nearby villages.
 The toilet facilities will be upgraded in all the schools of the core zone area.
 School uniform will be provided for the BPL students studying in the nearby schools.
 Sports competition will be organized in a year at the school level for all the institution coming under the study
area.
 For the women empowerment in the surrounding areas, the cloth stitching, weaving, beauty parlor classes will
be organized at regular interval.
 Awareness programs to the local people will be given at regular interval regarding potential risks and hazards
arising out of project activities.
 Job oriented skill development courses will be organized through ITIs/Vocational Training institute like
electrician, motor winding, automobiles repair, driving, tailoring, welding and fabrication related other jobs.

RSPL LIMITED, SAGAR (OBA) PLANT IN THE EXISTING MANUFACTURING FACILITY ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES
5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (Technology & Site)
5.1 Site Alternative

The proposed expansion is carried out in existing premises by adding some additional land. No site alternatives
were evaluated since sufficient land was available for OBA expansion in the adjacent plot premises to existing site.
5.1.1 The Site location has the following advantages
 The proposed site is located in notified industrial area.

 Easy availability of infrastructure such as roads, raw water and power.
 Suitable environmental infrastructure available in form of TSDF (Industrial Hazardous Waste Disposal facility)
for waste disposal facility.
5.2 Technology Alternative
The technology used in the existing OBA plant is tried, tested and successful. The same technology is proposed to
be used in the proposed unit.

RSPL LIMITED, SAGAR (OBA) PLANT IN THE EXISTING MANUFACTURING FACILITY ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM
6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM
6.1 Introduction
The regular monitoring of environmental parameters is of immense importance to assess the status of environment
during project operations. With the knowledge of baseline conditions, the monitoring programme will serve as an
indicator for any deterioration in environmental conditions due to operation of the project. This shall enable taking
up timely suitable mitigation steps. Monitoring is as important as that of control of pollution since the efficiency of
control measures can only be determined by monitoring.
6.2 Objective of Monitoring

Main objective of environmental monitoring program is to:
 Measure effectiveness of operational procedures;

 Confirm statutory and mandatory compliance;
 Identify unexpected changes.
6.3 Environmental Monitoring Programme
Environment monitoring program is given inTable 6-1.
Table 6-1: Environment Monitoring Program

S. No. Environmental Component / Parameter Schedule Location
Air Pollution Monitoring
Ambient air monitoring of parameters PM10, SO2, NOx Once in a three month or as
1 At site
from time to time within the premises. per EC & CTO
Stack monitoring as given in air consent from time to Once in a three month or as Boiler stack, Thermic Fluid
2
time. per EC & CTO Heater stack, DG set stack
3 Workplace monitoring for VOC & HCl. Once in a three month At site
Water Pollution Monitoring
1 Monitoring of water consumed in various activities Daily Main water intake point
Monitoring of wastewater inlet and outlet at ETP
2 plant for the principal parameters (such as pH, SS, Quarterly Inlet and outlet of ETP
TDS, COD, BOD).
Monitoring of other parameters as per PCB consent
3 Quarterly or as per EC & CTO Inlet and outlet of ETP
conditions in outlet of ETP Waste Water
Monitoring of ground water samples at site.
4 Parameters are essential parameters as per IS: Once in a year At Site
10500:2012.
Soil Monitoring
Pre & post monsoon/in the
1 Soil analysis for EC, pH, permeability and ESP At site
event of accidental spillage
Noise Quality Monitoring
Work place area, Main plant
1 Noise Monitoring Quarterly
and Utilities area
Solid Waste Generation Monitoring/Record Keeping
1 Monitoring of solid / hazardous waste generated At site
Once in a year
from process and ETP area

RSPL LIMITED, SAGAR (OBA) PLANT IN THE EXISTING MANUFACTURING FACILITY ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

2 Record of waste generation, storage, treatment, Daily At site
transportation and disposal.
6.4 Regulatory Framework
The following EHS regulatory requirements are applicable to the activities being planned, and the checklist given in
Table 6-2 may be taken into consideration prior to actual commencement of operations. This checklist requires to
be reviewed at quarterly intervals
Table 6-2: Applicable EHS Regulatory Requirements

S. Action Required /
Applicable Legislation / Rule / Permit Requirement
No. Timing of Action
Environmental Clearance as per the EIA
Before commencement of the
1 Notification dated 14th Sept 2006 and Permit to establish facility
project
amended till date
Consent to Establish/ NOC from the MPPCB Before commencement of the
2 Permit to establish facility
under water and air act project
Application to be filed with the
Permit to discharge air emissions
Consent to Operate under the Air Act from MPPCB once the EC and NOC is
3 from the flue gas stacks and
the MPPCB obtained after the commencement
process vents
of the project
Permit to generate/discharge
Consent to Operate under the Water Act MPPCB once the EC and NOC is
4 wastewater resulting from the
from the MPPCB obtained after the commencement
project activities
of the project
Authorization to generate, transport and Permit to generate and dispose MPPCB once the EC and NOC is
5
dispose hazardous wastes from the MPPCB hazardous wastes obtained after the commencement
of the project
Applicable permits from the PESO, Nagpur Requirements of permits to be
Application to be filed and required
6 for storage of explosive / flammable ascertained prior to
permits to be obtained.
material establishment of facilities.
Listing of hazardous materials;
thresholds against which Safety
The Manufacture, Storage and Import of If required, safety audit and safety
Audit and Safety Report has to
7 Hazardous Chemicals Rules, 1989 (as report to be prepared as per
be maintained; Requirements of
amended till date) Factories Act.
disclosure of information;
Availability of MSDS’
8 The Public Liability Act, 1991 (PLI) Insurance to be taken Unit will take insurance under PLI
Preparation of Local/District Identify whether Local or District
Chemical Accidents (Emergency Planning, Level Crisis groups, for Level Crisis Groups exist and take
9
Preparedness and Response) Rules, 1996 management of offsite proactive part in preparing Offsite
emergencies. DMP.
Factory License from the DISH (Department Application prior to construction
10 License to run the Factory
of Industrial Safety Health) and also commissioning

RSPL LIMITED, EIA REPORT FOR EXPANSION OF OPTICAL BRIGHTENER AGENT RISK ASSESSMENT
SAGAR (OBA) PLANT IN THE EXISTING MANUFACTURING FACILITY SECTION OF EIA REPORT
Pages from 214 – 243 Extracted

and attached as Risk Assessment
Report.
Kadam Environmental Consultants | May, 2018 214 - 243

RSPL LIMITED, SAGAR (OBA) PLANT IN THE EXISTING MANUFACTURING FACILITY PROJECT BENEFITS
8 PROJECT BENEFITS
8.1 Improvements in the Physical Infrastructure

Proposed project envisages;
 Improvement in local amenities to nearby villages in core area;

 Company will carry out plantation around the factory and in surrounding area.
8.2 Improvements in the Social Infrastructure
Due to proposed activity, Social Infrastructure will improve as below.

 Providing toilet facilities in nearby schools.
 Providing drinking water facilities in nearby schools.
 Help to needy children in the schools by providing books, uniforms and bags.
8.3 Employment Potential
 Direct and indirect employment to the people of nearby villages

 Transporters will be engaged to bring raw materials and supply finished goods
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | MAY 2018 244

EIA REPORT FOR EXPANSION OF OPTICAL BRIGHTENER AGENT (OBA) ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT
RSPL LIMITED, SAGAR PLANT IN THE EXISTING MANUFACTURING FACILITY ANALYSIS
9 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS
Environmental cost benefit analysis has not been recommended at the scoping stage, and has therefore not been
carried out.

RSPL LIMITED, SAGAR PLANT IN THE EXISTING MANUFACTURING FACILITY ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP)
10.1 Purpose of Environmental Management Plan

The Environment Management Plan (EMP) is prepared with a view to facilitate effective environmental management
of the project, in general and implementation of the mitigation measures in particular. The EMP provides a delivery
mechanism to address potential adverse impacts and to introduce standards of good practice to be adopted for all
project works. For each stage of the programme, the EMP lists all the requirements to ensure effective mitigation of
every potential biophysical and socioeconomic impact identified in the EIA. For each impact or operation, which
could otherwise give rise to impact, the following information is presented:
 Role of RSPL and its contractors;

 A comprehensive listing of the mitigation measures (actions) that RSPL shall implement;
 The parameters that shall be monitored to ensure effective implementation of the action;
 The timing for implementation of the action to ensure that the objectives of mitigation are fully met
Preliminary EMP is required to be in place prior to commencement of even preconstruction phase at the proposed
site to implement mitigation measures, as the adverse impact would start immediately upon commencement of
project activities. With the progress of construction activities, the EMP would also be revised in accordance with the
requirement of additional impact mitigation measures.
Before the plant startup, the EMP for operation phase will be prepared incorporating various environmental
management aspects and requirements relevant to the plant operating processes and its impact on the
environment. This EMP would also be revised in accordance with the requirement of additional impact mitigation
measures due to change in site conditions, natural calamities, unforeseen eventuality, etc.
The proposed EMP for construction and operation phase is described in the subsequent section.

RSPL LIMITED, SAGAR MANUFACTURING FACILITY ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
10.2 Air Quality

The EMP for air environment is provided inTable 10-1.
Table 10-1: Environmental Management Plan for Air Environment
Impacting Mitigation Measures and Implementation and Management

Remarks
Activities Rationale Location Timing Responsibility Monitoring Records
Transportation of PUC Certified vehicles will be If considerable Register for vehicle Vehicles without
Raw material, used. Traffic management Main gate emissions observed Security Officer PUCC Certificate in/out at main gate PUC certificates
Fuel, etc. will be ensured. during operations. will be maintained. will not be used
Proper housekeeping will be
Reports of work
Handling & ensured. Regular work place Leakages shall be
Work Place place monitoring.
Storage of Raw monitoring will be done. At Main Gate and at Plant Incharge / immediately
Twice a week Monitoring for VOC Records for repairs
material, fuel, Leakages will be immediately Reactor Area. Third Party attended, OCP will
& HCl job will be
etc. attended. OCP will be be followed.
maintained in file.
followed.
Process Vents Once in a month Third Party PM & HCl in Stack

Immediate
Stack Monitoring & corrective action
Product Bag Filter will be attached to
Ambient Air Quality will be taken to
Manufacturing & Spin Flash Dryer and Alkali
Once a Season PM10, PM2.5, HCl & Monitoring reports solve the problem.
Operation of Scrubber will be attached to At Main Gate and at Plant Incharge /
(Excluding rainy VOC within plant will be kept in EHS Problematic
reactors day tanks of Aniline & MEA. Reactor Area. Third Party
season) premise file. activity shall be
controlled.
PM, SO2, NOx in

Flue gas stacks Once in a month Third Party
stack.
Mechanical Dust Collector
Stack Monitoring &
Operation of and Bag Filter will be
Ambient Air Quality
Boiler, Thermic provided to control PM. PM10, PM2.5, SO2, System Load shall
Boundary of RSPL Once a Season Monitoring reports
Fluid Heater & DG Adequate Stack height will be NOx in ambient air be reduced.
Unit – 1 & (Excluding rainy Third Party will be kept in EHS
Sets provided for proper and within plant
Sidhguwan Village season) file.
dispersion. premise

10.3 Water Quality
10.3.1 Surface Water
Details of expected impact from various activities, and its management plan are given inTable 10-2.
Table 10-2: Environment Management Plan for Surface Water

Objective To Reduce Fresh Water Consumption and Reduce Water Pollution
Concern Surface Water Depletion &Pollution to Surface Water
Benefit of EMP Fresh Water Demand will be Reduced by Recyling of Treated Water and Surface Water Quality will not be Impacted by the Proposed Activity
Impacting Implementation and Management
Mitigation Measures and Rationale Remarks
Activities Location Timing Responsibility Monitoring Records
Water conservation practice shall be done
by recycling of treated water in plant
Usage of Surface premises to reduce water demand as well Monitoring of Water Consumption
as to conserve natural resources. At site All time EHS Team
Water Raw water Records
Online flow meters shall be installed at
each of raw water consumption point.
Wastewater generated from the proposed
project shall be segregated at source and
treated in ETP, RO & MEE achieving Zero
Liquid Discharge.
Treated water shall be used in plant Records of wastewater
Wastewater premises to reduce fresh water demand. Monitoring of generation.
generation, EHS Team/ETP inlet and outlet Also records for
Online flow meters shall be installed at At Site All time
treatment and incharge quality of recycled treated
inlet and outlet of the ETPs.
disposal wastewater wastewater to be
Use of PPE’s shall be mandatory while maintained.
handling the chemicals in ETP to avoid
spillages.
ETP Sludge and MEE salts shall be
disposed into approved Landfill site.

10.3.2 Ground Water
Table 10-3: Environmental Management Plan for Ground Water

Objective Rain water storage and recharge of groundwater to improve groundwater condition
Concern Groundwater depletion
Benefit of EMP Groundwater recharge to improve groundwater condition
Impacting Implementation and Management
Mitigation Measures and Rationale Remarks
Activities Location Timing Responsibility Monitoring Records
Pre and Post monsoon
Cleaning of
Project Monitoring of water level monitoring
Use of Rainwater harvesting shall be carried out filter tank in
At site Enginner/EHS Rain water and and chemical analysis
groundwater for recharge of depleting aquifers each lean
Team GroundWater of ground water
season
recharge wells
10.4 Land and Soil Environment

Table 10-4: Environmental Management Plan for Hazardous Waste
Objective To reduce soil and land contamination due to hazardous waste storage and disposal
Concern Pollution to soil, land, groundwater and surface water
Benefit of EMP Surrounding environment will not be impacted by the proposed activity
Impacting Mitigation Measures Implementation and Management
Remarks
Activities and Rationale Location Timing Responsibility Monitoring Records
Hazardous waste shall
be segregated at source
and stored in hazardous
waste storage area.
Proper area shall be Proper personnel
demarcated for the Records of hazardous
At site (during waste generation and protective
Storage, handing storage of hazardous Spillage check in
loading & At alltime during the disposal. equipment shall be
and disposal of waste facilitate with EHS Team hazardous waste
unloading of transportation used by workers
hazardous waste impervious flooring to storage area. Records for monitoing of
wastes) during handling the
avoid contamination of hazardous waste. hazardous waste.
land.
Bunds shall be provided
around the hazardous
waste storage area to
avoid runoff

Objective To reduce soil and land contamination due to hazardous waste storage and disposal
Concern Pollution to soil, land, groundwater and surface water
Benefit of EMP Surrounding environment will not be impacted by the proposed activity
Impacting Mitigation Measures Implementation and Management
Remarks
Activities and Rationale Location Timing Responsibility Monitoring Records
contamination in case of
any leakage of waste.
PPE’s shall be mandatory
wile handling the
hazardous waste during
loading & unloading of
wastes.
Table 10-5: Environmental Management Plan – Soil Environment

Sr. No. Potential Impact Action Parameters for Monitoring Parameters for Monitoring Timings
Prior to vegetation & site
Level the land by cutting & filling or by importing
1 Soil Erosion Soil WHC & porosity clearance as well as completion of
soil from out side
work
EC, pH and ESP (exchangeable
2 Soil contamination Control spillage of construction materials Completion of construction work
sodium per cent)
EC, pH and ESP (exchangeable Before plantation & once in a year
Soil contamination Use of ETP waste water for landscape
3 sodium per cent) post monsoon
Table 10-6: Environmental Monitoing Plan – Soil Pollution

Sr. No. Environmental Indicator (EI) Monitoring Parameter Location Period & Frequency Responsibility
SITE DEVELOPMENT
Area occupied for top soil storage/ Area
Till it is used for green belt, once in
1 Top Soil planned for top soil storage, height of Site I/C Civil works
a month
top soil stockpile
EC (Salinity), pH, Organic Carbon (OC), Before raising plantation & once in a
2 Soil Quality Green belt site GardeninCharge
ESP(Exchangeable sodium percentage) year after post monsoon

Table 10-7: Environmental Monitoing Plan for Noise Environment
Objective To reduce noise level due to the proposed project

Benefit of EMP Noise environment of the area will not be impacted by the proposed activity
Implementation and Management
Impacting Mitigation Reporting
Data Measurement Emergency Procurement Remark
Activity Measures Frequency Location Schedule/
Analysis Methodology Procedure Schedule
Responsibility
C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C11 C12
Vehicles trips
Vehicular
during daytime
movement for Vehicle Route for safe During
only fixing At material
transportation of movement Manual Daily Security officer exit will be in construction and
route by gate
materials and records place. operation phase
avoiding
equipment
populated area
Acoustic
Once during
Startup activities enclosures will Ear plugs/Ear
week (Hourly Regular
like operation of be used. Ear Plant in charge & muffs to be
reading for Maintenance During operation
equipment for all plugs and Ear Noise Levels SLM Inside plants Third worn by
24 hours at of equipment phase
the proposed muffs will be Party/Contractor workers at all
each to be done.
plants provided to times.
location)
workers
SOP’s will be
followed. Proper
Operation of Once during
Acoustic Periodic personal
other utilities like week (Hourly
enclosures will Plant in charge & Maintenance protective
Cooling Tower, reading for During operation
be provided. Noise Levels SLM All plants Third of all equipment to
Pumps, Blowers 24 hours at phase
Ear plugs and Party/Contractor equipment will be worn by
etc. & Equipment each
Ear muffs will be scheduled workers at all
maintenance location)
be provided to times.
workers

10.6 Ecology and Biodiversity
10.6.1 Green Belt Development
Green Belt design and development has been attributed a great importance and became an essential element of
planning policy. The main objective of the green belt is to provide a buffer / barrier between the sources of
pollution and the surrounding areas. The green belt helps to capture the fugitive emissions and attenuate the noise
apart from improving the aesthetics quality of the region. Greenbelt will be developed by using appropriate plant
species as suggested by CPCB guidelines to mitigate air pollution and to improve biodiversity status of the study
area.
10.6.2 Green Belt Designing
Identification of Impact Zone
Though the concentration of HF, HCl, NOx, SO2 and PM is found within permissible limits, dispersion modeling
shows that these gases have likely impact on ecology / ecosystem at NorthEast & South East directions.
Selection of Plant Species
Facts considered during selection of plant species for greenbelt development are:
 Type of pollutant (mainly air) likely to disperse from project

 Agroclimatic zone and subzone of the project area (Central Plateau and Hills Region)
 Biological–filter Efficiency : Absorption of gases, Dust capturing and Noise control
10.6.3 Locations of Green Belt
Green belt will be developed in periphery of project location and in various ecosystems falling in the identified
impact zone. Plantation will be carried out as per CPCB guidelines (CPCB 2000)12
Development of green belt on periphery of the project site
Likely impacts due to PM and other gaseous can be reduced by growing multi layers of vegetation cover around the
project boundary. So plantation will be carried out in the three layers by using combination of different plant
species. Total greenbelt area of 13,068 m2 (21 % of total plot area) i.e. 1.48 Ha, has been allotted for greenbelt
development within project boundary. Also around 4569 m2 (7.37 % of total plot area) i.e. 0.46 Ha, has been
developed for greenbelt development outside the plant boundary.
Considering 1500 trees per Ha, project area will have a total plantation of approximate 2910 trees shall be planted.
Existing greenbelt is already present within project site and approximately plantation of 789 trees is already planted
at site and around periphery. Remaining plantation of 2121 tree species will be carried out at site and surroundings.
Plant species suggested for Greenbelt and Landscaping at site are tabulated inTable 10-8.
All species are arranged in alphabetical order. Location of species in different layers followed by species names,
vernacular names/local names, height, type and sapling required is given in Table 10-8.
12
CPCB 2000. Guidelines for developing green belts, Programme Objective Series PROBES/75/19992000nCentral Pollution
Control Board, New Delhi, pp. 195.

Table 10-8: Details of Proposed Greenbelt Plantation around Project Site

Ecological and
Local/Hindi Environmental
Location Plant Species Height(m) Type
Name Performances of Plant
Species
Bauhinia varigata Kachnar 5m Tree T,DC,NC
Bougainvillea spectabilis Bougainvillea 8m Shrub T,DC,NC
First Layer
(Inner Layer) Emblica officinalis Amla 5m Tree T,DC,NC
Nerium indicum Kaner 5m Shrub T,DC
Saraca asoka Asoka 5m Tree T,DC,NC
Annona squamosa Sitaphal 10 Tree DC, DR, SR, FR

Second Layer
Butea monosperma Palas 10 Tree NC, OGE, DC
(Middle Layer)
Polyalthia longifolia Ashoka 15 Tree DC, OGE, NC, AG.
Albizia lebbeck Siris 20 Tree DC, NC, AG, DR, SR, FR.
20 Tree DC, OGE, NC, AG, DR, SR,
Azardirachta indica Neem
FR.
Third Layer Derris indica Karanj NC, DR, SR, FR.
(Outer Layer)
Ficus bengalensis Banyan 20 Tree NC, DC
Ficus religiosa Peepal 20 Tree NC, OGE, DC
Melia azedarch Bakani 20 Tree DC, NC, AG, DR, SR, FR.
Syzygium cumini Jamun, Jambu 20 Tree NC, DC
Ecological performance: CN –Control Noise level, OGE – Absorb Gas emission (Sexena 1991) and (Abbasi & Khan 2000)14, DC
13
Dust Controller (CPCB 2007)15, Environmental Adaptation (DR Drought resistance, SR Salinity resistance, FR Fire Resistance,
T Tolerant to Air Pollution).
Existing Grrenbelt at Site
Approximate plantation of 550 trees, shrubs and herbs at site has already been carried out. A details of existing
plantation at site is given in Table 10-9. Greenbelt plan for existing and proposed unit is given in
Table 10-9: Details of Existing Greenbelt/Plantation at Project Site

Sr. No. Name of Plant Inside the Plant Outside the Plant
1 Shisham 20 65
2 Cherol 20 45
3 Gulmhohar 10 30
4 Sagoun 20 10
5 Khamar 20 10
6 Shaz 5 5
7 Paam 15 5
8 Badaam 10 0
9 Anaar 6 0
10 Mango 10 1
11 Gauva 35 15
13
Saxena, V.S. 1991. Afforestation as a tool for environmental improvement. In: Executive development program on greening the
townships. Vaniki Prashikshan Sansthan, Jaipur. Pp 1344
14
Greenbelts for Pollution Control: Concepts, Design, Applications. 2000. Abbasi, S.A. and F.I. Khan. Discovery Publishing House,
New Delhi.
15
Phytoremediation of particulate matter from ambient environment through dust capturing plant species. Published 2007 by
Central Pollution Control Board, Ministry of Environment & Forests, Govt. of India in Delhi.

Sr. No. Name of Plant Inside the Plant Outside the Plant
12 Ashok 20 0
13 Aunkreshiya 5 5
14 Kuresiya 10 10
15 Maltaform 10 0
16 Salmaari 10 0
17 Kadam 5 0
18 Lemon 6 0
19 Khinne 2 0
20 Dudhi 2 2
21 Luhagal 2 1
22 Gudhal 25 0
23 MadhuKamani 10 0
24 Kachnar 40 15
25 Jamun 20 20
26 Chipu 13 0
27 Aanwala 6 0
28 Neem 20 20
29 Sweet Neem 5 0
30 Orange 10 0
31 Papeeta 10 0
32 Kathal 5 0
33 Champa 5 1
34 Sodar Morpanti 10 0
35 Seetafal 5 0
36 Kaner 10 0
37 Mahuaa 2 0
38 Bel 2 5
39 Bans 5 5
40 Banana 2 2
41 Kalpvrakchha 1 1
42 Beri 1 1
43 Peepal 5 5
44 Kanjee 5 10
45 Bargad 1 2
46 Chhewla 1 2
47 Ukeliptus 0 2
48 Tilipuaar 5 10
49 Kanak Champa 0 2
50 Supadhi 6 4
51 Vilayati imlee 0 5
Total 473 316

Photographs 10-1: Existing Greenbelt/Plantation at Site
Ficus elastica Peltophorum pterocarpum & Acacia auriculiformis
Psidium guava (recent Plantation at site)

Hibiscus rosa sinensis & Peltophorum pterocarpum
Thespesia populnea Acacia auriculiformis
Plantation in Impact Zone
In addition to developing green belt, greenbelt need to be developed in the various areas i.e. agriculture hedges
and villages of identified impact zone. Plantation scheme with detail budget allocation for five years is represented
in Table 10-11.

Plantation on Agriculture Hedges / Areas

Saplings of suggested tree species in Table 10-10will be distributed to the farmers of Sindhguwan, Guda, Rusalla,
Kerbana, Khiria Tajkhan and Bamhori villages for plantation on agriculture hedges. Totally 200 saplings will be
distributed for agriculture areas of each village every year up to five years.
Plantation in Village Areas

Plantation in various public places will be carried out to improve ecological conditions of the nearest village areas.
200 saplings will be planted in each village every year up to five years. Details of plant species, location and
ecological performance for each species are given inTable 10-10.
Table 10-10: List of plant species to control Gas, Dust Emission and Noise Levels
Ecological
S. No Scientific Name Common Name Locations
performance
1 Aegle marmelos Bel CN, DC 1,2

2 Azardirachta indica Neem CN, OGE, DC 1,2,3
3 Butea monosperma Palas CN, OGE, DC 1,2,3
4 Ficus bengalensis Banyan, Vad CN, DC 1,2
5 Ficus religiosa Peepal CN, OGE, DC 1,2,3
6 Polyalthia longifolia Ashoka CN, OGE, DC 1,2,3
7 Syzygium cumini Jamun, Jambu CN, DC 1,2
8 Tamarindus indica Emali CN, OGE, DC 1,2,3
9 Terminalia catappa Desi Badam CN, OGE, DC 1,2,3
10 Terminalia arjuna Arjun CN, OGE, DC 1,2,3
Ecological performance: CN –Control Noise level, OGE – Absorb Gas emission (Sexena 1991) and (Abbasi & Khan 2000), DC
Dust Controller (CPCB 2007)
Locations: 1 Roads crossing, villages, 2 – Public places (schools, hospitals, health centre and temples), 3Agriculture hedges
10.6.4 Budget Allocation
Greenbelt around the project site will be developed within five years simultaneously plantation in green belt,
agriculture areas and village areas will be carried out and continued up to five years. Detailed budget breakup is
given inTable 10-11.
Table 10-11: Budget for Greenbelt Development

Recurring
cost/year
(INR)
Work or Capital cost
S. No 1styear 2ndyear 3rdyear 4thyear 5thyear (considering
Activity (INR)
20%
mortality
rate)
Within Project Site, totally 1640 saplings (remaining plantation) will be planted (Approx. Cost @ INR
1
100 per sapling / plant)
Saplings Required 547 547 547 10,940
1,64,100/-
Amount 54700 54700 54700
2 Plantation on Agriculture Hedges / Area of Sindhguwan, Guda, Rusalla, Kerbana, Khiria Tajkhan and
Bamhori villages. 200 plants for each village every year up to five years (Approx. Cost @ Rs. 100
per plant)
Saplings Required 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400 28,000
7,00,000/-
Amount 1,40,000 1,40,000 1,40,000 1,40,000 1,40,000
3 Plantation in various public places of Sindhguwan, Guda, Rusalla, Kerbana, Khiria Tajkhan and
Bamhori villages. 200 plants every village every year up to five years (Approx. Cost @ Rs. 100 per

plant)
Saplings Required 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400 28,000

7,00,000/-
Amount 1,40,000 1,40,000 1,40,000 1,40,000 1,40,000
Total Budget 15,64,100/- 66,940
Note: All other costs like soil filling dressing; irrigation etc. costs will be barred by client / proponent.
10.6.5 Plantation Technique and Care
Plantation Technique
Following basic procedures need to be followed for greening the area.
 Since the project area fall under semiarid condition and having poor soil quality, plantation of tree species
required approx. 1m3 pit for soil enrichment
 Pit should be filled with imported soil with 3:1:1 the ratio of sand, silt and form yard manure
 Procure well grown saplings of recommended species from the nearby Forest Department nursery
 Make 1m diameter ring bund around the planted saplings for water retention
 Watering of sapling is species specific, therefore watering need to be done once in 2 or 3 days for a period of
two years
 Soil wok and weeding need to be done once in a two months
Monitoring Protocol
 The plantations need to be managed by regular watering, soil enrichment work, applying manure, weeding and
provide proper protection.
 Replacement of sapling (replanting) required whenever mortality occurs in the plantation during the growth
stage.
 Plantation requires after care for a period of minimum five years till the saplings attain matured tree stage.
 Any damage to the developed greenbelt due to any natural or cattle activity should be redeveloped and
maintained by the agency.
10.6.6 Biodiversity / Ecological Monitoring
Project site encompasses common species of plants so clearing of these species will not have significant impact on
the floral diversity and associated faunal diversity at ecosystem level. Moreover, floral and faunal species reported
during this survey are common and generally found in many habitats in the project study area. So, it can be stated
that the proposed project and associated activities are unlikely to influence any floral and faunal components
significantly provided that the suggestions / recommendations in this report are implemented. Strict
implementations of EMP / mitigation measures are required to ensure that the biodiversity of the study area should
not impacted negatively.
10.7 Rain Water Harvesting
10.7.1 Rain Water Collecting and Harvesting Scheme
Rainwater harvesting is a mechanism involved in collecting, storing and using rainwater which is most essential.
 All the rain water from the terraces will be brought at ground level through vertical downtake pipes and
through surfaces and it will be collected in infiltration well
 Rainwater harvesting scheme will design and provide a suitable stilt chamber to remove the pollutants such as
sand, leaves, weeds, etc. before the storm water is collect in infiltration Well.
 All premonsoon and post monsoon steps will be taken to minimize the pollution of the collected storm water

Advantages of Rain Water Harvesting
There are various advantages of Rain Water recharging from which some of those are listed below:
 Rainwater is used for recharging groundwater
Based on the long term IMD Data for Sagar District, calculations are done accordingly and shown in Table 10-12.
Annual Rainfall intensity = 1197.6 mm (1.197 m)
Table 10-12: Rain water harvesting Calculation

Sr. Maximum Rainwater
Average Rainfall
No. Catchment area for 2 Run off available
Area (m ) Intensity
RWH Calculation Coefficient For harvesting per annum
Per annum (m)
(m3)
1 Roof Top Area 18126 0.90 1.1976 19,536.92
2 Paved Area 19968 0.75 1.1976 17,935.25
3 Green Belt Area 5906 0.30 1.1976 2121.9
Proposed Roof Top on
4 6500 0.9 1.1976 7006
Buildings
5 Total 50,500 46,600.07
The total rain water harvested from the project area from the runoff generated inside the project premises is
46,600.07 m3/year.
As Rainwater availability calculations shows, maximum rainwater available for harvesting annually is 46,600.07 m3
Though Rainy days are ~ 54 monsoon is spread into 90 days
Average rainwater available per day = 46,600.07 ÷54= 863 m3/day.
By considering factor of average rainwater available per day, rainwater storage tank of volume 1000 m3 is
proposed.
These tank can be created below parking area, green belt and gardens, roads etc. and conveyed stored water
through filters before recharging through recahrge wells. Stored water can directly be used for domestic and
horticulture to reduce ground water abstraction.
10.7.2 Inferences
 The RWH system design is based upon the criteria recommended by Central Ground Water Board.
 Total area in the premises accounts for 50,500 m2. The land use type includes roof top area, paved area and
green belt / open area.
 As this area falls under semicritical zone, hence as per CGWA guideline M/s RSPL have to recharge 50% of
yearly ground water usage.
 As per Rain water harvesting calculation rainwater available for recharging groundwater is 46,600.07 m3/year.
 Six recharge well with trench as RWH structure will be installed within the premises of the Unit. The RWH
structure has also been provided with the desiltation chamber.The tentative design of the RWH structure for
both is shown in Figure 10-1.
 The diameter of bore and recharge well has been designed as 154 mm and 100 mm respectively.
 A lid of iron mesh will be provided as a cover on RWH structure.

Figure 10-1: Rainwater Harvesting Design Pit

10.8 Occupational Health Management Plan
10.8.1 Noise
Noise will be regularly monitored plant boundary for checking compliance against environmental noise parameters
as per CPCB norms. It will also be monitored near noise generating equipment to ensure that all noise generating
equipment do not emit noise in excess of the statutory norms.
All workmen will be provided with required set of PPEs like ear plug, ear muff etc. where noise levels in excess of
80 db (A) are regularly generated.
Preventive maintenance of noise generating equipment shall be regularly carried out to ensure that noise levels are
minimized to the extent possible. To the extent feasible, equipment will be purchased considering noise generation
as one of the parameters.
10.8.2 Heat
The project does not envisage conditions that could lead to excess heating. Consequently, special requirements for
protection against heat stress are not anticipated. However, the following shall be carried out:
Ventilation shall be provided to take care of heat evacuation.
Drinking water availability shall be ensured at several locations within the plant to ensure workers have easy access
to the same.
In case of occasional handling of heated equipment or materials, suitable PPEs such as heat resistant gloves will be
used.
10.8.3 Dust, other Chemicals being suspended in the Environment
The possibility of suspended particles going into the body of the workmen, either in the form of inhalation,
ingestion or through skin absorption are least and negligible as because the entire operation at the plant will be
performed under closed loop condition, right from charging till discharging, hence it’s a rare possibility that the
workmen will come in direct contact with raw material or final goods.
At the same time the level of SPM and RPM will definitely be of least and nominal value. But even though the same
will be under closed monitoring and periodical surveillance as per EIA norms and applicable legislations and any
minor deviation from the same will be dealt immediately and will be corrected.
Further to this all of the workmen will be provided with complete set of appropriate PPEs, like nose musk / nose
respirator, gloves, helmet, protective uniform and clothing, eye protections etc.
10.8.4 Occupational Hazards Specific Pre-placement and Periodic Monitoring
As per policy and norms all of the workmen are put to medical examination and testing periodically and at set
interval and based on the medical report actions are taken, if at all anything is necessary and required. Even based
on the medical examination report/feedback, workmen are counseled and put in different area /job rotation kind of
activities. Following are the periodic testes conducted by RSPL.
 Physical examination
 Vision
 Color vision
 Audiometry
 Chest Xray
 ECG
 Pulmonary function test
 CBC

 ESR
 Blood Sugar
 Creatinine
 Uric acid
 Blood urea nitrogen
 SGOT, SGPT, Serum bilirubin
 Serum cholesterol
 Urine routine microscopic
 TSH
10.8.5 Plan & Fund Allocation for Occupational Health & Safety
For all workers and for all employees in OBA plant RSPL are very much serious and cautious about their health and
safety because of gravity of the work.
For health and safety of the all plant workers, visitors; RSPL have planned to spend in following categories.
Table 10-13: Plan and Fund Allocation for Occupational Health & Safety
S.No. Category Quantity/Frequency Budget
Personal Protective Equipments
Chemical Suits, Safety Shoes, Chemical
1 respirators, Chemical gloves, Chemical goggles, 100 set 5 Lakh
Helmets, Mask, Safety Belt.etc
Plant safety Equipments
Chemical shower, Eye Washers, MSDS, First aid
boxes arrangements, RO water arrangement, SBA
2 set, Chemical spillage kit, Self breathing As per standard 5 Lakh
apparatus, Hydrometer, Temperature meter,
Luminous level,
Occupational Health Center development
Qualified doctor with medical attendant with all
01 Qualified doctor with
equipments i.e. stature, artificial respirators set,
3 medical attendant & 04 set 7 Lakh
PFT arrangement, BP, Pulse, blood sugar
equipments
measurement
Work zone monitoring
Quarterly work zone monitoring for PEL, LEL
4 analysis, Noise level, Humidity, LUX level, 02 times in a year 0.5 Lakh
temperature, dust level, air quality etc.
Process Plant safety
Process plant safety valves, Safety switches,
5 safety provisions testing, 01 times 0.5 Lakh
Fitness testing of plant operation equipments.
Pressure Vessel
Pressure vessels, tools & tackles testing of plant
6 Twice in a year 1 Lakh
miscellaneous equipments.
Health and fitness testing of all Workers
7 Health checkup and Fitness testing of all workers. Twice in a year 1 Lakh
Emergency Preparedness arrangements
Emergency controller team, Emergency walkway,
Emergency telephone, fire fighting arrangements,
As per On Site Emergency
First aid arrangements, Emergency lightings, 5 Lakh
8 Plan
Emergency control center, Assembly points, fire
fighting suits ,stature etc.

10.8.6 Details of Exposure Specific Health Evaluation of the Workers-
RSPL are very caring about health and disease of our workers. Company will develop a well equipped occupational
Health center within our plant and processing Health Checkup of our plant workers twice in a year in following
formats.
Figure 10-2: Health Check up Format


10.8.7 Details of Existing Occupational & Safety Chemical Hazards and Control Measures.
Details of existing occupational & safety hazards along with control measures is given in Table 10-14.
Table 10-14: Details of Occupational and Safety Hazards with Control Measures in Existing Unit
S. No. Chemical Name State Plant exposure Level status
1 Linear Alkyl Benzene Liquid Under permissible exposure level
2 Sulfur Powder Under permissible exposure level
3 Soda Ash Powder Under permissible exposure level
4 LABSA Liquid Under permissible exposure level
5 AOS Thick slurry Under permissible exposure level
6 Salt Powder Under permissible exposure level
7 Dolomite Powder Under permissible exposure level
8 OBA Powder Under permissible exposure level
9 Colour Powder Under permissible exposure level
10 Acosol liquid Under permissible exposure level
11 China clay Powder Under permissible exposure level
12 S.T.P.P. Powder. Under permissible exposure level
13 Sodium silicate Liquid Under permissible exposure level
14 Perfumes Liquid Under permissible exposure level
15 Caustic Lye 48% Liquid Under permissible exposure level
16 DASDA 96% Powder Under permissible exposure level
17 Cyanuric Chloride Powder Under permissible exposure level
18 Aniline Liquid Under permissible exposure level
19 Monoethanol Amine Liquid Under permissible exposure level
20 HIS liquid Liquid Under permissible exposure level
21 Perro flight Powder Under permissible exposure level
22 EDTA Powder Under permissible exposure level
For additional preparation RSPL will provide following equipments/control measures for more caution and safety of
plant workers.
Table 10-15: Additional Control Measures for Health & Safety of Workers
S. Area/Plant Description
No.
1 SFD Plant, Boiler, Thermic Fluid Heater Bag Filters
2 Reaction vessels Chemical Scrubber
3 Process & Flue Gas Stacks Proper Stack heights
4 Plant Operation/Manufacturing units Additional and related PPEs like, Appropriate Masks,
Chemical suits, Respirators, Chemical Showers, Chemical
boots, gloves etc for workers.
10.8.8 Details of Annual Report of Health Status of Workers
Previous years RSPL have completed medical examination of all workers and health conditions of all workers was
found satisfactory.
The total number of employees and workers involved in OBA plant is 120, out of which 65 workers directly handle
the chemical. We have conducted health check up of all the 65 workers and all are were found medically fit for
work. The health checkup details of few workers are given in Annexure 25.

10.9 Socio-Economic Environment
10.9.1 CSR Budgetary Provision
The project proponent has earmarked nearly INR 1.45 Crores as Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC) in the break
up for the next 5 years for the development of the villages in the surrounding areas of the project site.
The project proponent shall expence ~ 2.5 % of the total project cost is on ESC as given in below table.
The activities has been identified under the following heads and budget has been allocated for the five years.
Table 10-16: Budgetary provision for five years

Year wise allocation of Fund (INR)
S.
Activities 2018- 2020- 2021-
No. 2017-2018 2019-2020 Total Cost
2019 2021 2022
1 Education 1,97,195 2,16,915 2,38,605 2,62,466 2,88,714 12,03,895
Scholarship and
Educational Aids for the
a. 65,732 72,305 79,535 87,489 96,238 4,01,298
Primary Schools of the
study area.
Distribution of School
b. uniform to economically 74,496 81,946 90,140 99,154 1,09,069 4,54,805
weaker sections.
Renovation of
school/Anganwadi
c. building and construction 56,967 62,664 68,930 75,824 83,407 3,47,792
of toilets for girls and
boys.
2 Health & Hygiene 12,18,227 13,40,051 14,74,056 16,21,459 17,83,606 74,37,399
Promotion and
improvement in living
standard of Tribal
a. 83,260 91,586 1,00,745 1,10,819 1,21,901 5,08,312
Community
education/health/basic
infrastructure facilities.
Arrangement of health
checkup camp for the
b. 7,93,162 8,72,479 9,59,727 10,55,699 11,61,269 48,42,335
villagers at regular
intervals.
Arrangement of
veterinary doctors for
c. 30,675 33,743 37,116 40,828 44,911 1,87,273
regular checkup of the
cattles.
Distribution of tricycle to
d. physically challenged 3,11,129 3,42,243 3,76,468 4,14,113 4,55,525 18,99,479
group.
3 Drinking Water 2,19,106 2,41,016 2,65,118 2,91,629 3,20,793 13,37,661
Provision of potable
a. water supply for study 2,19,106 2,41,016 2,65,118 2,91,629 3,20,793 13,37,661
area Schools/ villages.
Infrastructure
4 4,38,210 4,82,032 5,30,235 5,83,259 6,41,585 26,75,323
Development
Construction of public
toilets (Sulabh
a. Shauchalaya), gutter 4,38,210 4,82,032 5,30,235 5,83,259 6,41,585 26,75,323
lines and drainage
system.
Employment
5 39,438 43,383 47,721 52,493 57,743 2,40,779
Generation

Year wise allocation of Fund (INR)

S.
Activities 2018- 2020- 2021-
No. 2017-2018 2019-2020 Total Cost
2019 2021 2022
Skill development
a. programme for youth of 39,438 43,383 47,721 52,493 57,743 2,40,779
the surrounding villages.
Contribution to Prime
Minister Relief Fund
6 2,62,927 2,89,220 3,18,141 3,49,955 3,84,951 16,05,194
for Disaster
Management
Total Amount 23,75,103 26,12,617 28,73,877 31,61,262 34,77,391 1,45,00,250
As per the result of social survey, utmost care will be taken for the overall development of the study area. The
above budget breakup is the tentative plan for investment which may vary from time to time depending upon the
priority of the CSR activity.The monitoring and evaluation of CSR activities shall be conducted by a reputed
institution/organization every year.
10.10 Expenditure on Environmental Matter
The expenditure to be incurred by RSPL on environmental matters is given in Table 10-17.
Table 10-17: Expenditure on Environmental Matters

Approximate
Approximate
Sr. recurring cost per
Head Capital cost (Rs. Basis for cost estimates
No. annum (Rs. in
In Lacs)
lacs)
The capital cost would include cost of providing
adequate height of the stack, ladder and platform,
Air pollution Air pollution control measures.
1 10 160
control
Recurring cost would include cost of monitoring of
air environment.
Capital cost would include cost of ETP, RO & MEE
as well as cost for civil work, mechanical work,
Water pollution electrical work and piping work is included.
2 35 350
control
Recurring cost is cost of treatment of wastewater
at site.
Capital cost includes cost of acoustic enclosures for
Noise pollution DG Sets.
3 2 15
monitoring Recurring cost would include cost of noise
monitoring
Capital cost would include cost of providing storage
Solid and area/Shades for hazardous waste and membership
4 hazardous waste 5 10 of TSDF Fee.
management Recurring cost would include cost of land filling and
transportation.
Environment The recurring cost would be incurred on hiring of
5 monitoring and 2 5 consultants and payment of various statutory fees
management to regulatory agencies.
Capital cost includes plantation of greenbelts.
6 Green belt 2 15
Recurring cost includes Maintenance of greenbelt.
Total 56 555
The total estimated cost of project is INR 58.12 Crores. Approximate capital cost on environmental issue will be
INR 555 Lacs and recurring cost INR 56 Lacs/Annum.

10.11Environmental Management Cell

An environment management cell shall be created which shall perform the following functions:
 Achieve objectives of the ‘Environment Protection Policy’ of the management.

 Collect information from regular monitoring and create a database.
 Analyze the data and decide thrust area.
 Based on the data collected, decide target for each thrust area.
 Carry out ‘Projects’ in each thrust area to arrive at practical solutions to environmental problems.
 Discuss the reports of study on environment and disseminate the information.
 Work out ‘Action plan’ for implementation of the recommendations made in the reports.
 Prepare Management Information System (MIS) reports and budget for environment management program.
The Plant Manager will be responsible for environmental issues at plant. The responsibilities of the various
members of the environment management cell are given inTable 10-18.
Table 10-18: Environmental Management Cell

Sr.
Designation Proposed Responsibility
No.
Managing Director /
1. Environmental policy and directions
Director
Overall responsibility for environmental management and decision making for all environmental
2. Works Manager
issues
3. Plant Manager Overall incharge of operation of environmental management facilities of respective sections.
Secondary responsibility for environmental management and decision making for all
4. Engineering Manager
environmental issues
Ensure environmental monitoring as per appropriate procedures

Ensure correct records of generation, handling, storage, transportation and disposal of solid
hazardous wastes.
5. EHS incharge
Ensuring legal compliance by properly undertaking activities as laid down by various regulatory
agencies from time to time and interacting with the same and arranging awareness programme
among the workers
The hierarchical system or administrative order of the company to deal with the environmental issues and for
ensuring compliances with the EC conditions is shown in Figure 10-3.

Figure 10-3: The Hierarchical System of the Company

EIA REPORT FOR EXPANSION OF OPTICAL BRIGHTENER AGENT (OBA) PLANT
RSPL LIMITED, SAGAR IN THE EXISTING MANUFACTURING FACILITY SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS
11 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS
11.1 Introduction & Background of Project Proponent

RSPL Group is more than 5500 crore diversified conglomerate, which is committed to value for money propositions
& credited with several innovations over last 3 decades. The sagacity to weave its business around consumer needs
has conferred RSPL Group with a distinct value and identity. Efficient capital structure, cutting edge technology,
operational discipline and a widespread distribution network, have together attributed to enhance RSPL Group and
enabled the organization to deliver value to consumers.
Historical Background
Late Dayal Das with his sons Shri Murli Dhar Ji and Shri Bimal Kumar ji initiated the group as a small family
business. It is said that knowledge and expertise comes from experience. It was their efforts and dedication that
laid the foundation on which the empire of “Ghari” group has been build up within a span of three decades.
Group of Companies mentioned under:-
 RSPL Limited Company does the manufacturing and marketing of detergents, toilet soaps, wind energy and
other FMCG products.
 Leayan Global Private Limited This Company is engaged in the manufacturing & marketing of Leather &
Leather Footwear.
 Nimmi Build Tech Private Limited (formerly known as Poonam Developers & Infrastructure India Private
Limited) This company is involved in the business of construction and real estate.
 Namaste India Foods Private Limited – This is the latest venture of the group into the dairy business. The
Company has set up number of milk collection centers at Shivrajpur, Kanpur for collection of milk from
villagers.
All the Companies are under the supervision and control of the single management thereby making its recognition
as the “GHARI GROUP”.
11.2 The Proposed Project
The proposed project is an expansion project. M/s. RSPL Limited intends to expand the optical brightener
manufacturing plant from present production of 3000 MT/Year to 8400 MT/Year in the existing manufacturing unit
located at Plot No. 42 to 59, Sector K, IIDC growth center, Village Sidhguwan, District Sagar, Madhya Pradesh.
Details of products along with production capacities are given in below table.
Quantity in MTPA
Sr.
Name of Product Proposed
No. Existing Total
Expansion
1 Detergent cake 19200 0 19200
2 Detergent powder 39600 0 39600
3 LABSA 24000 0 Discontinued the product
4 Acid Slurry 27000 0 27000

5 Optical Brightener Agent 3000 5400 8400

11.3 Regulatory Framework

Products falling under project/activities listed within the Schedule to the EIA notification dated September 14th 2006
(amended till date) requires prior Environmental Clearance (EC) from the Impact Assessment Authority (IAA) at the
Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate Change (MoEF&CC) (for Category A project) or the State Level
Environmental Impact Assessment Authorities (SEIAA) (for Category B projects).
The proposed expansion project falls under Schedule 5 (f) namely “Synthetic Organic Chemical” requiring
Environmental Clearance from SEIAA, Bhopal as the project site is located within Notified Industrial Area. So it is
considered as B category project.
11.4 Importance of the Project
The project brings the following benefits to the Country and the Region that are both needed and beneficial to the
Country and the Region:
 Direct employment for upto 150 persons and additional indirect employment to traders, vendors and other
suppliers of services and products
 Taxes, revenues and royalties to the local administration, state and central governments
11.5 Justification for Expansion in OBA Product
The following are the justifications for Expansion of OBA Plant:
 The proposed product is a backward integration of RSPL’s existing production.

 It will allow RSPL to reduce outsourcing of materials, closer monitoring of quality and lead to reduced
inventories.
 Currently RSPL is purchasing OBA’s from other manufacturers. The proposed product unit size 3000 MT/A will
expand to 8400 MT/A which will allow RSPL to reduce dependency of getting the OBA from another plants and
utilize the same for production of other products / detergents.
 The production of OBA will be utilized for internal consumption by RSPL’s existing detergents plants to achieve
better cost savings and establish stronger control over final quality of the product.
 It will add to the economic output of the study area in the form of additional taxes, jobs and other ancillary
activities.
11.6 Project Details
11.6.1 Cost of the Project
The total estimated cost of project is INR 58.12 Crores. Approximate capital cost on environmental issue will be
INR 555 Lacs and recurring cost INR 56 Lacs/Annum.
11.6.2 Plot Area
Total plot area for the project is 62,000 m2including proposed expansion area which is 18,000 m2. The total
greenbelt area will be 13,061m2 and road & open area will be about 21,696 m2.
11.6.3 Power Requirements
The power requirement for the proposed facility will be met through Madhya Pradesh Paschim Kshetra Vidyut
Vitaran Company Ltd. (‘MPPKVVCL’). Total estimated electrical load required for the existing unit is 1305 KVA. After
proposed expansion the required power will be estimated about 2200 HP i.e. 2934 KW.

Standby Power (through DG Sets)

Existing Unit
1 DG Set(Cake and Powder Plant) 750 KVA
2 DG set (Optical Brightening Agent Plant) 1250 KVA
Proposed Unit
11.6.4 Manpower Requirement
During the construction phase around 100 workers will be hired and during operation phase around 150 people will
be employed.
11.6.5 Water Sources, Water Consumption and Wastewater Generation
Sorce of water
The required fresh water will be met from own bore well and from Madhya Pradesh Audyogik Kendra Vikas Nigam
(MPAKVN).
Water Consumption
Existing fresh water demand is 143 KLD and proposed water demand will be 184 KLD including industrial and
domestic. So total fresh water requirement after the proposed expansion will be about 327 KLD after recycling of
treated water from RO & MEE. Total recycled water quantity will be 351 KLD.
Recycling RO will be installed in proposed expansion unit which will reduce the overall water demand and reduce
the total load on MEE.
11.6.6 Wastewater Generation and Management
Existing wastewater generation is 129 KLD (121 KLD Industrial + 8 KLD Domestic). Proposed wastewater
generation will be 228 KLD (220 KLD Industrial + 8 KLD Domestic). So after proposed expansion total wastewater
generation will be 357 KLD (341 KLD Industrial + 16 KLD Domestic).
Wastewater will be segregated at source based on pollution load and treated in ETP, RO & MEE. High COD stream
generated from process i.e. 278 KLD including scrubbing wastewater will be directly sent to MEE while low COD
streams generated from utilities, domestic and washing activities will be treated in ETP. The treated water from
from the ETP will be reused in gardening as per requirements and surplus will be sent to RO.
RO permeate will be reused in plant and RO reject water will be sent to MEE for further treatment. The condensate
from the MEE will also reuse in plant premises.
There is a zero liquid discharge facility. No wastewater will be disposed outside of plant premises.
The sludge generated from the ETP and MEE salts will be disposed at Madhya Pradesh Waste Management Project
(Ramky), TSDF facility for further treatment.
Wastewater Treatment Facility
1. Existing ETP will be augmented from 40 KLD to 100 KLD. The proposed expansion of ETP will be designed
maintaining the existing flow scheme of treatment system.
2. Recycling UF and RO System will be installed of 30 KLD capacity for recycling and reuse the ETP outlet.
3. MEE System will be installed of 300 KLD capacity for OBA effluent. Total MEE capacity after proposed
expansion will be 410 KLD.

11.6.7 Air Emission
Point source emission from flue gas stacks are PM, SO2 and NOx and from process vents are PM, HCl, Aniline &
Ethanol Amine. APCM like adequate stack height, dust collector and bag filters will be provided for flue gas stacks.
For process stacks alkali scrubber and bag filters will be proposed.
Line source emissions (CO, HC & PM) is anticipated from vehicular movement at the project site.
Fugitive emissions from storage & handling of various hazardous chemicals used as either raw material or finished
product.
11.6.8 Hazradous Waste Generation and Management
Hazardous waste like ETP Sludge, Spent acid, Used Oil and discarded Containers will be generated from the plant
operations which will be disposed in nearby landfill facility. The unit has membership of M/s. Madhya Pradesh
Waste Managemnt Project (Ramky), Pithampur for disposal of Hazardous Waste. Recyclable waste will be handed
over to authorized recyclers.
Biomediacl waste will be disposed at nearest biomedical waste management facility.
11.7 Description of the Environment
11.7.1 Study Period
Baseline monitoring study and surveys of the study area has been carried out in post monsson season from 20th
October 2017 – 20th January 2018.
11.7.2 Study Area
The study area is considered to be the area within 10 km radius from the project site.
11.7.3 Landuse of the Study area
Landuse within 10 km radius of the study area has been determined with the help of satellite imagery. The major
portion of the land in the study area is covered by Agriculture Land i.e. ~ 69% with another ~ 18 % of land
covered with vegetation. ~ 3 % of the land comes under the category of builtup land / habitation. ~ 7 % land
covered by wastelands, ~ 1% land covered by water Bodies, ~ 2 % land is forest area.
11.7.4 Climatology
The climatological data presented on the basis of information collected by the meteorological station set up at the
project site for a period of three months.
 Average wind speed is 1.3 m/sec.

 Wind blows predominantly from NE direction (~ 33%) followed by North (~ 15%) & East (~8%). Calm
condition is ~ 32.42%.
 Average temperature recorded for the post monsoon season was 22°C.
 The average relative humidity was 49%.
 Atmospheric inversion levels in terms of mixing height is calculated using the AERMET software. Average
mixing height is in the range of 165 m to 1,428 m.

11.7.5 Ambient Air Qaulity
Ambient Air Quality Monitoring was conducted at Eight (8) locations within the study area in post monsoon season
2018. The frequency of monitoring was 24 hrs twice a week at each station spread over the entire season with
gaseous samples being changed six times (at 8hour intervals).
A comparison of results obtained during monitoring with the range indicators provided by CPCB indicates the
followings.
Average Pollutant Concentration (All units are in µg/m3)
Station Sampling PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOX HCl VOC

[24 Hours] [1 Hour]
AA1 At Site 80 27 8 12.8 < 1.0 < 1.0
AA2 RSPL Unit – 1 82 25 7.6 12.1 < 1.0 < 1.0
AA3 Sidhguwan 82 31 7.5 12 < 1.0 < 1.0
AA4 Nayakheda 63 29 7.9 11.8 < 1.0 < 1.0
AA5 Mujguwan 68 23 8 11.7 < 1.0 < 1.0
AA6 Baheriya 70 22 7.2 11.2 < 1.0 < 1.0
AA7 Makroniya 66 23 7.6 11.9 < 1.0 < 1.0
AA8 Sanoda 66 22 7.9 12 < 1.0 < 1.0
The comparison of the results wih the value range indicators provided by CPCB indicates:
 At various locations, average concentration of PM10 was observed to be varying from 63 µg/m3 (at Nayakheda)
to 82 µg/m3(at Sidhguwan);
 An average concentration of PM2.5 levels was observed to be in range of 22 to 31 µg/m3 which is well within
NAAQS by CPCB;
 The average concentration of SO2 (7.2 – 8.0 µg/m3), NOx (11.2 – 12.8 µg/m3)are within permissible limits as
prescribed by CPCB;
 HCl & VOC were found below detectable limit of 1.0 µg/m3 at all locations.
11.7.6 Traffic Survey
Traffic Survey was carried out on SH – 14 in S direction of the proposed site on 7thJanuary, 2018. It is a road
connecting site to Sagar & Jabalpur. Width of this road is 18 feet (~6 meters), which is a 2 Lane (Two Way) Sub
Arterial Road16.
Average peak hourly (i.e. morning 0800 hours to 1200 hours and evening 1600 hours to 2000 hours) traffic on this
route i.e. from Chanatoliya to Sidhguwan and from Sidhguwan to Chanatoliya is 395 and 431 PCU respectively
11.7.7 Noise
Noise readings were taken at Eight (8) different locations within the study area as presented in in below table.

Time Time Time Time
NL01 At project site (Nr gate 1) 30.10.17 Industrial 75.0 70.0 58.4 55.2
16As per The Indian Road Congress Guideline for capacity of roads in urban Area. (IRC:1061990), Table2, Recommended
Design Service Volumes, page – 11.


Time Time Time Time
NL02 Nr Boiler & Coal storage 02.11.17 Industrial 75.0 70.0 63.5 56.9
NL03 Nr Boiler House 2 31.10.17 Industrial 75.0 70.0 63.2 56.9
NL04 Nr Gate No 2 03.11.17 Industrial 75.0 70.0 54.6 52.7
NL05 Chanatoliya Village 04.11.17 Residential 55.0 45.0 57.6 51.9
NL06 Nr GLC Area 07.11.17 Industrial 75.0 70.0 51.2 46.6
NL07 Kerbana Village 06.11.17 Residential 55.0 45.0 50.6 45.6
NL08 Sidhguwan Village 05.11.17 Residential 55.0 45.0 55.6 44.2
11.7.8 Ground Water Quality
Ground water samples were collected from Eight (8) different locations within the study area as shown below table.
Distance Direction Results Higher than

Sampling Date of
Location Source From site from site Permissible Limits
Code Sampling
km
GW 1 At site Borewell 07.12.17 0.00 At site
GW 2 Sidguwan Dugwell 06.12.17 1.10 West
GW 3 Bamhori Dundhar Dugwell 06.12.17 3.12 SE Chloride, Nitrate,Hardmess,
Calcium
GW 4 Lithora khurd Dugwell 06.12.17 6.12 SE TDS, Chloride, Nitrate,
Hardness,Calcium
GW 5 Baheri Gadgad Dugwell 06.12.17 3.13 SW
GW6 Bamora Dugwell 06.12.17 4.06 SW
GW 7 Mohli Dugwell 06.12.17 3.26 NW
GW 8 Kerbana Dugwell 06.12.17 2.66 NE
11.7.9 Surface Water
Surface water samples were collected from four (4) different locations within the study area as shown in below
table.
Date of Latitude Longitude Justification of Sample

Code Location Source
Sampling (N) (E) collection
Bewas River near To check the quality of
SW 1 River 06.12.17 23°51'57.73" 78°54'58.24"
Sanoda flowing water in D/s
Stagnant water body in
SW 2 Guda Pond 06.12.17 23°52'48.31" 78°50'29.34"
the Nearest Habitation
SW 3 Bachlon Pond 06.12.17 23°53'48.31" 78°46'15.69"
the study area
SW 4 Sidhguwan Pond 07.12.17 23°53'9.71" 78°50'39.27"
the Nearest Habitation
 The quality of Bewas River, Guda pond and Sidhguwan pond is matching with class C as per classification of
Inland Surface Water and it can be used for drinking Source after conventional treatment.
 The quality of Bachlon pond is matching with class D as per classification of Inland Surface water. The DO is
very less at Bachlon pond and also BOD is slightly high which may be due to some anthropogenic sources like
washing and bathing etc. If there is no alternate source for potable water then it can be used for drinking
purpose with suitable treatment.

11.7.10 Soil
Soil samples were collected from Eight (8) different locations within the study area as shown in below table.
Distance From Direction from Type of Soil

Sampling Date of
Location site site
Code Sampling
km
S1 At site 07.12.17 0.00 At site Sandy Loam
S2 Sidguwan 06.12.17 1.10 West Loam
S3 Bamhori Dundhar 06.12.17 3.12 SE Loam
S4 Lithora khurd 06.12.17 6.12 SE Loam
S5 Baheria Gadgad 06.12.17 3.13 SW Sandy Loam
S6 Bamora 06.12.17 4.06 SW Loam
S7 Mohli 06.12.17 3.26 NW Loam
S8 Kerbana 06.12.17 2.66 NE Loam
11.7.11 Biological Environment
Flora
Core Zone
The core zone area is occupied with existing industry and green belt and expansion area is occupied with very few
shrubs and herbs. There is no tree species in expansion area at site. Overall 09 species of common flora including
04 shrubs, 04 herbs ans 01 grass were recorded from the core zone.
Buffer Zone
Total 228 plant species of flora were reported from the study area. Trees were dominant life form and reported
with maximum 91 species, followed by herbs with 62, shrubs 41 species while climbers with 15 species and 19
species of grasses and bamboos.
Fauna
Core Zone
Only 2 common species of birds were reported from the project site. While, No direct or indirect evidences of
mammals were reported from the core zone.
Buffer Zone
There is no evidence of presence of tiger, leopard, or other larger animals including specie of conservation
importance were encountered in area under study.
A total of 60 species were reported based on field observations and consultation with local people including 8
species of mammals, 47 species of birds and 3 species of lizards and 2 species of amphibians during the site visit. It
is further clarify that No ScheduleI species or endemic species were reported during site visit in buffer zone of 10
Km radius.
11.7.12 Socio Economics
The project study area consists of 66villages /habitation falling in Sagar districtof which Sidhguwan, Nayakhera,
Khiria Tajkhan and Kerbana settlements falls within 03 kms within close proximity of the study area.

11.8 Environmental Impact Identification, Prediction and Mitigation Measures
11.8.1 Air Environment
Dispersion modeling (using “AERMOD” modelling software) was carried out for point sources which describes:
 Maximum GLC’s for all parameters remain within 250 meters from the project site;
 It is noted that the total predictive GLC including baseline concentration and incremental GLC due to the
proposed projectwill be within the permissible limits given by CPCB.
 Air impact are not expected to cause any effect on vegetation and human settlements in the vicinity of the
project site.
Mitigation Measures
 APC like Bag Filters, Scrubbers will be provided along with adequate heights;
 Effective water spraying will be done on the access roads to control reentrained dust during dry season (if
required);
 Proper operating procedures will be followed during startup and shutdown;
 Proper PPE like dust masks will be provided to workers and its use ensured;
 Regular Work place monitoring will be done.
11.8.2 Traffic
 Increase in transportation will lead to increase in road traffic.

 Dispersion of dust and particulate matters from open truck transporting goods.
 Emission of pollutants like HC, SO2, CO, CO2.
 Noise generation from vehicular movement.
 Spillage or leak of raw materials during transportation
Mitigation Measures
 The trucks transporting raw materials and finished goods will be covered.
 It will be assured that vehicles are PUC certified.
 Adequate measures will be taken to avoid spillage or leak of raw material and drivers will be instructed to
control leakages and collection of spilled material.
 Ensuring the availability of valid Pollution Under Control Certificates (PUCC) for all vehicles used on site.
 Traffic management plan shall be made and implemented
11.8.3 Noise Environment
Generation of noise from the proposed project during operation will occur due to machinery, vehicle movement, DG
Set, boiler and pumps etc. However their effect will be localized and transient in nature and will principally affect
within the site premises.
Mitigation Measures
 Acoustic Enclosures on all major equipment in the plant will have to be provided for noise attenuation
 Workers should also be provided with suitable personal protective equipment (PPE) such as earmuffs and
earplugs.

 Rotation of workers in the high noise area

 High noise generating areas would be identified and tags marked.
 Green belt will be developed to reduce noise.
 Vehicle trips to be minimized to the extent possible
 Acoustic mufflers / enclosures to be provided in large engines/machinery.
 Equipment to be maintained in good working order.
 Implement good working practices (equipment selection) to minimize noise and reduce its impacts on human
health (earmuffs, safe distances, and enclosures).
 Noise to be monitored in ambient air within the premises.
 All equipment operated within specified design parameters
11.8.4 Water Environment
Surface Water
The main raw water source for the proposed project will be met from borewell as well as from MPAKVN. Total
water requirement will be 327 KLD after recycling of treated water. Due to use of surface water natural resources
will be depleted.
There is no wastewater discharge outside the plant premises. Hence impact on surface water quality will be
negligible.
Mitigation Measures
To reduce the fresh water demand and conserve the natural resource, proper mitigation measures will be proposed
by RSPL.
 Recycling RO will be installed after ETP and treated water will be reused in plant.
 Condensate recovery from boiler which will reduce the overall fresh water demand.
 Separate drainage will be provided for wastewater and storm water to avoid runoff contamination during rainy
season.
 All chemical and fuel storage and handling areas will be provided with proper bunds to avoid runoff
contamination.
Ground Water
Resource depletion due to use of ground wateras the area falls under semi critical zone as per CGWA guideline.
Mitigation Measures
Rain water harvesting will be carried out to recharge underneath aquifer for improving the ground water condition.
11.8.5 Land Environment
 Soil contamination due to spillage of construction materials, spillage of oil, diesel etc.
 During excavation there may increase in soil erosion.
 Land contamination due to leakage of solid and hazardous waste.
 Soil erosion due to excavation

Mitigation Measures
 During excavation there may increase in soil erosion but by cutting and filling soil will be leveled.
 Proper storage area with impervious flooring will be provided for storage of contruction materials and
hazardous waste to avoid soil and land contamination.
 All solid and hazardous waste with be handled with proper PPEs ensuring safety of the individuals working with
the solid and hazardous waste handling.
 The wastes will be stored in drums and HDPE bags and further transferred at the Solid cum Hazardous storage
area.
 Adequate storage area will be proposed to store hazardous waste considering rainy season as during monsoon
waste cannot be dumped.
 All solid and hazardous waste will be disposed as per the conditions /rules given by the SPCB.
11.8.6 Biological Environment
As Though the concentrations of the emitted pollutants will be kept within permissible levels through the various
engineering controls, it is essential to have ecomanagement in the Likely Impact Zone (LIZ) for safeguard and
enhanced of ecological environment of the project area.
11.8.7 Socio-Economic Environment
Positive impact due to creation of temporary jobs and increase in indirect income.The plant does not have any
potential negative impact on the habitations.
Mitigation Measures
Emphasizes will be given on the followings;
 Health,
 Hygiene,
 Education Issue
Overall, the project would improve quality of life of the villages in the vicinity and also the surroundings.
The project proponent has earmarked INR 145 Lacs as Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC) for the next 5 years
which is 2.5 % of the cost of proposed project (Rs. 58.12 Crores) for the development of the villages in the
surrounding areas of the project site.
11.8.8 Hazard Identification and Consequence Analysis
On the basis of the study of the chemical properties like flash point, phase of chemical, operating conditions and
total inventory etc following chemicals have been selected to carry out consequence analysis.
Aniline and Mono Ethanol Amine are considered as a hazardous chemicals based on their chemical properties.
Major failures selected for the analysis are 10 mm& 25mm leak as maximum credible scenario and catastrophic
rupture as worst case.
Mitigation Measures
 Medical checkup would be carried out at an regular intervals

 During site preparation proper care would be taken by RSPL, appropriate PPEs will be provided to site workers
and staff members
 Appropriate personnel protective clothing to be used to prevent skin contact.
 Safety Goggles will be used to prevent eye contact.

 Hand gloves of natural rubber, neoprene, and polyvinyl chloride will be used as and when required
 Acoustic enclosures will be provided to DG sets and other noise generating equipment
 RSPL will develop and implement a spill management plan to prevent risk of spill which may cause health
problem.
11.9 Project Benefits
The project benefits are summarized as below.
 Improvement in local amenities like village roads in core area;

 Providing toilet facilities in nearby schools.
 Help to needy children in the schools by providing books, uniforms and bags.
 Direct and indirect employment to the people of nearby villages.
 Infrastructure facilities will be improved due to proposed expansion project.
 Transporters will be engaged to bring raw materials and supply finished goods
11.10Environmental Mangemnt Plan
The Environment Management Plan (EMP) is prepared with a view to facilitate effective environmental management
of the project, in general and implementation of the mitigation measures in particular. The EMP provides a delivery
mechanism to address potential adverse impacts and to introduce standards of good practice to be adopted for all
project works. For each stage of the programme, the EMP lists all the requirements to ensure effective mitigation of
every potential biophysical and socioeconomic impact identified in the EIA. For each impact or operation, which
could otherwise give rise to impact, the following information is presented:
 The parameters that shall be monitored to ensure effective implementation of the action;
 The timing for implementation of the action to ensure that the objectives of mitigation are fully met.
Before the plant startup, the EMP for operation phase will be prepared incorporating various environmental
management aspects and requirements relevant to the plant operating processes and its impact on the
environment. This EMP would also be revised in accordance with the requirement of additional impact mitigation
measures due to change in site conditions, natural calamities, unforeseen eventuality, etc.
11.11Environmental Monitoring Plan

Environment monitoring program is given in below table.

Air Pollution Monitoring
Ambient air monitoring of parameters PM10, SO2, NOx Once in a three month or as
1 At site
from time to time within the premises. per EC & CTO
Stack monitoring as given in air consent from time to Once in a three month or as Boiler stack, Thermic Fluid
2
time. per EC & CTO Heater stack, DG set stack
3 Workplace monitoring for VOC & HCl. Once in a three month At site
Water Pollution Monitoring
1 Monitoring of water consumed in various activities Daily Main water intake point
Monitoring of wastewater inlet and outlet at ETP
2 plant for the principal parameters (such as pH, SS, Quarterly Inlet and outlet of ETP
TDS, COD, BOD).
Monitoring of other parameters as per PCB consent
3 Quarterly or as per EC & CTO Inlet and outlet of ETP
conditions in outlet of ETP Waste Water


Monitoring of ground water samples at site.
4 Parameters are essential parameters as per IS: Once in a year At Site
10500:2012.
Soil Monitoring
Pre & post monsoon/in the
1 Soil analysis for EC, pH, permeability and ESP At site
event of accidental spillage
Noise Quality Monitoring
Work place area, Main plant
1 Noise Monitoring Quarterly
and Utilities area
Solid Waste Generation Monitoring/Record Keeping
1 Monitoring of solid / hazardous waste generated At site
Once in a year
from process and ETP area
2 Record of waste generation, storage, treatment, Daily At site
transportation and disposal.
11.12Conclusion
It can be concluded from overall assessment of the impacts in terms of positive and negative effects on various
environmental components that the project activities will not have any significant adverse effect on the surrounding
environment. The following highlight emerges in the proposed project:
 Project has various locational benefits like availability of raw water, power supply etc.
 The project will add to the economic output of the study area in the form of additional taxes, jobs and other
ancillary activities Strict adherence to all the applicable regulatory requirements will be complied with;
 Safety and environmental norms will be followed;
 Recycle & Reuse scheme will be implemented to reduce water consumption;
 Provision of air pollution control equipment, management of hazardous waste, will lead to minimum adverse
environmental impacts;
 The project shall generate employment potential for skilled, semiskilled, unskilled people during construction &
operation phase.

RSPL LIMITED, SAGAR PLANT IN THE EXISTING MANUFACTURING FACILITY DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS
12 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS
12.1 Brief Resume and Nature of Consultancy Rendered by Kadam Environmental Consultants
Kadam Environmental Consultants (KEC) was established in 1981 and has more than 3 decades of varied
experience in the field of environment. The mission of company is providing sustainable solutions on “Environment
for Development”.
The company has a dedicated and experienced team of more than 200 technical staff. The team comprise of
Environmental Planners and Engineers, Chemical and Civil Engineers, Geologist, SocioEconomic Experts,
Microbiologists, Zoologists, Botanists and Industrial/Analytical Chemists. The company’s strength lies in Project
Management, Performing Risk Assessment, Formulating Environmental Disaster Plans, Use of Satellite Imagery in
Impact Assessment, Use of Mathematical Models for Air, Water and Soil Assessment and Expertise in Public
Consultation.
Customer services are mainly categorized into:
 Consultancy services in the field of environmental impact assessment, environmental site assessment and due
diligence, Enviro legal services, statutory environmental audits/ statements, risk assessments and HAZOP,
energy audit, environmental health and safety management systems and waste management systems.
 Engineering Services for collection and conveyance of liquid and solid wastes, designing and executing
effluent and sewage treatment plants, municipal solid waste studies and solid waste management systems, bio
gas plants, rain water harvesting systems and deep sea marine disposal systems.
 Laboratory services in chemical and waste testing, microbiology, soil testing and Field sampling (we have
amongst the highest number of environmental field sampling equipment amongst environmental companies in
the country). The company has a wellequipped laboratory with modern instruments and experienced staff
catering to the need of statutory and advisory environmental testing for air, water and wastewater and
hazardous solid waste. Laboratory has received NABL Accreditation.
The group has a varied industrial clientele encompassing Indian and Multinational Companies covering the industrial
and services spectrum viz. Bulk Drugs and Pharmaceuticals, Paints, Chemicals, Oil and Gas, Real Estate, Hospitality
and Infrastructure sectors. Whilst the heart of our clientele encompasses the top 50/Blue Chip Indian companies (
Reliance Industries, ONGC, Infosys, ITC, ICICI, Indian Oil, GAIL, GSPC/GSPL, Sun Pharma, NTPC, Reliance
Energy/Reliance Power, Welspun and many others) who have placed implicit trust in us over the decades. We are
increasingly working with several multinationals (such as : ABB, Alstom , Areva , GM, Hindustan Lever, Honeywell,
Kohler, Sabic and Tyco amongst others) who value our deep rooted general domain and India centric functional
knowledge, reasonable costs and comparable services as those offered by our multinational competitors. Their
continued patronage is our biggest testimonial.
The Group has branch offices at Delhi and other places in Gujarat.
KEC has received ISO 9001:2008 certification for its Quality Management System.
The company is accredited EIA Consultant organization by NABET, Quality Council of India under EIA accreditation
scheme as per mandatory requirement of the MOEF, Govt. of India for carrying out Environmental Clearance
studies. It has approved EIA coordinators and Field Area Experts for undertaking Environmental and related studies
in eleven approved sectors.
Kadam’s laboratory is accredited with NABL and also gazetted by MoEF under EP Act.

RSPL LIMITED, SAGAR PLANT IN THE EXISTING MANUFACTURING FACILITY DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS
12.2 EIA Team Members

Work presented in this report was carried out by KEC with active cooperation from M/s. RSPL Limited. The names
of the EIA coordinator and FAEs deployed for the project are mentioned at the start of the report (in Quality
Control section). KEC team members (along with their role in the project) include:
Table 12-1: Team Member List

NABET
Name Areas Designation Involvement / Tasks Under Guidance
(if any)
Site Visit, Coordination with client, assist in
identification of impact of the project & suggesting
Assistant to FAE ‘A’ (WP) mitigation measures, preparation of EMP, key issue
Kundan
EIA identification in the project, EIA documentation, Anand Kunte
Ajudiya FAE’“B’ (SHW)
Coordinator Identification of water & effluent generation sources,
water balance, finalization of monitoring locations,
Preparation of EIA report
Identification of impacting activities, checking of air
Anand
Air Pollution quality data, EIA documentation in chapter 3 includes
Kunte &
Monitoring & checking and compiling of AAQ results, description of Bhavin Jambucha
Tanu
Control (AP) mitigation measures, description of climate, site
Prashad
specific data
Air Quality
Anand Preparation of emission estimate for stacks,
Modeling
Kunte & preparation of MET file, preparation of windrose
and Bhavin Jambucha
Tanu diagram, running AERMOD for dispersion modelling,
Prediction
Prashad preparation of contour maps, interpretation of results
(AQ)
Assisted the FAE in calculating Leq, analysis of data,

Noise and
running Noise software SoundPlan Essential 3.0 for
Anup Oza Vibration Soham Joshi
noise modeling, assisting in identifying impacts and
(NV)
suggesting mitigation measures
Identification of hazardous inventories, study of MSDS

Heta Bhatt Risk and
of chemicals, identification of possible scenarios,
& Kundan Hazards Dhara Patel
running of PHAST for consequence analysis, generation
Ajudiya (RH)
of contour maps, interpretation of results
Bhavisha Sample analysis of water, soil and air collected from
Laboratory
Pandya the study area as per MoEF requirements.
Krunal Preparation of landuse and Sampling maps of study
Drafts Man Jayesh Gajjar
Kharva area using GIS / related tools
Expert
Satish
review of Final quality review of EIA report
Joshi
EIA report

RSPL LIMITED, SAGAR PLANT IN THE EXISTING MANUFACTURING FACILITY ANNEXURES
ANNEXURES

Annexure 1: Environmental Clearance for Existing Plant







Annexure 2: CTE and CTO Copy
1. CTE for Proposed Unit




2. CTO for Air & Water – Existing Unit






3. CTO for for Hazardous Waste – Existing Unit





Annexure 3: ToR Letter Received from SEAC, Bhopal



RSPL LIMITED, SAGAR EIA REPORT FOR EXPANSION OF OPTICAL BRIGHTENER AGENT (OBA) PLANT IN THE EXISTING MANUFACTURING FACILITY ANNEXURES
Annexure 4: Toposheet of the project site with Demarcation of Nearest Habitation in 1: 50000 Scale

RSPL LIMITED, SAGAR (OBA) PLANT IN THE EXISTING MANUFACTURING FACILITY ANNEXURES
Annexure 5: Land Allotment Letter
Plot No.42-46 & 49 -53




Plot No. 47 & 54




Plot No. 48, 55-59

























Annexure 6: Agreement Copy with Madhya Pradesh Waste Management Project (Ramky Group) for
Hazardous Waste Dispsoal














Annexure 7: Gazatte Notofication from MoEF for Recognition of Laboratory under Environmental
(Protection) Act, 1986

Application for Renewal of Recognition of Laboratory under Environmental (Protection) Act, 1986

Annexure 8: NABL Certificate of Kadam’s Laboratory

Renewal Letter of NABL Accreditation

RSPL LIMITED, SAGAR MANUFACTURING FACILITY ANNEXURES
Annexure 9: Long Term Meteorological Data (1981 – 2010) – IMD Sagar


Annexure 10: National Ambient Air Quality Standards from CPCB


Annexure 11: Ambient Air Quanlity Monitoring Results

S Station Sampling Sampling Area /
N. Code Date Location Category PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOx HCl VOC
100 60 80 80 NS NS
CPCB Norms Industrial, Residential or Rural Area [24 Hours] [1 Hour]
1 AA1 17.10.17 90 22 8.5 12 BDL BDL

2 AA1 18.10.17 85 32 6.8 11 BDL BDL
3 AA1 25.10.17 60 19 5.5 12.8
4 AA1 26.10.17 90 24 10.5 14
5 AA1 01.11.17 68 21 6 11.1 BDL BDL
6 AA1 02.11.17 85 20 BDL 12.8 BDL BDL
7 AA1 09.11.17 69 23 5.5 15.4
8 AA1 10.11.17 85 24 8.5 14.6
9 AA1 17.11.17 97 45 10 13.4 BDL BDL
10 AA1 18.11.17 80 21 9 12.2 BDL BDL
11 AA1 27.11.17 75 20 14 11.8
12 AA1 28.11.17 80 40 13 14
At Site Industrial
13 AA1 03.12.17 55 23 5.8 12.7 BDL BDL
14 AA1 04.12.17 94 19 9 15 BDL BDL
15 AA1 12.12.17 68 41 4 12.8
16 AA1 13.12.17 59 20 5.5 11.2
17 AA1 20.12.17 68 21 4.9 10.9
18 AA1 21.12.17 89 25 8.5 12.3
19 AA1 28.12.17 94 33 6.4 14.4 BDL BDL
20 AA1 29.12.17 86 26 8.5 15.2 BDL BDL
21 AA1 1.01.18 91 21 6.5 11.8
22 AA1 2.01.18 88 27 9.5 12
23 AA1 9.01.18 69 29 8.5 12
24 AA1 10.01.18 95 41 9.5 12
1 AA2 19.10.17 94 26 9.5 10.4 BDL BDL
2 AA2 20.10.17 84 27 5.5 11.5 BDL BDL
3 AA2 27.10.17 78 21 7.1 13.2
4 AA2 28.10.17 69 15 7 14.6
5 AA2 1.11.17 94 18 6.5 11.1 BDL BDL
6 AA2 2.11.17 95 23 8.5 13.4 BDL BDL
7 AA2 11.11.17 84 17 6.5 11.8
8 AA2 12.11.17 RSPL Unit – 1 Industrial 89 20 9.5 12
9 AA2 19.11.17 67 25 8.5 12 BDL BDL
10 AA2 20.11.17 80 26 7.1 12.3 BDL BDL
11 AA2 25.11.17 94 33 6.4 11.1
12 AA2 26.11.17 91 21 5.5 10
13 AA2 3.12.17 88 27 6.5 9.6 BDL BDL
14 AA2 4.12.17 69 29 8 10.4 BDL BDL
15 AA2 10.12.17 89 15 7.5 11.6


100 60 80 80 NS NS
16 AA2 11.12.17 77 62 6.5 12.1

17 AA2 18.12.17 85 25 5.9 13.4
18 AA2 19.12.17 69 24 6.4 13.2
19 AA2 26.12.17 78 16 9.5 14.8 BDL BDL
20 AA2 27.12.17 88 18 8.4 11.6 BDL BDL
21 AA2 1.01.18 80 40 8.5 14.6
22 AA2 2.01.18 55 23 10 13.4
23 AA2 9.01.18 94 19 9 12.2
24 AA2 10.01.18 85 27 9.7 10.4
1 AA3 19.10.17 89 23 5.9 11.6 BDL BDL
2 AA3 20.10.17 94 36 6.8 12.8 BDL BDL
3 AA3 27.10.17 88 34 9.5 10.4
4 AA3 28.10.17 78 39 8.1 11.1
5 AA3 5.11.17 68 34 6.5 12.8 BDL BDL
6 AA3 6.11.17 79 25 6.7 13.4 BDL BDL
7 AA3 13.11.17 88 48 9.5 15.2
8 AA3 14.11.17 85 26 5.5 13.4
9 AA3 21.11.17 94 27 6.5 11.1 BDL BDL
10 AA3 22.11.17 87 24 6.4 11 BDL BDL
11 AA3 29.11.17 89 15 7.5 10.9
12 AA3 30.11.17 94 24 8.5 12.9
Sidhguwan Residential
13 AA3 5.12.17 91 26 6.9 14.6 BDL BDL
14 AA3 6.12.17 65 46 8.8 11 BDL BDL
15 AA3 11.12.17 87 41 6 10.9
16 AA3 12.12.17 79 24 5.9 10.6
17 AA3 18.12.17 88 34 8.5 10.4
18 AA3 19.12.17 94 36 9.8 11.5
19 AA3 26.12.17 92 37 6.9 12.4 BDL BDL
20 AA3 27.12.17 84 25 8.5 14 BDL BDL
21 AA3 3.01.18 62 20 8.9 10.4
22 AA3 4.01.18 58 28 9.9 12.3
23 AA3 13.01.18 66 29 6.5 11.6
24 AA3 14.01.18 67 41 6.8 11
1 AA4 17.10.17 62 24 9.5 8.7 BDL BDL
2 AA4 18.10.17 33 33 6.9 12 BDL BDL
3 AA4 25.10.17 65 26 8.8 11.6
4 AA4 26.10.17 Nayakheda Residential 81 21 8 10.2
5 AA4 3.11.17 66 20 5 10.4 BDL BDL
6 AA4 4.11.17 49 28 9.5 11.1 BDL BDL
7 AA4 13.11.17 57 27 6.4 11.8


100 60 80 80 NS NS
8 AA4 14.11.17 84 20 8.9 10.4

9 AA4 19.11.17 56 24 9.9 12.3 BDL BDL
10 AA4 20.11.17 85 40 6.5 11.6 BDL BDL
11 AA4 25.11.17 71 36 6.5 10.6
12 AA4 26.11.17 64 31 8.8 11.6
13 AA4 5.12.17 62 20 6.4 12.8 BDL BDL
14 AA4 6.12.17 58 28 9.5 13.4 BDL BDL
15 AA4 13.12.17 66 29 6.5 14.4
16 AA4 14.12.17 48 24 8.6 11.8
17 AA4 20.12.17 88 19 6.7 10.9
18 AA4 21.12.17 55 33 7.5 14.8
19 AA4 28.12.17 43 41 8.1 12.7 BDL BDL
20 AA4 29.12.17 46 27 8.6 11.8 BDL BDL
21 AA4 3.01.18 91 26 7.5 10.9
22 AA4 4.01.18 65 46 8.5 12.9
23 AA4 11.01.18 87 41 6.9 14.6
24 AA4 12.01.18 34 26 9.4 10.9
1 AA5 15.10.17 88 21 6.9 11.1 BDL BDL
2 AA5 16.10.17 56 24 8.8 10.6 BDL BDL
3 AA5 23.10.17 67 23 6.5 11.6
4 AA5 24.10.17 49 18 6.8 10.6
5 AA5 9.11.17 88 16 9.5 11.1 BDL BDL
6 AA5 10.11.17 82 15 6.5 12 BDL BDL
7 AA5 21.11.17 39 26 5.8 11.1
8 AA5 22.11.17 88 20 9.1 12
9 AA5 29.11.17 64 30 6.8 10.6 BDL BDL
10 AA5 30.11.17 85 27 9.8 11.6 BDL BDL
11 AA5 7.12.17 90 30 9.7 12.2
Mujguwan Residential
12 AA5 8.12.17 55 18 8.4 13.4
13 AA5 14.12.17 68 28 8.9 10.9 BDL BDL
14 AA5 15.12.17 49 29 6.8 14 BDL BDL
15 AA5 22.12.17 55 17 9.5 11.8
16 AA5 23.12.17 61 22 9.8 14
17 AA5 30.12.17 72 30 9.8 12
18 AA5 31.12.17 68 24 8.5 12
19 AA5 1.01.18 87 16 6.4 11.1 BDL BDL
20 AA5 8.01.18 58 16 8.5 10.9 BDL BDL
21 AA5 13.01.18 49 29 9.1 12
22 AA5 14.01.18 69 28 5 11.5
1 AA6 21.10.17 Baheriya Residential 65 24 6.8 11.1 BDL BDL


100 60 80 80 NS NS
2 AA6 22.10.17 90 27 9.5 10.4 BDL BDL

3 AA6 29.10.17 84 18 6.4 11.1
4 AA6 30.10.17 72 17 6.1 12
5 AA6 7.11.17 61 20 5.4 11.1 BDL BDL
6 AA6 8.11.17 65 18 9.4 12.2 BDL BDL
7 AA6 15.11.17 58 16 8.5 13.4
8 AA6 16.11.17 91 21 6.5 11.1
9 AA6 23.11.17 67 29 6.4 10.9 BDL BDL
10 AA6 24.11.17 85 26 5.9 11.1 BDL BDL
11 AA6 1.12.17 69 33 8.5 11.2
12 AA6 2.12.17 47 21 8.1 10.9
13 AA6 9.12.17 68 28 6.4 11.2 BDL BDL
14 AA6 15.12.17 90 25 5.8 9.9 BDL BDL
15 AA6 22.12.17 65 14 8.9 9.6
16 AA6 23.12.17 47 10 7.6 10
17 AA6 30.12.17 71 30 8.9 12.8
18 AA6 31.12.17 55 24 6.7 11.6
19 AA6 5.01.18 81 16 6.7 11.1 BDL BDL
20 AA6 6.01.18 83 18 8 11.5 BDL BDL
21 AA6 15.01.18 64 26 4.4 11.1
1 AA7 21.10.17 91 21 6.7 11.1 BDL BDL
2 AA7 22.10.17 61 26 6.9 12 BDL BDL
3 AA7 29.10.17 58 18 8.5 10
4 AA7 30.10.17 71 18 6.9 11.1
5 AA7 5.11.17 64 19 7.8 11.6 BDL BDL
6 AA7 6.11.17 81 16 6.8 12.8 BDL BDL
7 AA7 15.11.17 62 16 9.4 14
8 AA7 16.11.17 58 32 8.5 11.8
9 AA7 27.11.17 47 25 6.8 13.2 BDL BDL
10 AA7 28.11.17 54 28 5.9 12.9 BDL BDL
Makroniya Residential
11 AA7 7.12.17 84 35 7.6 13.4
12 AA7 8.12.17 56 20 8.5 12
13 AA7 16.12.17 62 27 6.9 11.8 BDL BDL
14 AA7 17.12.17 49 28 8.4 12 BDL BDL
15 AA7 24.12.17 84 16 8.5 11.8
16 AA7 25.12.17 92 14 9.1 10.9
17 AA7 1.01.18 73 29 8.5 11.1
18 AA7 2.01.18 62 25 7.1 10.6
19 AA7 7.01.18 68 18 6.9 12.8 BDL BDL
20 AA7 08.01.18 59 16 8.1 10.4 BDL BDL


100 60 80 80 NS NS
21 AA7 15.01.18 47 28 6.7 11.8

1 AA8 15.10.17 69 24 6.9 12 BDL BDL
2 AA8 16.10.17 81 32 8.4 11.1 BDL BDL
3 AA8 23.10.17 67 17 7.9 10.9
4 AA8 24.10.17 59 16 6.5 12.3
5 AA8 3.11.17 84 17 8.1 13.4 BDL BDL
6 AA8 4.11.17 58 14 9.5 11.1 BDL BDL
7 AA8 11.11.17 64 16 9.4 11.1
8 AA8 12.11.17 61 21 6.8 12
9 AA8 17.11.17 52 26 7.9 11.1 BDL BDL
10 AA8 18.11.17 36 28 6.4 12 BDL BDL
11 AA8 23.11.17 87 35 8.2 11.1
12 AA8 24.11.17 55 20 6.9 10.9
Sanoda Residential
13 AA8 1.12.17 49 27 6.7 11.8 BDL BDL
14 AA8 2.12.17 64 28 8.1 11.1 BDL BDL
15 AA8 9.12.17 62 16 6.9 10.9
16 AA8 10.12.17 84 15 8.5 11.1
17 AA8 16.12.17 85 25 8.4 12.8
18 AA8 17.12.17 63 27 7.6 14
19 AA8 24.12.17 61 19 9.4 15.2 BDL BDL
20 AA8 25.12.17 85 18 5.1 12.8 BDL BDL
21 AA8 5.01.18 62 27 8.4 12
22 AA8 6.01.18 49 28 8.5 11.8
23 AA8 11.01.18 84 16 9.1 10.9
24 AA8 12.01.18 58 26 10.1 14.5

Annexure 12: Detailed Traffic Survey Sheets
1) For Traffic flow from Chanatoliya to Sidhguwan
Type of Mechanized Vehicles

Non-mechanized Vehicles
Vehicle 2- Wheelers 3-Wheelers 4-Wheelers
Motor Cars/Jeep & Cycle
Time Scooters Total Auto Trucks Buses Tractors Total Bycycles Carts Total
Cycles Vans Rickshaw
6:007:00 17 21 38 17 55 16 5 3 79 41 1 3 45
7:008:00 18 26 44 31 75 18 7 3 103 39 3 1 43
8:009:00 10 22 32 15 47 22 13 3 88 35 2 4 41
9:0010:00 11 26 37 18 55 26 11 4 96 22 1 1 24
10:0011:00 10 25 35 21 56 25 3 7 91 23 0 5 28
11:0012:00 13 25 38 15 53 25 8 3 89 25 1 1 27
12:0013:00 14 26 40 23 63 26 14 3 106 42 1 5 48
13:0014:00 10 26 36 25 61 26 14 1 102 28 5 1 34
14:0015:00 12 26 38 28 66 26 10 4 106 46 0 2 48
15:0016:00 14 25 39 24 63 25 14 3 105 35 4 2 41
16:0017:00 11 23 34 17 51 23 10 3 87 30 0 4 34
17:0018:00 30 22 52 15 67 22 6 4 99 30 2 1 33
18:0019:00 12 22 34 20 54 22 8 2 86 29 2 3 34
19:0020:00 14 22 36 14 50 22 8 3 83 38 1 4 43
20:0021:00 8 26 34 15 49 26 8 1 84 54 3 4 61
21:0022:00 11 24 35 5 40 24 7 6 77 43 0 1 44
22:0023:00 2 20 22 9 31 20 3 0 54 34 3 1 38
23:0000:00 0 15 15 0 15 15 2 2 34 22 0 0 22
00:0001:00 3 5 8 0 8 12 16 1 37 36 0 0 36
01:0002:00 0 0 0 0 0 16 3 3 22 31 6 0 37
02:0003:00 0 0 0 0 0 11 3 1 15 3 1 0 4
03:0004:00 0 4 4 0 4 54 3 1 62 10 3 0 13
04:0005:00 0 0 0 0 0 11 8 0 19 1 0 0 1
05:0006:00 8 15 23 4 27 12 12 1 52 24 2 1 27

2) For Traffic flow from Sidhguwan to Chanatoliya
Type of Mechanized Vehicles

Non-mechanized Vehicles
Vehicle 2- Wheelers 3-Wheelers 4-Wheelers
Motor Cars/Jeep & Cycle
Time Scooters Total Auto Trucks Buses Tractors Total Bycycles Carts Total
Cycles Vans Rickshaw
6:007:00 16 14 30 16 27 17 12 2 58 16 4 0 20
7:008:00 19 32 51 19 29 28 6 1 64 48 1 0 49
8:009:00 11 20 31 11 25 30 13 1 69 33 3 0 36
9:0010:00 15 26 41 15 26 29 7 4 66 30 3 4 37
10:0011:00 15 22 37 15 25 28 0 2 55 41 1 1 43
11:0012:00 15 27 42 15 28 21 8 1 58 36 2 1 39
12:0013:00 14 30 44 14 30 28 11 1 70 43 0 4 47
13:0014:00 14 29 43 14 29 30 3 2 64 38 2 0 40
14:0015:00 18 26 44 18 30 33 6 2 71 38 4 2 44
15:0016:00 17 22 39 17 31 30 3 1 65 45 3 2 50
16:0017:00 16 33 49 16 26 30 12 3 71 35 4 2 41
17:0018:00 14 32 46 14 30 33 10 3 76 41 2 4 47
18:0019:00 15 31 46 15 30 31 8 1 70 31 1 2 34
19:0020:00 13 27 40 13 32 27 9 3 71 35 1 5 41
20:0021:00 13 27 40 13 31 31 10 1 73 37 0 0 37
21:0022:00 8 26 34 8 33 33 4 4 74 33 0 0 33
22:0023:00 6 20 26 6 35 34 3 1 73 30 0 0 30
23:0000:00 1 24 25 1 30 34 2 3 69 23 0 0 23
00:0001:00 0 12 12 0 14 18 1 0 33 13 0 0 13
01:0002:00 0 18 18 0 26 7 3 0 36 2 0 0 2
02:0003:00 0 19 19 0 14 2 3 0 19 4 0 0 4
03:0004:00 2 17 19 2 14 6 3 0 23 3 0 0 3
04:0005:00 2 23 17 2 24 3 3 0 30 7 0 0 7
05:0006:00 11 27 38 11 20 10 0 2 32 8 1 0 9

Annexure 13: Air Dispersion Modeling Results and Isopleths
Isopleth for Concentration of PM10

Incremental Increase in GLC of PM10 (µg/m3) to Ambient Air PM10 Concentration from Proposed Units
DIRECTION DISTANCE (METERS)

(DEGREES) 250 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000
10 5.1 2.7 1.5 1.1 0.9 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.2
20 5.6 3.0 1.5 1.1 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.5
30 6.5 3.6 1.5 1.1 0.9 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.2
40 7.3 4.3 1.6 1.1 0.9 0.7 0.8 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.3
50 8.1 4.6 1.8 1.1 0.9 0.8 0.9 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.4
60 9.6 5.0 2.0 1.1 0.9 0.8 0.9 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.3
70 9.9 5.1 2.0 1.1 0.9 0.8 0.9 0.8 0.8 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.3
80 8.6 4.3 1.6 1.2 0.9 1.0 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.3
90 6.3 3.0 1.6 1.2 1.0 1.2 1.3 1.2 1.1 1.0 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.5
100 5.2 3.4 1.9 1.3 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.1 1.0 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.4
110 5.4 3.7 2.0 1.5 1.2 1.4 1.5 1.4 1.3 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.9 0.8 0.7
120 5.2 3.5 1.9 1.3 1.0 1.2 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.0 0.9 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.5
130 4.6 3.1 1.7 1.1 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.1 1.0 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.4
140 4.6 2.8 1.6 1.2 1.0 1.2 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.8 0.7
150 6.2 4.2 2.0 1.4 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.0 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.5
160 7.7 5.4 2.7 1.9 1.7 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.4 1.3 1.2 1.1 1.0 0.9
170 7.4 4.9 2.2 1.4 1.0 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.0 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.4
180 7.5 4.3 2.0 1.2 0.9 0.8 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.2
190 9.5 5.8 2.6 1.5 1.0 1.0 1.2 1.2 1.1 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.5
200 11.9 7.7 4.3 2.6 1.8 1.8 1.9 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.3 2.2 2.0 1.8 1.7
210 12.2 9.9 5.6 3.3 2.2 1.6 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.3 1.2 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.8
220 13.7 12.5 7.5 4.9 3.4 2.6 2.1 1.8 1.5 1.2 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6
230 15.7 13.2 8.5 5.9 4.4 3.6 3.1 3.1 3.3 3.4 3.2 2.9 2.7 2.6 2.5
240 14.8 9.6 5.6 3.8 2.7 2.1 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.6 1.4 1.2 1.1 1.0 0.9
250 11.6 8.4 4.5 2.6 2.2 1.9 2.0 1.9 2.1 2.3 2.4 2.2 2.1 1.9 1.8


(DEGREES) 250 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000
260 10.4 7.2 3.5 2.1 1.5 1.4 1.4 1.2 1.2 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.7
270 11.8 7.5 3.3 2.4 2.5 2.5 2.6 2.5 2.4 2.2 2.0 1.8 1.7 1.6 1.5
280 9.9 5.6 2.6 2.2 1.8 1.6 1.5 1.4 1.3 1.1 1.0 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5
290 7.6 4.4 2.6 2.0 2.6 3.1 3.3 3.2 3.0 2.7 2.3 2.0 1.8 1.5 1.4
300 6.6 3.8 2.1 1.4 1.4 1.7 1.8 1.7 1.5 1.3 1.1 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6
310 6.7 3.7 2.2 1.6 1.1 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.3
320 7.0 3.8 2.4 1.9 1.5 1.2 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.5
330 7.2 3.6 1.9 1.4 1.1 0.9 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.3
340 6.9 3.3 1.7 1.2 1.2 1.5 1.8 1.9 1.9 2.0 1.9 1.8 1.6 1.4 1.3
350 6.0 2.7 1.5 1.1 0.9 0.8 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.1 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.7
360 4.9 2.6 1.5 1.1 0.9 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.3

Isopleth for Concentration of SO2

Incremental Increase in GLC of SO2 (µg/m3) to Ambient Air SO2 Concentration from Proposed Units

(DEGREES) 250 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000
10 3.3 1.8 1.0 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.1
20 3.7 2.0 1.0 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.3
30 4.2 2.4 1.0 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.1
40 4.8 2.8 1.1 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.2
50 5.3 3.1 1.2 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.2
60 6.4 3.3 1.3 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.2
70 6.5 3.4 1.3 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.2
80 5.7 2.8 1.0 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.2
90 4.2 2.0 1.1 0.7 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.3
100 3.3 2.2 1.2 0.8 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.3
110 3.5 2.4 1.3 0.9 0.7 0.8 0.9 0.8 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.4
120 3.3 2.3 1.3 0.9 0.7 0.8 0.9 0.8 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.3
130 3.0 2.0 1.1 0.7 0.6 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.3
140 3.0 1.9 1.0 0.8 0.6 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.4
150 4.0 2.7 1.3 0.9 0.7 0.8 0.9 0.9 0.8 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.3
160 5.0 3.5 1.7 1.1 0.9 0.9 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.5
170 4.8 3.2 1.4 0.9 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.3
180 4.9 2.7 1.3 0.8 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
190 6.0 3.7 1.8 1.0 0.7 0.6 0.8 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.3
200 7.5 5.1 2.8 1.7 1.2 1.2 1.3 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.5 1.4 1.3 1.2 1.1
210 7.7 6.6 3.7 2.2 1.5 1.1 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.5
220 8.5 8.2 5.0 3.2 2.3 1.7 1.4 1.2 1.0 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.4
230 9.9 8.7 5.6 3.9 3.0 2.4 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.1 1.9 1.8 1.7 1.7
240 9.4 6.4 3.7 2.5 1.8 1.4 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.6
250 7.5 5.4 2.9 1.7 1.5 1.2 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.4 1.3 1.2


(DEGREES) 250 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000
260 6.2 4.3 2.2 1.3 1.0 0.9 0.9 0.8 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.4
270 7.0 4.4 1.9 1.6 1.6 1.7 1.7 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.3 1.2 1.1 1.0 1.0
280 6.0 3.3 1.7 1.4 1.2 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.9 0.8 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.4
290 5.0 2.9 1.7 1.3 1.7 2.1 2.2 2.1 2.0 1.8 1.5 1.3 1.2 1.0 0.9
300 4.3 2.5 1.4 1.0 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.4
310 4.3 2.4 1.4 1.0 0.8 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
320 4.6 2.5 1.6 1.3 1.0 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.3
330 4.8 2.4 1.2 0.9 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.2
340 4.5 2.2 1.0 0.7 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.2 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.1 1.0 0.9
350 3.9 1.8 1.0 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.5
360 3.2 1.7 1.0 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2

Isopleth for Concentration of NOx

Incremental Increase in GLC of NOx (µg/m3) to Ambient Air NOx Concentration from Proposed Units

(DEGREES) 250 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000
10 1.7 0.9 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1
20 1.8 1.0 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
30 2.1 1.2 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1
40 2.4 1.4 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1
50 2.7 1.5 0.6 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.1
60 3.2 1.6 0.6 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.1
70 3.2 1.7 0.6 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1
80 2.8 1.4 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1
90 2.1 1.0 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
100 1.6 1.1 0.6 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.1
110 1.7 1.2 0.7 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.2
120 1.6 1.1 0.6 0.4 0.3 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
130 1.5 1.0 0.6 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.1
140 1.5 0.9 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
150 1.9 1.4 0.6 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
160 2.4 1.8 0.9 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3
170 2.4 1.6 0.7 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.1 0.1
180 2.4 1.4 0.6 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1
190 3.0 1.8 0.9 0.5 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
200 3.6 2.5 1.4 0.8 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.7 0.8 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6
210 3.7 3.3 1.9 1.1 0.7 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.3
220 4.1 4.1 2.5 1.6 1.1 0.9 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.2
230 4.8 4.3 2.8 2.0 1.5 1.2 1.0 1.0 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.9 0.8
240 4.6 3.2 1.9 1.2 0.9 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.3
250 3.7 2.7 1.5 0.9 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6


(DEGREES) 250 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000
260 3.1 2.1 1.1 0.7 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.2
270 3.4 2.1 0.9 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.9 0.8 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.5
280 3.0 1.6 0.9 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.2
290 2.4 1.4 0.9 0.6 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.5
300 2.2 1.2 0.7 0.5 0.5 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.2
310 2.1 1.2 0.7 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1
320 2.3 1.2 0.8 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
330 2.4 1.2 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1
340 2.2 1.1 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.4
350 1.9 0.9 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.2
360 1.6 0.9 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1

Isopleth for Concentration of HCl

Incremental Increase in GLC of HCl (µg/m3) to Ambient Air HCl Concentration from Proposed Units

(DEGREES) 250 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000
10 0.208 0.109 0.042 0.028 0.021 0.016 0.013 0.010 0.009 0.006 0.005 0.004 0.003 0.002 0.002
20 0.221 0.127 0.056 0.033 0.022 0.017 0.013 0.010 0.009 0.006 0.005 0.004 0.003 0.003 0.002
30 0.132 0.056 0.016 0.007 0.005 0.004 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001
40 0.115 0.059 0.031 0.019 0.013 0.010 0.007 0.006 0.005 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001
50 0.236 0.139 0.062 0.037 0.027 0.022 0.018 0.015 0.013 0.010 0.008 0.006 0.005 0.004 0.004
60 0.212 0.116 0.047 0.029 0.022 0.017 0.014 0.011 0.009 0.007 0.005 0.004 0.003 0.002 0.002
70 0.058 0.059 0.046 0.033 0.026 0.021 0.017 0.014 0.012 0.009 0.007 0.006 0.005 0.004 0.003
80 0.059 0.049 0.039 0.028 0.021 0.017 0.013 0.011 0.009 0.006 0.005 0.004 0.003 0.002 0.002
90 0.093 0.055 0.052 0.048 0.040 0.032 0.026 0.022 0.018 0.023 0.025 0.026 0.025 0.025 0.024
100 0.082 0.045 0.025 0.017 0.013 0.010 0.008 0.007 0.006 0.004 0.003 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.002
110 0.093 0.055 0.041 0.052 0.057 0.054 0.050 0.045 0.040 0.033 0.028 0.027 0.026 0.024 0.023
120 0.086 0.050 0.029 0.020 0.016 0.013 0.011 0.009 0.008 0.006 0.005 0.004 0.004 0.003 0.003
130 0.088 0.049 0.027 0.019 0.014 0.012 0.010 0.008 0.007 0.005 0.004 0.004 0.003 0.003 0.002
140 0.097 0.058 0.046 0.045 0.037 0.029 0.023 0.020 0.020 0.022 0.023 0.024 0.024 0.023 0.023
150 0.082 0.044 0.023 0.015 0.011 0.009 0.008 0.008 0.008 0.006 0.005 0.004 0.003 0.003 0.002
160 0.102 0.119 0.075 0.064 0.062 0.058 0.052 0.047 0.042 0.034 0.028 0.027 0.026 0.024 0.024
170 0.071 0.039 0.021 0.018 0.016 0.012 0.013 0.013 0.012 0.011 0.009 0.008 0.007 0.006 0.005
180 0.059 0.030 0.011 0.006 0.005 0.004 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001
190 0.125 0.055 0.030 0.021 0.016 0.013 0.010 0.009 0.008 0.006 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.004 0.004
200 0.171 0.075 0.035 0.026 0.021 0.021 0.027 0.031 0.033 0.034 0.033 0.032 0.029 0.027 0.025
210 0.147 0.064 0.025 0.014 0.009 0.007 0.005 0.004 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.002
220 0.157 0.065 0.024 0.013 0.009 0.006 0.005 0.004 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001
230 0.169 0.075 0.030 0.017 0.012 0.009 0.007 0.006 0.005 0.003 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.001
240 0.153 0.065 0.025 0.014 0.009 0.006 0.005 0.004 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001
250 0.164 0.073 0.029 0.017 0.011 0.008 0.006 0.005 0.004 0.003 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.001


(DEGREES) 250 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000
260 0.152 0.066 0.025 0.014 0.009 0.007 0.005 0.004 0.004 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.001
270 0.168 0.075 0.030 0.017 0.012 0.009 0.007 0.006 0.005 0.004 0.003 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.002
280 0.156 0.067 0.026 0.014 0.009 0.007 0.005 0.004 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001
290 0.168 0.075 0.030 0.017 0.012 0.009 0.007 0.006 0.005 0.003 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.001
300 0.159 0.068 0.026 0.014 0.009 0.007 0.005 0.004 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001
310 0.141 0.061 0.023 0.012 0.008 0.006 0.004 0.003 0.003 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001
320 0.169 0.074 0.030 0.017 0.011 0.008 0.007 0.005 0.005 0.003 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.001
330 0.147 0.059 0.022 0.013 0.009 0.006 0.005 0.004 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001
340 0.170 0.073 0.029 0.016 0.011 0.008 0.006 0.005 0.004 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001
350 0.115 0.047 0.021 0.014 0.010 0.007 0.005 0.004 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001
360 0.229 0.137 0.062 0.037 0.026 0.021 0.017 0.014 0.012 0.009 0.007 0.006 0.005 0.004 0.003

Annexure 14: Greenbelt Plan for Existing and Proposed Plant

Annexure 15: Distance Certificate from Forest Department

Annexure 16: Distance of Interstate Boundary

Annexure 17: Undertacking of Project Proponent on the Ownership of the Report


Annexure 18: Undertaking by the Consultant – Kadam Environmental Consultants Regarding Compliance of
Prescribed TORs

Annexure 19: Undertacking for Company has not commenced any Construction Work in Proposed Site


Annexure 20: Undertacking for Location of RSPL Site is in Industrial Area


Annexure 21: Declaration by Project Proponent Regarding Informations Given in Report are True


Annexure 22: Certified Compliance of Existing EC








































Annexure 23: Action Taken Report for Non Complied and Partly Complied Conditions of Existing EC






Annexure 24: Compliance of Consent to Operate Issued by MPPCB
Air & Water

























Annexure 25: Helth Check up Report of Workers








Annexure 26: List of Major Equipments and Machineries

Existing New Equipment’s
Sr.
Floor Wise Equipment Capacity Equipment’s
No. Quantity
Quantity
A TOP FLOOR
1 ICE PLANT 20 MT/Day 4 Unit 2 Unit
2 RCC TANK (Soft Water) 75 KL 1 Nos
3 RCC TANK (Distilled Water) 75 KL 1 Nos
4 SINTEX TANK (Raw Water) 15 KL 2 Nos
B THIRD FLOOR
1 MSRLREACTOR CYANURIC 15 KL 2 Nos 1 Nos
2 DASDA Solution Reactor 15KL 2 NOS
3 CAUSTIC SODA LYE 5KL 2 NOS
4 CAUSTIC SODA LYE DAY TANK 7 KL 1 NOS
5 SODA ASH Solution Reactor 5 KL 2 NOS
6 ANILINE RECIEVER TANK 5 KL 1 NOS
7 ANILINE DAY TANK 7 KL 1 NOS
8 M.E.A. RECIEVER 5 KL 1 NOS
9 ICE STORAGE 15 MT 2 NOS 1 NOS
10 EOT CRAIN 2MT 1 NOS
C SECOND FLOOR
1 MSRL REACTOR 35KL 2 NOS
2 SS REACTOR 40 KL 4 NOS 2 NOS
3 SILO (6KL) 6KL 3 UNIT 1 UNIT
D FIRST FLOOR
PP FILTER PRESS 1200 x1200mm 3500KG WC/
1 6 UNIT 2 UNIT
x70 CHAMBER PRESS
2 NAUTA MIXER (6KL) 6 KL 3 UNIT 1 UNIT
SLURRY FILTER PUMP WITH
3 50@MLC 3 NOS 1 NOS
MOTOR
4 MASS TRANSFER PUMP 30@MLC 2 NOS
E GROUND FLOOR
1 SFD UNIT 500KG/H 2 UNIT 1 UNIT
2 MEE PLANT 100KL/D 1 UNIT
3 MEE PLANT 150KL/D 1 UNIT 1 UNIT

Annexure 27: Environment Policy of RSPL

Annexure 28: Accreditation Certificate Issued by NABET, QCI

Kadam
Environmental Consultants
www.kadamenviro.com
Environmentfor Development
CONTACT DETAILS
Vadodara (Head Office)
871/B/3, GIDC Makarpura, Vadodara, India – 390 010.
E: kadamenviro@kadamenviro.com; T:+912656131000
Delhi / NCR
Spaze IT Park, Unit No. 1124, 11th Floor, Tower B3, Sector 49, Near Omaxe
City Center Mall, Sohna Road, Gurgaon, India – 122 002
E: delhi@kadamenviro.com; T: 0124424 2430436
Prepared using Kadam EIA Report Template, I01R11.Dotm 27092017 1:23 PM

T68 Q1681 EIAReport

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

T68 Q1681 EIAReport

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

M/S RSPL LIMITED

EIA Report for Expansion of Optical Brightener Agent

Environment for Development

EIA Report for Expansion of Optical Brightener Agent

Description of images on the front page:

1. Admin Building at Project Site 2. Internal Road of Plant Premises

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS |MAY 2018 2

1.1 Purpose of the Report ............................................................................................................................. 29

1.2 Identification of Project and Project Proponent ........................................................................................ 29

1.2.1 Identification of Project..................................................................................................................... 29

1.2.2 Project Proponent ............................................................................................................................. 29

1.2.3 Turnover .......................................................................................................................................... 30

1.2.4 Export .............................................................................................................................................. 30

1.3 Justification for Expansion in OBA Product............................................................................................... 30

1.4.1 Importance to Country and region .................................................................................................... 30

1.5 Scope of study ........................................................................................................................................ 31

2.1 Type of Project ....................................................................................................................................... 40

2.2 Need for the project................................................................................................................................ 40

2.3.1 General Location of Project Site ........................................................................................................ 40

2.3.2 Specific Location of Site with Project Boundary ................................................................................. 40

2.3.3 Site History & Approach to the Project Site ....................................................................................... 47

2.4 Size or Magnitude of Operation ............................................................................................................... 47

2.4.1 Area Break up at Site ........................................................................................................................ 47

2.4.2 Production Details ............................................................................................................................. 49

2.4.3 Cost of the Project ............................................................................................................................ 49

2.5 Proposed Schedule for Approval and Implementation .............................................................................. 49

2.6 List of Major Industries in the Study Area ................................................................................................ 52

2.7 Technology and Process Description........................................................................................................ 52

2.7.1 Detergent Powder ............................................................................................................................. 52

2.7.2 Detergent Cake ................................................................................................................................ 54

2.7.3 Acid Slurry ........................................................................................................................................ 55

2.7.4 Linear Alkyl Benzene Sulphonate Acid (LABSA) .................................................................................. 57

2.7.5 Optical Brightener Agent (OBA)......................................................................................................... 59

2.8 Storage Details ....................................................................................................................................... 63

2.9 Properties of Raw Materials ..................................................................................................................... 65

2.10 Transportation Details....................................................................................................................... 67

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS |MAY 2018 6

2.11 Utilities ............................................................................................................................................. 67

2.11.1 Power Requirements ..................................................................................................................... 67

2.11.2 Fuel Requirements ........................................................................................................................ 68

2.11.3 Water Requirements ..................................................................................................................... 68

2.11.4 Manpower Requirement ................................................................................................................ 68

2.12 Proposed Infrastructure .................................................................................................................... 68

2.13.1 Source of Water Supply ................................................................................................................ 69

2.13.2 Water Consumption and Wastewater Generation........................................................................... 71

2.13.3 Wastewater Treatment Facility ...................................................................................................... 75

2.13.4 Details of Existing MEE Plant (110 KLD) ........................................................................................ 82

2.13.5 Capacities of Wastewater Treatment plants after Proposed Expansion ........................................... 84

2.13.6 Wastewater Disposal Facility ......................................................................................................... 86

2.13.7 Water Conservation Measures ....................................................................................................... 87

2.14 Air Emission ...................................................................................................................................... 87

2.14.1 Action Plan for control of Emissions to meet Standards ................................................................. 87

2.15.1 Identification of Waste .................................................................................................................. 91

2.15.3 Storage and Handling of Hazardous waste .................................................................................... 95

2.15.4 Transportation of Waste ............................................................................................................... 95

2.15.5 Safety System during Handling and Transportation of Waste ......................................................... 95

2.15.6 Other Solid Waste ......................................................................................................................... 95

3 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT .............................................................................................. 98

3.1 General .................................................................................................................................................. 98

3.2 Study Area.............................................................................................................................................. 98

3.3 Period ..................................................................................................................................................... 98

3.4 Component ............................................................................................................................................. 98

3.5 Methodology ........................................................................................................................................... 98